Proclamation.

98,235 words·~447 min read·/statutes-at-large/vol-54/proclamation-p2460·

A research copy — for the controlling text, always check the official state or federal source. Not legal advice.

54 Stat. 2460 Proclamation.Now, therefore, be it known that I, Franklin D. Roosevelt, President of the United States of America, acting under the [48 Stat. 943](/us/stat/48/943); [50 Stat. 24](/us/stat/50/24); *ante*, p. 107.[19 U. S. C. §§ 1351–1354; Supp. V, § 1352](/us/usc/t19/s1351–1354/1352).authority conferred by the said Tariff Act of 1930, as amended, do hereby proclaim that, of the total aggregate quantity of crude petroleum, topped crude petroleum, and fuel oil derived from petroleum including fuel oil known as gas oil, entitled to a reduction in the rate *Ante*, p. 2387.of import tax by virtue of the said item 3422 of Schedule II of the said definitive agreement of November 6, 1939 between the United States of America and the United States of Venezuela, no more than 70.4 per centum shall be the produce or manufacture of the United States of Venezuela, nor more than 21.3 per centum, the produce or manufacture of the Kingdom of the Netherlands (including its overseas territories), nor more than 3.2 per centum, the produce or manufacture of the Republic of Colombia, nor more than 5.1 per centum, the produce or manufacture of other foreign countries, such percentages to be applied during the calendar year 1941.

In testimony whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the Seal of the United States of America to be affixed. Done at the city of Washington this twenty-eighth day of December in the year of our Lord one thousand nine hundred [seal] and forty, and of the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-fifth. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: Cordell Hull *Secretary of State*. 193 November 28, 1940 By the President of the United States of America A Proclamation 54 Stat. 2461 SWITZERLAND—RECIPROCAL TRADE—DEC. 12, 1939 INTERNATIONAL AGREEMENTS OTHER THAN TREATIES Proclamation by the President of the United States of America, respectingNovember 28, 1940[E.

A. S. No. 193] the termination in part of concession on handkerchiefs, issued November 28, 1940 pursuant to article XVI of the reciprocal trade agreement between the United States of America and Switzerland signed January 9, 1936. And related notes. By the President of the United States of America A PROCLAMATION. Whereas, pursuant to the provisions of section 350 of the Tariff Preamble.[48 Stat. 943](/us/stat/48/943); [50 Stat. 24](/us/stat/50/24); *ante*, p. 107.[19 U. S. C. §§ 1351–1354;

Supp. V, § 1352](/us/usc/t19/s1351–1354/1352).[49 Stat. 3917, 3958, 3959](/us/stat/49//3917/3958/3959).Act of 1930, as amended (United States Code, 1934 ed., title 19, section 1351), I entered into a foreign Trade Agreement on January 9, 193611[Executive Agreement Series No. 9O.] with the Swiss Federal Council, which Agreement I did proclaim and malee public by my proclamations of January 9, 1936 and May T, 1936, and which Agreement is now in force; Whereas, Article II of the said Agreement provides as follows:

" “Articles the growth, produce or manufacture of Switzerland enumerated and described in Schedule II annexed to this Agreement shall, on their importation into the United States of America, be exempt from ordinary customs duties in excess of those set forth and provided for in the said Schedule. The eaid articles shall also be exempt from all other duties, taxes, fees, charges or exactions, imposed on or in connection with importation, in excess of those imposed on the day of the signature of this Agreement or required to be imposed thereafter under laws of the United States of America in force on the day of the signature of this Agreement.

” " Whereas, Schedule II annexed to the said Agreement provides in part as follows: United States Tariff Act 1930 Paragraph Description of Articles Rate of Duty 1529

(b)Handkerchiefs, wholly or in part of machine-made[49 Stat. 3952](/us/stat/49/3952). lace; handkerchiefs embroidered (whether with a plain or fancy initial, monogram, or otherwise, and whether or not the embroidery is on a scalloped edge), tamboured, appliqued, or front which threads have been omitted, drawn, punched, or eut, and with threads introduced after weaving to finish or ornament the openwork, not including one row of straight hemstitching adjoining the hem; any of the foregoing, finished or unfinished, which contain no handmade lace and which are not embroidered or tamboured in any part by hand: Composed wholly or in chief value of cotton 2¢ each and 30% ad val. Composed wholly or in chief value of vegetable fiber other than cotton: If finished and valued at 80 cents or more per dozen 2¢ each and 30% ad val. If unhemmed and without any finished edge, and valued at 45 cents or more per dozen 2¢ each and 30% ad val. 54 Stat. 2462 [49 Stat. 3927](/us/stat/49/3927).Whereas, Article XVI of the said Agreement provides as follows: " “The Government of the United States of America and the Government of Switzerland reserve the right to withdraw or to modify the concession granted on any article under this Agreement or to impose quantitative restrictions on any such article if, as a result of the extension of such concession to third countries, such countries obtain the major benefit of such concession and in consequence thereof an unduly large increase in importations of such article takes place: *Provided*, That before the Government of either country shall avail itself of the foregoing reservation, it shall give notice in writing to the other Government of its intention to do so, and shall afford such other Government an opportunity within thirty days after receipt of such notice to consult with it in respect of the proposed action; and if an agreement with respect thereto is not reached within thirty days following receipt of the aforesaid notice, the Government which proposed to take such action shall be free to do so at any time thereafter, and the other Government shall be free within fifteen days after such action is taken to terminate this Agreement in its entirety on thirty days’ written notice.” " FindingsWhereas, as a result of the extension to third countries of the concession on handkerchiefs enumerated and described in the said item 1529

(b)of Schedule II annexed to the said Agreement, countries other than Switzerland have obtained the major benefit of the concession on certain articles enumerated and described in the said item and in consequence thereof an unduly large increase in importations of such articles into the United States of America has taken place; Whereas, notice in writing has been given, and an opportunity for consultation afforded, to the Government of Switzerland by the Government of the United States of America of its intention to withdraw the concession on the said articles; And whereas, the Government of Switzerland has signified its agreement with respect to such withdrawal; Proclamation.Now, therefore, be it known that I, Franklin D. Roosevelt, President of the United States of America, acting under the authority [48 Stat. 943](/us/stat/48/943); [50 Stat. 24](/us/stat/50/24); *ante*, p. 107.[19 U. S. C. §§ 1351–1354; Supp. V, § 1352](/us/usc/t19/s1351–1354/1352).[49 Stat. 3958, 3959](/us/stat/49/3959).[49 Stat. 3952](/us/stat/49/3952).conferred by the said section 350 of the Tariff Act of 1930, as amended, do hereby proclaim that my proclamations of January 9, 1936 and May 7, 1936, in so far as they relate to handkerchiefs enumerated and described in item 1529

(b)of Schedule II of the said Agreement, are hereby terminated in part, effective January 1, 1941, so that the rates of duty specified in the said item 1529

(b)shall apply, on and after January 1, 1941, only to the following: 54 Stat. 2463 United States Tariff Act of 1930 Paragraph Description of Articles Rate of Duty 1529

(b)Handkerchiefs, wholly or in part of machine-made lace; handkerchiefs embroidered (whether with a plain or fancy initial, monogram, or otherwise, and whether or not the embroidery is on a scalloped edge), tamboured, appliqued, or from which threads have been omitted, drawn, punched, or cut, and with threads introduced after weaving to finish or ornament the openwork, not including one row of straight hemstitching adjoining the hem; any of the foregoing, finished or unfinished, which contain no handmade lace, which are not embroidered, tamboured, or appliqued in any part by hand, from which threads have not been omitted, drawn, punched, or cut by hand, and having no threads introduced by hand to finish or ornament the openwork: Composed wholly or in chief value of cotton 2¢ each and 30% ad val. Composed wholly or in chief value of vegetable fiber other than cotton: If finished and valued at 80 cents or more per dozen 2¢ each and 30% ad val. If unhemmed and without any finished edge, and valued at 45 cents or more per dozen 2¢ each and 30% ad val. Provided, That no handkerchiefs which were provided for in item 1529

(b)of Schedule II of the Trade Agreement between the United States of America and Switzerland, as proclaimed by the President of the United States of America on January 9, 1936, shall be excluded from classification under this item by reason of incidental handwork necessary to finish the machine work or to mend or correct defects. In testimony whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the Seal of the United States of America to be affixed. Done at the city of Washington this twenty-eighth day of November in the year of our Lord one thousand nine hundred and [seal] forty, and of the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-fifth. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: Cordell Hull *Secretary of State*. 54 Stat. 2464 RELATED NOTES The American Legation to the Division of Commerce, Swiss Federal, Department of Public Economy No. 97 Legation of the United States of America Sir: The Legation of the United States of America presents its compliments to the Division of Commerce of the Federal Department of Public Economy and, under instructions from the Secretary of State, has the honor to refer to previous correspondence and personal conversations with regard to the intention of the American Government to modify the Trade Agreement between the United States of America and Switzerland with respect to the concession relating to handkerchiefs included in Item 1529

(b)of Schedule II of the agreement. In the light of representations received as a result of the public announcement in Washington on March 29, 1940,11[*Federal Register*, April 2, 1940 (vol. 5, no. 64), p. 1280.] of intention to withdraw, in part., the handkerchief concession in the manner described in the Legation’s note No. 87 of April 1, 1940,22[Not printed.] it is proposed to reword the concluding proviso attached to the list of items remaining subject to the reduced rates of duty, as follows: " “Provided, that no handkerchiefs which were provided for in Item 1529

(b)du tarif américain) contenue dans la liste II à l’accord commercial, signé entre les Etats-Unis d’Amérique et la Suisse le 9 janvier 1936, et de lui faire savoir qu’elle accède à la proposition figurant à la page 1 de la dite note ainsi conçue: " “Provided, that no handkerchiefs which were provided for in Item 1529

(b)of the American tariff) contained in Schedule II of the trade agreement between the United States of America and Switzerland, signed on January 9, 1936, and to inform the Legation that it agrees with the proposal appearing on page 1 of the said note worded as follows: " “Provided, that no handkerchiefs which were provided for in Item 1529

(b)of Schedule II of the Trade Agreement between the United States of America and Switzerland as proclaimed by the President of the United States of America on January 9, 1936, shall be excluded from classification under this item by reason of incidental handwork necessary to finish the machine work or to mend or correct defects.” " The Division of Commerce takes the liberty, nevertheless, of adding that according to the opinion in Swiss handkerchief-manufacturing circles it would be preferable in the text quoted above to replace the words “necessary to finish the machine work or to mend or correct defects”, by the following text: " “. . . necessary to finish the work done on the multiple-needle embroidery machine or to mend or correct defects.” " . . . The Division of Commerce of the Federal Department of Public Economy takes this occasion to renew to the Legation of the United States of America the assurances of its high consideration. To the Legation of the United States of America, *Bern*. ——————— The American Legation to the Division of Commerce, Swiss Federal Department of Public Economy No. 100 Legation of The United States of America The Legation of the United States of America presents its compliments to the Division of Commerce of the Federal Department of Public Economy and has the honor to state that the Legation did not fail to transmit to its Government the contents of the Divi- 54 Stat. 2467sion’s note dated October 4, 1940, expressing the Swiss Government’s acceptance of the proviso relating to handkerchiefs as set forth on page 1 of the Legation’s note No. 97 of September 19, 1940. As regards the changes desired by the interested Swiss manufacturers, as set forth in the Division’s note of October 4, the Legation has been directed to inform the Swiss authorities that after careful and sympathetic consideration, it has not been found feasible to adopt these suggestions for the following reasons: 1. It is felt that the revised concession (as given in the wording of the proviso contained in the second paragraph of this Legation’s note No. 97 dated September 19, 1940) is sufficient to prevent handkerchiefs, on which any substantial part of the ornamentation has been done by hand, from being entered at the agreement rate. 2. If the purpose of the Swiss suggestion is to exclude from the scope of the concession, handkerchiefs which are ornamented on machines, other than multiple-needle machines, it is believed that there is a misunderstanding as to the purpose of the proviso, which is simply to make it clear that the words “which are not embroidered, tamboured or appliquéd in any part by hand”, et cetera, do not exclude from the concession such incidental hand operations as are described in the proviso. The Swiss proposal for amendment of the proviso would not exclude handkerchiefs ornamented on machines other than multiple-needle machines from the benefit of the concession, if they have not been ornamented or finished in any part by hand. Adoption of the Swiss language would, however, create uncertainty as to the treatment which would be accorded to such handkerchiefs when they had been incidentally hand finished. 3. Past experience, in any event, does not indicate that any important trade could be developed under the concession in handkerchiefs ornamented on machines other than multiple-needle machines. It is not believed, therefore, that Switzerland would be particularly benefited by the adoption of the suggestion regarding revision of the proviso, while the wording might involve considerable administrative difficulty. 4. The suggestion that the word “machine” be administratively interpreted to mean multiple-needle machine does not appear to be legally feasible, as it is believed that such an interpretation would not be upheld by the courts. The Legation expresses its Government’s most cordial appreciation of the cooperation which the Swiss Government has given in this matter and would be glad if it may now finally report the agreement 54 Stat. 2468of the Swiss Government to the modification of the handkerchief concession pursuant to the formal notice of intention to make such change in accordance with Article XVI of the Trade Agreement. The Legation avails itself of this opportunity to renew to the Division of Commerce of the Federal Department of Public Economy the assurance of its high consideration. Bern, *November 5, 1940*. To the Division of Commerce of the Federal Department of Publio Economy, *Bern*. ——————— The Division of Commerce, Swiss Federal Department of Public Economy, to the American Legation Berne, *le 14 novembre 1940*. département fédéral de l’economie publique division du commerce La Division du commerce du Département fédéral de l’économie publique a l’honneur d’accuser réception à la Légation des Etats-Unis d’Amérique de sa note du 5 de ce mois (n° 100) concernant la modification de la stipulation concernant les mouchoirs (n° 1529

(b)du tarif américain) contenue dans la liste II à l’accord commercial, signé entre les Etats-Unis d’Amérique et la Suisse le 9 janvier 1936. La Division du commerce prend acte que pour les raisons exposées dans la note précitée, le Gouvernement américain estime ne pas pouvoir donner suite aux propositions contenues dans la note de la Division du 4 octobre dernier. Ces propositions n’ayant été présentées qu’à titre de simple suggestion, la Division du commerce a l’honneur de déclarer que le Conseil fédéral accepte la modification proposée par le Gouvernement des Etats-Unis en conformité de l’article XVI de l’accord commercial du 9 janvier 1936. Vu les notes échangées entre la Légation des Etats-Unis et la Division du commerce, le texte de la stipulation concernant les mouchoirs (n° 1529

(b)du tarif américain) contenue dans la liste II à l’accord commercial du 9 janvier 1936 aura dorénavant la teneur suivante: " “*1529* (*b*) Handkerchiefs, wholly or in part of machine-made lace; handkerchiefs embroidered (whether with a plain or fancy initial, monogram, or otherwise, and whether or not the embroidery is on a scalloped edge), tamboured, appliqued, or from which threads have been omitted, drawn, punched, or cut, and with threads introduced after weaving to finish or ornament the openwork, not including one row of straight hemstitching adjoining the hem; any of the foregoing, finished or unfinished, which contain no handmade lace, which are not embroidered, tamboured, or appliqued in any part by hand, from which 54 Stat. 2469threads have not been omitted, drawn, punched, or cut by hand, and having no threads introduced by hand to finish or ornament the openwork: Composed wholly or in chief value of cotton 2¢ each and 30% ad val. Composed wholly or in chief value of vegetable fiber other than cotton: If finished and valued at 80 cents or more per dozen 2¢ each and 30% ad val. If unhemmed and without any finished edge, and valued at 45¢ or more per dozen 2¢ each and 30% ad val. Provided, that no handkerchiefs which were provided for In Item 1529

(b)of the American tariff) contained in Schedule II of the trade agreement between the United States of America and Switzerland, signed on January 9, 1936. The Division [49 Stat. 3952](/us/stat/49/3952).of Commerce notes that for the reasons set forth in the above-mentioned note, the American Government does not consider it possible to accept the proposals contained in the Division’s note of October 4 last. These proposals having been presented merely as suggestions, the Division of Commerce has the honor to state that the Federal Council accepts the modification proposed by the Government of the United States in conformity with Article XVI of the trade agreement of January 9, 1936. In view of the notes exchanged between [49 Stat. 3927](/us/stat/49/3927).the Legation of the United States and the Division of Commerce, 54 Stat. 2470the text of the provision concerning handkerchiefs (no. 1529

(b)of the American tariff) contained in Schedule II of the trade agreement of January 9, 1936, will henceforth be worded as follows: " “*1529* (*b*) Handkerchiefs, wholly or in part of machine-made lace; handkerchiefs embroidered (whether with a plain or fancy initial, monogram, or otherwise, and whether or not the embroidery is on a scalloped edge), tamboured, appliqued, or from which threads have been omitted, drawn, punched, or cut, and with threads introduced after weaving to finish or ornament the openwork, not including one row of straight hemstitching adjoining the hem; any of the foregoing, finished or unfinished, which contain no handmade lace, which are not embroidered, tamboured, or appliqued in any part by hand, from which threads have not been omitted, drawn, punched, or cut by hand, and having no threads introduced by hand to finish or ornament the openwork: Composed wholly or in chief value of cotton 2¢ each and 30% ad val. Composed wholly or in chief value of vegetable fiber other than cotton: If finished and valued at 80 cents or more per dozen 2¢ each and 30% ad val. If unhemmed and without any finished edge, and valued at 45¢ or more per dozen 2¢ each and 30% ad val. “Provided, that no handkerchiefs which were provided for in Item 1529

(b)of Schedule II of the Trade Agreement between the United States of America and Switzerland as proclaimed by the President of the United States of America on January 9, 1938, shall be excluded from classification under this item by reason of incidental handwork necessary to finish the machine work or to mend or correct defects.” " The Division of Commerce of the Federal Department of Public Economy takes this occasion to renew to the Legation of the United States of America the assurances of its high consideration. Federal Department of Public Economy Division of Commerce To the Legation of the United States of America, *Bern*. 54 Stat. 2471 December 2, 1940 December 12, 1940 Agreement 54 Stat. 2471 HONDURAS—EXCHANGE OF PUBLICATIONS—DEC. 2, 12, 1940 INTERNATIONAL AGREEMENTS OTHER THAN TREATIES Agreement between the United States of America and Honduras for the exchange of official publications. Effected by exchange of notes signed December 2 and 12, 1940; effective December 12, 1940.December 2, 12, 1940[E. A. S. No. 194] The Honduran Minister for Foreign Affairs to the American Minister secretaria de relaciones exteriores de la republica de honduras Of. N° 789.- Palacio Nacional *Tegucigalpa, D. C. Diciembre 2 de 1940*. Señor Ministro: Tengo el honor de referirme a la atenta nota de Vuestra Excelencia, número 286, fechada el 8 del mes de noviembre recién pasado, 11[No impresa.] y me es grato comunicarle que mi Gobierno está dispuesto a llevar a cabo con el Ilustrado Gobierno de Vuestra Excelencia, el acuerdo que propone, sobre el canje de publicaciones oficiales, por lo que me es placentero dejar constancia de que hemos convenido en lo siguiente: Habrá un intercambio de publicaciones oficiales entre los Gobiernos de Honduras y el de los Estados Unidos de América que se efectuará de acuerdo con las estipulaciones siguientes: 1.– Las oficinas para el canje de publicaciones serán por parte del Gobierno de Honduras: La Oficina de Canje del Ministerio de Re-laciones Exteriores; y de parte de los Estados Unidos de América The Smithsonian Institution.- 2.– Las publicaciones oficiales intercambiadas serán recibidas en nombre de Honduras, por el Ministerio de Relaciones Exteriores; y en nombre de los Estados Unidos de América por la Librería del Congreso.- 3.– El Gobierno de Honduras, suministrará regularmente de cada una de las publicaciones oficiales, una copia, según la lista adjunta número 1.-22[Véase pág. 2474.] 4.– El Gobierno de los Estados Unidos de América, suministrará de cada una de las publicaciones oficiales, una copia, según la lista ad-junta número 2.-33[Para la lista suministrada por el Gobierno de los Estados Unidos de América, véase pág. 2474.] 5.– Cada parte sufragará en su propio país los gastos de correo, ferrocarril, navegación u otros. 6.– Ambas partes expresan su voluntad de expeditar hasta donde sea posible los envios.- 54 Stat. 2472 7.– Será entendido que este acuerdo no modifica otros acuerdos que esten vigentes entre departamentos e instituciones de los dos Gobier-nos, sobre el intercambio de publicaciones oficiales. Sírvase aceptar, Señor Ministro, las seguridades de mi más alta y distinguida consideración. Salvador Aguirre. Excelentísimo Señor John D. Erwin, *Enviado Extraordinario y Ministro Plenipotenciario de los Estados Unidos de América. Legacion Americana*. [Translation] secretariat of foreign affairs of therepublic of honduras No. 789. National Palace *Tegucigalpa, D. C., December 2, 1940*. Mr. Minister: I have the honor to refer to Your Excellency’s kind note no. 286 dated November 8 last, 44[Not printed.] and I am pleased to inform you that my Government is prepared to conclude with your illustrious Government the agreement which you propose regarding the exchange of official publications, and in this connection it is a pleasure for me to place on record that we have agreed upon the following: There shall be an exchange of official publications between the Governments of Honduras and of the United States of America which shall be effected in accordance with the following provisions: 1. The office for the exchange of publications on the part of the Government of Honduras shall be the Office of Exchange of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs; and on the part of the United States of America, the Smithsonian Institution. 2. The official publications exchanged shall be received on behalf of Honduras by the Ministry of Foreign Affairs and on behalf of the United States of America by the Library of Congress. 3. The Government of Honduras shall furnish regularly one copy of each of the official publications included on the attached list no. 1.55[See p. 2474.] 4. The Government of the United States shall furnish one copy of each of the official publications included on the attached list no. 2.66[For list as furnished by the Government of the United States of America, see p. 2474.] 5. Each party to the agreement shall bear the postal, railway, navigation, and other charges arising in its own country. 6. Both parties express their desire to expedite shipments as far as possible. 54 Stat. 2473 7. It shall be understood that this agreement shall not modify other agreements concerning the exchange of official publications which may be in effect between the departments or instrumentalities of the two Governments. Please accept, Mr. Minister, the assurances of my highest and most distinguished consideration. Salvador Aguirre His Excellency John D. Erwin, *Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary* *of the United States of America, American Legation*. ——————— The American Minister to the Honduran Minister for Foreign Affairs No. 300. Tegucigalpa, D. C., *December 12, 1940*. Excellency: I have the honor to acknowledge the receipt of your kind Note No. Agreement by U. S.789, of December 2, 1940, stating that Your Excellency’s Government is agreeable to the conclusion of an agreement with the United States for the exchange of certain official publications listed in my Note No. 286, of November 8, 1940,77[Not printed] in the manner proposed by the Librarian of Congress, and in accordance with the Buenos Aires convention. I have been authorized by my Government to conclude this agreement, whose terms have been set forth in the referred to notes exchanged between Your Excellency and myself on behalf of our respective Governments. The agreement may be considered in effect from this date forth, placing upon a formal and more permanent basis the informal arrangement heretofore in effect upon this subject. Please accept, Excellency, the renewed assurances of my highest esteem and most distinguished consideration. John D. Erwin His Excellency Dr. Salvador Aguirre, *Minister for Foreign Affairs, Tegucigalpa, D.C.* 54 Stat. 2474 LISTA N° 1. Publicaciones Oficiales que se Enviaran Regularmente por el Gobierno de Honduras. La Gaceta Decretos del Congreso Nacional Legislativo. Presupuesto general de egresos e ingresos (anual) Congreso Nacional. Boletín del Congreso Nacional Legislativo. Corte Suprema de Justicia. Gaceta Judicial (bi-semanal) Presidente. Mensaje Presidencial (anual) Secretaría de Educación Pública. Memoria de la Secretaría de Educación Pública (anual) Boletín de la Biblioteca y Archivo Nacionales (Semestral) Revista del Archivo y Biblioteca Nacionales (mensual) *Universidad Central*. Memorias y otras publicaciones. Secretaría de Fomento. Agricultura, Trabajo y Comercio. Memoria (Anual) Secretaría de Gobernación, Justicia, Sanidad y Beneficencia Memoria (Anual) *Concejo del Distrito Central* Boletín de Propaganda Boletín del Distrito Central (mensual) Informe del Distrito Central (anual) *Dirección general de Estadística.* Censo General de Población. *Dirección General de Policia Nacional.* Revista de Comisario (mensual) Revista de Policía (mensual) Secretaría de Guerra, Marina y Aviación. Memoria (Anual) Secretaría de Hacienda y Crédito Público. Memoria (anual) Secretaría de Relaciones Exteriores. Memoria (anual) Tribunal Superior de Cuentas. Informe (anual). LIST N° 2. Official Publications To Be Furnished Regularly by the United States Government Congress of the United States House Journal Senate Journal Code of Laws and supplements President of United States Annual messages to Congress Department of Agricultura Annual Report of the Secretary of Agriculture Farmers’ Bulletins Yearbook Department of Commerce Annual Report of the Secretary of Commerce *Bureau of the Census* Reports Abstracts Statistical Abstract of the United States (annual)54 Stat. 2475 Department of Commerce—Continued *Bureau of Foreign and Domestic Commerce* Commerce Reports (weekly) Foreign Commerce and Navigation of the United States (annual) Survey of Current Business (monthly) Trade Information Bulletins *National Bureau of Standards* Technical News Bulletin *Weather Bureau* Monthly Weather Review Department of Justice Annual Report of the Attorney General Department of Labor Annual Report of the Secretary of Labor *Bureau of Labor Statistics* Bulletins Monthly Labor Review Department of State Department of State Bulletin Inter-American Series Foreign Relations of the United States (annual) Statutes at Large Treaty Series Department of the Interior Annual Report of the Secretary of the Interior *Fish and Wild Life Service* Bulletins Investigational Reports *Bureau of Mines* Minerals Yearbook *Bureau of Reclamation* New Reclamation Era (monthly) *National Park Service* General Publications District of Columbia Annual Report of the Government of the District of Columbia Federal Security Agency *Office of Education* School Life (monthly) *Public Health Service* Public Health Reports (weekly) *Social Security Board* Social Security Bulletin (monthly) Federal Works Agency *Public Roads Administration* Public Roads (monthly) Interstate Commerce Commission Annual Report Library of Congress Annual Report of the Librarian of Congress List of American Doctoral Dissertations (annual) National Advisory Committee for Aeronautics Annual Report with technical reports National Archives Annual Report 54 Stat. 2476 National Museum Annual Report Navy Department Annual Report of the Secretary of the Navy *Nautical Almanac Office* American Ephemeris and Nautical Almanac Post Office Department Annual Report of the Postmaster General Smithsonian Institution Annual Report Treasury Department Annual Report on the State of the Finances *Bureau of Internal Revenue* Annual Report of the Commissioner *Bureau of the Mint* Annual Report of the Director *Comptroller of Currency* Annual Report War Department Annual Report 54 Stat. 2477 December 9, 1940 Agreement 54 Stat. 2477 GREAT BRITAIN—AUSTRALIAN WOOL—DEC. 9, 1940 INTERNATIONAL AGREEMENTS OTHER THAN TREATIES Agreement between the United States of America and Great Britain December 9, 1940[E. A. S. No. 195]respecting a strategic reserve of Australian wool. Effected by exchange of notes signed December 9, 1940; effective December 9, 1940. *The British Secretary of State for Foreign Affairs to the American Chargé d’Affaires ad interim at London* No. W 11985/79/49. Foreign Office, S. W. 1. *9th December, 1940*. Sir, I have the honour to inform you that in order to enable the GovernmentAgreement proposed by Great Britain. of the United States of America to establish in the United States a reserve of Australian wool against a possible emergency shortage of wool supplies in the United States, the Government of the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland are prepared to enter into an agreement with the Government of the United States in the following terms:— Terms.

(1)The Government of the United Kingdom shall make available to the United States Government (or an agency acting on its behalf) 250 million pounds of Australian wool as a strategic reserve for the United States Government against a possible emergency shortage of wool supplies in the United States. The wool shall be transported to the United States where it shall be stored in bonded warehouses. The Government of the United Kingdom shall retain title to the wool, but all or any part of the wool may be purchased by the United States Government (or an agency acting on its behalf) for use in the United States or may be sold to the United States domestic trade, if and when it has been determined by the United States Government that an emergency shortage of wool exists in the United States.

(2)The Government of the United Kingdom may withdraw wool from the reserve for shipment to the United Kingdom or other British territory in the case of emergency shortage of supplies in such territory, or in the contingency of an interruption of wool textile production in the United Kingdom for the manufacture of textiles in the United States to meet United Kingdom emergency textile requirements, provided that (*a*) replacements for wool so withdrawn are on the way to the United States and (*b*) at no time the total of the reserve in the United States is temporarily depleted by more than twenty per cent by such withdrawals.

(3)At any time after the signing of a General Armistice between the United Kingdom and Germany, the Government of the United Kingdom shall be at liberty to dispose of the wool54 Stat. 2478 remaining in the reserve, but the United States Government and the Government of the United Kingdom shall consult together with a view to ensuring that the disposal of any such wool in the United States shall be effected under conditions which will avoid a dislocation of normal wool marketing there.

(4)The wool for the reserve shall be made available by the Government of the United Kingdom f.o.b. at Australian ports, and the United States Government (directly or through an agency acting on its behalf) shall thereafter accept responsibility for the safe custody of the wool and shall pay transport, handling, storage, insurance including war risk, and other charges in connexion with the establishment and maintenance of the wool reserve. Payments shall be made between the United States Government and the Government of the United Kingdom on sale of wool from the reserve to offset any savings secured by the Government of the United Kingdom owing to the wool having been transported to and stored in the United States by the United States Government and any loss incurred by the Government of the United Kingdom by reason of depreciation in the value of the wool stored in the United States as a result of deterioration of the wool or by reason of the position in which the wool is stored in the United States, provided that (*a*) in the case of sales in the United States no payment shall be made which would reduce the receipts by the Government of the United Kingdom for the wool in question below the amount which would have been received on sale f.o.b. Australia at the same date, and (*b*) in the case of sales outside the United States any payments as between the two Governments shall not involve the Government of the United Kingdom in any net expenditure of United States dollars in respect thereof.

(5)It is tentatively agreed that the 250,000,000 pounds of Australian wool which will be made available by the Government of the United Kingdom for the reserve shall be composed of the following:— 270,000 bales of 58/60s of types normally imported into the United States and of good topmaking Bradford styles; 290,000 bales of 60s and finer of types normally imported into the United States and of good topmaking Bradford styles; 190,000 bales of 60s and finer of good to average Bradford styles; balance (to make up 250,000,000 pounds) of 60s and finer of average Bradford styles; two-thirds of all the 60s and finer wools to consist of 64/60s. The counts are as normally understood in the United States. Although this tentative agreement on grades and types is subject to modification following consultation between the two Governments after examination of samples of the wool by the United54 Stat. 2479 States authorities, it shall become definitive if the examination of samples indicates that the grades and types of wool included in the above mentioned general categories are such that they could be readily used in American mills without interruption of or delays in the production of the mills. It is understood that the Government of the United Kingdom in estimating the quantities available for the reserve have provided for the retention of sufficient supplies in Australia to ensure that the commercial demand can be met. It is also understood that both the total quantity estimated to be available for the reserve after providing for sales abroad and shipments to the United Kingdom, and the distribution by types and descriptions, have been based upon the results of the 1939–40 clip, and that should the results of the 1940–41 clip differ it may be necessary to vary the supply for the reserve.

(3)At any time after the signing of a General Armistice between the United Kingdom and Germany, the Government of the United Kingdom shall be at liberty to dispose of the wool remaining in the reserve, but the United States Government and the Government of the United Kingdom shall consult together with a view to ensuring that the disposal of any such wool in the United States shall be effected under conditions which will avoid a dislocation of normal wool marketing there.

(4)The wool for the reserve shall be made available by the Government of the United Kingdom f.o.b. at Australian ports, and the United States Government (directly or through an agency acting on its behalf) shall thereafter accept responsibility for the safe custody of the wool and shall pay transport, handling, storage, insurance including war risk, and other charges in connection with the establishment and maintenance of the wool reserve. Payments shall be made between the United States Government and the Government of the United Kingdom on sale of wool from the reserve to offset any savings secured by the Government of the United Kingdom owing to the wool having been transported to and stored in the United States by the54 Stat. 2481 United States Government and any loss incurred by the Government of the United Kingdom by reason of depreciation in the value of the wool stored in the United States as a result of deterioration of the wool or by reason of the position in which the wool is stored in the United States, provided that (*a*) in the case of sales in the United States no payment shall be made which would reduce the receipts by the Government of the United Kingdom for the wool in question below the amount which would have been received on sale f. o. b. Australia at the same date, and (*b*) in the case of sales outside the United States any payments as between the two Governments shall not involve the Government of the United Kingdom in any net expenditure of United States dollars in respect thereof.

(5)It is tentatively agreed that the 250 million pounds of Australian wool which will be made available by the Government of the United Kingdom for the reserve shall be composed of the following: 270,000 bales of 58/60s of types normally imported into the United States and of good topmaking Bradford styles; 290,000 bales of 60s and finer of types normally imported into the United States and of good topmaking Bradford styles; 190,000 bales of 60s and finer of good to average Bradford styles; balance (to make up 250 million pounds) of 60s and finer of average Bradford styles; two-thirds of all the 60s and finer wools to consist of 64/60s. The counts are as normally understood in the United States. Although this tentative agreement on grades and types is subject to modification following consultation between the two Governments after examination of samples of the wool by the United States authorities, it shall become definitive if the examination of samples indicates that the grades and types of wool included in the above mentioned general categories are such that they could be readily used in American mills without interruption of or delays in the production of the mills. It is understood that the Government of the United Kingdom in estimating the quantities available for the reserve have provided for the retention of sufficient supplies in Australia to ensure that the commercial demand can be met. It is also understood that both the total quantity estimated to be available for the reserve after providing for sales abroad and shipments to the United Kingdom, and the distribution by types and descriptions, have been based upon the results of the 1939–40 clip, and that should the results of the 1940–41 clip differ it may be necessary to vary the supply for the reserve.

(6)Space on established British shipping lines running between Australia and the United States shall be used for the transport of the wool so far as available. The wool will be made available in Australia as rapidly as possible, provided that the sale of wool from Australia on commercial account or its shipment to the54 Stat. 2482 Wool Control in the United Kingdom or Canada shall not be prejudiced, and every endeavor shall be made to complete the allocations in Australia by the end of March 1941. In reply to numbered paragraph 2 of Your Lordship’s note, I have the honor to confirm under instructions of my Government that Your Lordship’s statement of our understanding as set forth above is agreed to by my Government and that the present exchange of notes is to be regarded as constituting an agreement between the two Governments which shall come into force immediately. I have the honor to be, with the highest consideration, My Lord, Your most obedient, humble servant, Herschel V. Johnson *Chargé d’Affaires ad interim* The Right Honorable Viscount Halifax, K.G., G.C.S.I., *etc., etc., etc*., *Foreign Office, S.W.1*. 54 Stat. 2483 August 24, 1940 August 28, 1940 Agreement 54 Stat. 2483 MEXICO—RADIOBROADCASTING—AUG. 24, 28, 1940 INTERNATIONAL AGREEMENTS OTHER THAN TREATIES Agreement between the United States of America and Mexico respecting August 24, 28, 1940[E. A. S. No. 196]radiobroadcasting. Effected by exchange of notes signed August 24 and 28, 1940; effective March 29, 1941. *The Mexican Minister for Foreign Affairs to the American Ambassador* secretaria de relaciones exteriores estados unidos mexicanos mexico 56248 México, *24 de agosto de 1940*. Señor Embajador: Con referencia a los antecedentes del caso, tengo la honra de comunicarAgreement by Mexico. a Vuestra Excelencia que el Gobierno de México está de acuerdo en que se ponga en vigor—cuando surta sus efectos el Convenio Regional Norteamericano de Radiodifusión 11 [El Convenio Regional Norteamericano sobre Radiodifusión fué firmado en La Habana el 13 de diciembre de 1937. Los párrafos 1 de la parte III y 1 de la parte V del convenio, y el inciso 3 de la tabla VI del apéndice I entraron en vigor el 29 de marzo de 1940. Las demás disposiciones del convenio, y por consiguiente el convenio en su totalidad, entrarán en vigor el 29 de marzo de 1941 (Treaty Series 962).]—el Tratado de Caballeros relacionado con el anterior y cuyo texto es el siguiente: A.– Los Estados Unidos están de acuerdo en proteger a las siguientes estaciones mexicanas de la clase I–A con frecuencias de 730 kilociclos, 800 kilociclos, 900 kilociclos y 1570 kilociclos. B.– A 1220 kilociclos los Estados Unidos pueden asignar una estación en la región de Detroit, Michigan, con una antena direccional que dirigirá la señal hacia el norte y protegerá lo más posible al campo que cubre la estación mexicana en los Estados Unidos. C.– Se permitirá a los Estados Unidos asignar a 1050 kilociclos una estación en la región de Nueva York, N. Y., con una antena direccional que dirigirá la señal hacia el noreste y protegerá lo más posible al campo que cubre la estación mexicana en los Estados Unidos. D.– México tendrá el privilegio de cambiar de lugar sus estaciones de la clase I–A siempre que no estén más cerca de la frontera norteamericana de lo que se especifica en el Convenio Regional Norteamericano sobre Radiodifusión. E.– Recíprocamente, México está de acuerdo en no asignar estaciones algunas a las siguientes frecuencias usadas en Estados Unidos para la clase I–A: 700 kilociclos, 720 kilociclos, 1120 kilociclos y 1210 kilociclos. 54 Stat. 2484 F.– México y Estados Unidos admitirán estaciones de día de la clase II con fuerza no mayor de 1 kilovatio en los canales que están de acuerdo en proteger, siempre que la señal de dichas estaciones produzca efectos no mayores de 5 microvoltios por metro de la onda básica en cualquier lugar de la frontera entre México y los Estados Unidos. El término “estaciones de día” significa que no se permitirán emisiones entre la puesta y la salida del sol en el lugar del transmisor de las estaciones de la clase II. Aprovecho la oportunidad para renovar a Vuestra Excelencia el testimonio de mi más alta consideración. Eduardo Hay Excelentísimo señor Josephus Daniels, *Embajador Extraordinario y Plenipotenciario* *de los Estados Unidos de América*. *Presente*. [Translation] department of foreign relations united mexican states mexico city 56248 Mexico City, *August 24, 1940*. Mr. Ambassador: With reference to the relevant antecedents, I have the honor to communicate to Your Excellency that the Government of Mexico is in accord that when the North American Regional Broadcasting Agreement becomes effective 22 [The North American Regional Broadcasting Agreement was signed at Habana December 13, 1937. Section 1 of part III and section 1 of part V of the agreement, and paragraph 3 of table VI of appendix I became effective on March 29, 1940. All other provisions of the agreement, and in consequence the agreement as a whole, will become effective on March 29, 1941 (Treaty Series 962).] a Gentleman’s Agreement shall be put into force relative thereto, the text of which is as follows: A. The United States agrees to protect the following Mexican Class 1–A stations having frequencies of 730 kilocycles, 800 kilocycles, 900 kilocycles, 1570 kilocycles. B. On 1220 kilocycles, the United States may assign a station in the Detroit, Michigan, area with a directional antenna that will direct the signal to the northward and protect the Mexican station’s coverage in the United States as much as possible. C. On 1050 kilocycles, the United States is permitted to assign a station in the New York, N. Y., area with a directional antenna that will direct the signal toward the northeast and protect the Mexican station’s coverage in the United States as much as possible. D. Mexico has the privilege of changing the location of its Class 1–A stations provided they are not closer to the United54 Stat. 2485 States border than specified in the North American Regional Broadcasting Agreement. E. Reciprocally, Mexico agrees not to assign any stations on the following United States Class 1–A frequencies: 700 kilocycles, 720 kilocycles, 1120 kilocycles, and 1210 kilocycles. F. Mexico and the United States to permit day-time Class II stations with a power not in excess of 1 kilowatt on the channels they agree to protect, provided that the signal from these stations shall not exceed 5 microvolts per meter ground wave results at any place on the Mexico–United States border. By day-time stations is meant that no operation is permitted between sunset and sunrise at the location of the transmitter of the Class II stations. I avail myself of the opportunity to renew to Your Excellency the assurances of my highest consideration. Eduardo Hay His Excellency Josephus Daniels, *Ambassador Extraordinary and Plenipotentiary* *of the United States of America*, *City*. *The American Ambassador to the Mexican Minister for Foreign Affairs* Embassy of theUnited States of America No. 4685 *Mexico, August 28, 1940* Excellency: I have the honor to acknowledge the receipt of Your Excellency’sAgreement by U. S. courteous note no. 56248 of August 24, 1940 and to communicate herein my Government’s understanding of the agreement which was the subject of Your Excellency’s note under acknowledgement, touching the questions of mutual interest to our Governments in relation to the North American Regional Broadcasting Agreement (the ratification by the Mexican Government having been deposited with the Cuban Government on March 29, 1940), which is as follows: A. The United States agrees to protect the following Mexican Class 1–A stations having frequencies of 730 kilocycles, 800 kilocycles, 900 kilocycles, 1570 kilocycles. B. On 1220 kilocycles, the United States may assign a station in the Detroit, Michigan, area with a directional antenna that will direct the signal to the northward and protect the Mexican station’s coverage in the United States as much as possible. C. On 1050 kilocycles, the United States is permitted to assign a station in the New York, N. Y., area with a directional antenna that will direct the signal toward the northeast and protect the Mexican station’s coverage in the United States as much as possible. 54 Stat. 2486 D. Mexico has the privilege of changing the location of its Class 1–A stations provided they are not closer to the United States border than specified in the North American Regional Broadcasting Agreement. E. Reciprocally, Mexico agrees not to assign any stations on the following United States Class 1–A frequencies: 700 kilocycles, 720 kilocycles, 1120 kilocycles, and 1210 kilocycles. F. Mexico and the United States to permit day-time Class II stations with a power not in excess of 1 kilowatt on the channels they agree to protect, provided that the signal from these stations shall not exceed 5 microvolts per meter ground wave results at any place on the Mexico–United States border. By day-time stations is meant that no operation is permitted between sunset and sunrise at the location of the transmitter of the Class II stations. Effective date. It is understood that this agreement shall enter into force when the North American Regional Broadcasting Agreement shall become effective.33 [See footnote 2, p. 2484.] Please accept, Excellency, the renewed assurances of my highest and most distinguished consideration. Josephus Daniels His Excellency Josephus Daniels, General Eduardo Hay, *Minister for Foreign Affairs*, *Mexico*. 54 Stat. 2487 August 25, 1939 August 29, 1939 August 30, 1939 Agreement 54 Stat. 2487 RUMANIA—PASSPORT VISA FEES—AUG. 25, 29, 30, 1939 INTERNATIONAL AGREEMENTS OTHER THAN TREATIES Agreement between the United States of America and Rumania respecting August 25, 29, 30, 1939[E. A. S. No. 197]passport visa fees. Effected by exchanges of notes dated August 25,29, and 30, 1939; effective September 1, 1939. *The Rumanian Minister to the Secretary of State* Royal Legation of Romania *Washington, D. C*. The Minister of Romania presents his compliments to the HonorableAgreement by Rumania. the Secretary of State, and, with reference to the Secretary’s note of March 18, 193911 [Not printed.] (No. 811.11101 Waivers 71), has the honor to advise him that the Romanian Government agrees to the reciprocal reduction of the present passport visa fees, under the following conditions: The fee for the issuance of a passport visa, valid for a period of one year and for an unlimited number of entries, is reciprocally established by the Romanian Government and the Government of the United States at $3.75, the application fee being included in this sum; this fee or its equivalent in other currency is to be collected in the cases of nationals of either Government, including citizens of the Philippine Islands, entering the territory of the other, including the Philippine Islands, temporarily for business or pleasure. The Romanian Government further agrees that the new fees go into effect on September 1, 1939, after which date they are to remain in force until the agreement should be terminated by either Government, upon six months’ notice to the other. *August 25, 1939*. *The Secretary of State to the Rumanian Minister* The Secretary of State presents his compliments to the HonorableAgreement by U. S. the Minister of Rumania and has the honor to refer to his note no. 3021/C–110 of August 25, 1939 and previous correspondence concerning the reduction of fees for nonimmigrant visas issued to citizens of the United States and Rumania. The Department is pleased to note that the Government of Rumania agrees to the reciprocal reduction of passport visa fees under the following conditions, to which the Government of the United States also agrees: Conditions. " “The fee for the issuance of a passport visa, valid for a period of one year and for an unlimited number of entries, is reciprocally established by the Romanian Government and the Government54 Stat. 2488 of the United States at $3.75, the application fee being included in this sum; this fee or its equivalent in other currency is to be collected in the cases of nationals of either Government, including citizens of the Philippine Islands, entering the territory of the other, including the Philippine Islands, temporarily for business or pleasure. “The Romanian Government further agrees that the new fees go into effect on September 1, 1939, after which date they are to remain in force until the agreement should be terminated by either Government, upon six months’ notice to the other.” " American diplomatic and consular officers are being appropriately informed by cable regarding the conclusion of this agreement in order Effective date.that it may take effect beginning September 1, 1939. Although it is noted that no reference is made in the Legation’s note to transit visas, it is the Department’s understanding that the Rumanian Government will continue to collect a fee of 34 Lei for the application for a transit visa and 34 Lei for the issuance of such a visa. American diplomatic and consular officers will continue to issue transit certificates to citizens of Rumania without fee. Department of State, *Washington, August 29 1939* *The Rumanian Minister to the Secretary of State* Royal Legation of Romania *Washington, D. C*. The Romanian Minister presents his compliments to The Honorable, The Secretary of State, and has the honor to acknowledge receipt of his note No. 811.11101 Waivers 71, of August 29, 1939, concerning the reduction of nonimmigrant visa fees, with which the Romanian Government is in complete accord. *August 30, 1939*. 54 Stat. 2489 September 4, 1939 September 11, 1939 October 5, 1939 Agreement 54 Stat. 2489 SWEDEN—PASSPORT VISA FEES—Sept. 4, 11, 1939⁄Oct. 5, 1939 INTERNATIONAL AGREEMENTS OTHER THAN TREATIES Arrangement between the United States of America and Sweden respecting September 4, 11, October 5, 1939[E. A. S. No. 198]passport visa fees. Effected by exchanges of notes dated September 4 and 11 and October 5, 1939. *The Swedish Chargé d’Affaires ad interim to the Secretary of State* legation of sweden washington, d. c. The Swedish Chargé d’Affaires ad interim presents his complimentsNotice of intention by Sweden. to the Honourable the Secretary of State and, acting upon instructions, has the honour to inform Him that the Swedish Government has decided to require for entrance into Sweden, beginning on September 5th, a regular visa on passports issued to American citizens. A visa fee of Kronor 4 will be levied on passports for which no visa has hitherto been required. The Swedish Chargé d’Affaires will return to this matter as soon as detailed instructions have been received. Washington, D. C., *September 4, 1939*. *The Secretary of State to the Swedish Chargé d’Affaires ad interim* The Secretary of State presents his compliments to the ChargéReciprocal action by U. S. d’Affaires ad interim of Sweden and refers to the Legation’s note of September 4, 1939 stating that the Swedish Government has decided to require, for entrance into Sweden, beginning September 5, 1939, a regular visa on passports issued to American citizens for which a fee of Kronor 4 will be charged. Appropriate note has been taken of this decision on the part of the Swedish Government and American diplomatic and consular officers have been instructed to collect, beginning September 5, 1939, a corresponding fee of $1.25 for the issuance of passport visas to non-immigrant Swedish subjects, with the exception of Government officials, temporarily visiting the United States. Department of State, *Washington, September 11 1939* *The Swedish Minister to the Secretary of State* legation of sweden washington, d. c. Aux termes de l’article 59 du Décret du 26 novembre 1937 énonçant des prescriptions relatives à la loi du 11 juin 1937 sur le séjour des étrangers en Suède, les agents diplomatiques et les agents consulaires de carrière des Puissances étrangères en Suède, ainsi que leurs familles et leurs gens de service doivent être munis de passeports nationaux ou54 Stat. 2490 d’autres pièces d’identité admises à en tenir lieu. Dans les cas prévus par le Ministre des Affaires Etrangères, les passeports ou autres pièces d’identité doivent être visés. Se référant à la note verbale de la Légation en date du 4 septembre 1939 le Ministre de Suède a l’honneur de porter à la connaissance de l’Honorable, le Secrétaire d’Etat des Etats-Unis que le Ministre du Roi des Affaires Etrangères, en raison de la situation actuelle, s’est vu dans la nécessité d’étendre aux personnes des catégories visées ci-dessus au premier alinéa l’obligation du visa à l’éxception toutefois des ressortissants danois, finlandais, islandais et norvégiens. Les contrôleurs des passeports ont en conséquence reçu l’ordre de s’assurer, *à partir du 1er octobre 1939*, que les passeports ou autres pièces d’identité des dites personnes sont munis d’un *visa*. Le Ministre de Suède désire ajouter que les visas d’entrée et les visas de séjour à délivrer aux agents diplomatiques et aux agents consulaires de carrière, aux membres de leurs familles et à leurs gens de service seront, sous réserve de réciprocité, libellés de manière à permettre aux intéressés de faire un nombre illimité de voyages en Suède et que leur délivrance aura lieu à titre gratuit. Washington*le 5 octobre 1939*. [Translation] legation of sweden washington, d. c. Extension of visa requirement. According to the terms of article 69 of the decree of November 26, 1937, in which are set forth the regulations relative to the law of June 11, 1937 on the stay of foreigners in Sweden, the diplomatic agents and the consular agents of career of foreign powers in Sweden, as well as their families and their servants, must be provided with passports of their countries or other identification papers which are accepted in their stead. In the cases for which provision is made by the Minister of Foreign Affairs, the passports or other identification papers must bear a visa. With reference to the note verbale of the Legation of September 4, 1939, the Minister of Sweden has the honor to advise The Honorable the Secretary of State of the United States that His Majesty’s Minister of Foreign Affairs, because of the existing situation, has been obliged to extend to the persons of the categories referred to above in the first paragraph the visa requirement, excepting, however, Danish, Finnish, Icelandic, and Norwegian nationals. Passport inspectors have therefore been ordered to make sure, *starting October 1, 1939*, that passports or other identification papers of the said persons bear a *visa*. The Minister of Sweden wishes to add that entry visas and non-immigrant visas to be delivered to diplomatic agents and to consular agents of career, to the members of their families and to their servants shall, subject to reciprocity, be worded so as to permit the interested parties to make an unlimited number of journeys into Sweden and that they shall be delivered free of charge. Washington, *October 5, 1939*. 54 Stat. 2491 July 30, 1940 Agreement 54 Stat. 2491 INTER-AMERICAN—ACT OF HABANA—JULY 30, 1940 INTERNATIONAL AGREEMENTS OTHER THAN TREATIES Act of Habana, contained in the Final Act of the Second Meeting of July 30, 1940[E. A. S. No. 199]Ministers of Foreign Affairs of the American Republics, respecting provisional administration of European colonies and possessions in the Americas. Signed at Habana July 30, 1940. 54 Stat. 2492 FINAL ACT OF THE SECOND MEETING OF MINISTERS OF FOREIGN AFFAIRS OF THE AMERICAN REPUBLICS, SIGNED IN THE CITY OF LA HABANA, THE THIRTIETH DAY OF JULY, ONE THOUSAND NINE HUNDRED AND FORTY. The Governments of the American Republics, in order that their Ministers of Foreign Affairs or their Personal Representatives might meet for purposes of consultation in accordance with agreements approved at prior Inter-American Conferences, duly accredited the Delegates hereinbelow expressed (following the order of precedence determined by lot) who met in the City of La Habana during the period comprised between the twenty-first and the thirtieth of July, one thousand nine hundred and forty, in answer to the invitation of the Government of the Republic of Cuba: Delegates. Honduras H. E. Silverio Lainez, Personal Representative of H. E. The Minister of Foreign Affairs. Haiti H. E. León Laleau, Secretary of State for Foreign Affairs. Costa Rica H. E. Luis Anderson Morúa, Personal Representative of H. E. The Secretary of Foreign Affairs. 54 Stat. 2492 ACTA FINAL DE LA SEGUNDA REUNION DE CONSULTA ENTRE LOS MINISTROS DE RELACIONES EXTERIORES DE LAS REPUBLICAS AMERICANAS, SUSCRITA EN LA CIUDAD DE LA HABANA, EL DIA TREINTA DE JULIO DE MIL NOVECIENTOS CUARENTA: Los Gobiernos de las Repúblicas Americanas, con el propósito de que sus Ministros de Relaciones Exteriores ó los Representantes personales de los mismos, se reunieran con fines de consulta, a virtud de los acuerdos adoptados en anteriores Conferencias Inter-Americanas, acreditaron debidamente a los Delegados que se expresan a continuación (siguiendo el orden de precedencia fijado por el correspondiente sorteo), los que se reunieron en la ciudad de la Habana, durante los días comprendidos desde el veinti-uno hasta el treinta de Julio de mil novecientos cuarenta, respondiendo a invitación del Gobierno de la República de Cuba: Delegates. Honduras S. E. el señor Silverio Lainez, Representante personal del Excmo. Señor Ministro de Relaciones Exteriores. Haiti S. E. el señor León Laleau, Secretario de Estado de Relaciones Exteriores. Costa Rica S. E. el señor Luís Anderson Morúa, Representante personal del Excmo. Señor Secretario de Relaciones Exteriores. 54 Stat. 2493 ÁTA FINAL DA DA SEGUNDA REUNIÃO DE CONSULTA DOS MINISTROS DAS RELACÕES EXTERIORES DAS REPUBLICAS AMERICANAS, ASSINADA NA CIDADE DE HAVANA, NO DIA TRINTA DE JULHO DE MIL NOVECENTOS E QUARENTA. Os Govêrnos das Repúblicas Americanas, com o propósito de que seus Ministros das Relações Exteriores ou seus Representantes pessoais, se reunissem com fins de consulta, em virtude de acôrdos adotados em anteriores Conferências Interamericanas, acreditaram, devidamente, os Delegados adiante enumerados (seguindo na ordem de precedência fixada pelo sortéio correspondente), os quais se reuniram na cidade de Havana, durante os dias compreendidos entre vinte e um e trinta de Julho de mil novecentos e quarenta, respondendo ao convite do Govèrno da República de Cuba: Honduras S. Exa. o Senhor Silverio Laínez, Representante pessôal do Exmo. Senhor Ministro das Relações Exteriores. Haiti S. Exa. o Senhor Léon Laleau, Secretário de Estado das Relções Exteriores. Costa Rica S. Exa o Senhor Luis Anderson Morúa, Representante pessôal do Exmo. Senhor Secretário das Relações Exteriores. 54 Stat. 2493 ACTE FINAL DE LA DEUXIEME REUNION DE CONSULTATION DES MINISTRES DES RELATIONS EXTERIEURES DES REPUBLIQUES AMERICAINES, SIGNE A LA HAVANE LE TRENTE JUILLET MIL NEUF CENT QUARANTE. Les Gouvernements des Républiques Américaines,dans le désir de réunir dans un but de consultation, leurs Ministres des Relations Extérieures ou leurs Représentants personnels, en vertu des accords adoptés au cours des Conférences Internationales précédentes, ont accrédité en bonne et dûe fórmeles Délégués mentionnés ci-dessous, selon l’ordre de préséance établi par le tirage au sort, lesquels, invités par le Gouvernement de la République de Cuba, se sont réunis à La Havane du vingt-et-un juillet au trente juillet mil neuf cent quarante: Honduras S. E. Monsieur Silverio Laínez, Représentant personnel de S. E. Monsieur le Ministres des Relations Extérieures. Haiti S. E. Monsieur Léon Laleau, Secrétaire d’Etat des Relations Extérieures. Costa Rica S. E. Monsieur Luis Anderson Morúa, Représentant personnel de S. E. Monsieur le Secrétaire des Relations Extérieures. 54 Stat. 2494 Mexico H. E. Eduardo Suárez, Personal Representative of H. E. The Secretary of Foreign Affairs. Argentina H. E. Leopoldo Melo, Personal Representative of H. E. The Minister of Foreign Affairs. Uruguay H. E. Pedro Manini Rios, Personal Representative of H. E. The Minister of Foreign Affairs. Ecuador H. E. Julio Tobar Donoso, Minister of Foreign Affairs. Bolivia H. E. Enrique Finot, Personal Representative of H. E. The Minister of Foreign Affairs. Chile H. E. Oscar Schnake, Personal Representative of H. E. The Minister of Foreign Affairs. Brazil H. E. Mauricio Nabuco, Personal Representative of H. E. The Minister of Foreign Affairs. Cuba H. E. Miguel Angel Campa, Secretary of State. 54 Stat. 2494 Mexico S. E. el señor Eduardo Suárez, Representante personal del Excmo. Señor Secretario de Relaciones Exteriores. Argentina S. E. el señor Leopoldo Melo, Representante personal del Exento. Señor Ministro de Relaciones Exteriores. Uruguay S. E. el señor Pedro Manini Ríos, Representante personal del Excmo. Señor Ministro de Relaciones Exteriores. Ecuador S. E. el señor Julio Tobar Donoso, Ministro de Relaciones Exteriores. Bolivia S. E. el señor Enrique Finot, Representante personal del Excmo. Señor Ministro de Relaciones Exteriores. Chile S. E. el señor Oscar Schnake, Representante personal del Excmo. Señor Ministro de Relaciones Exteriores. Brasil S. E. el señor Mauricio Nabuco, Representante personal del Excmo. Señor Ministro de Relaciones Exteriores. Cuba S. E. el señor Miguel Angel Campa, Secretario de Estado. 54 Stat. 2495 Mexico S. Exa. o Senhor Eduardo Suarez, Representante pessôal do Exmo. Senhor Secretário das Relações Exteriores. Argentina S. Exa. o Senhor Leopoldo Melo, Representante pessôal do Exmo. Senhor Ministro das Relações Exteriores. Uruguay S. Exa. o Senhor Pedro Manini Ríos, Representante pessôal do Exmo. Senhor Ministro das Relações Exteriores. Equador S. Exa. o Senhor Julio Tobar Donoso, Ministro das Relações Exteriores. Bolivia S. Exa. o Senhor Enrique Finot, Representante pessôal do Exmo. Senhor Ministro das Relações Exteriores. Chile S. Exa. o Senhor Oscar Schnake, Representante pessôal do Exmo. Senhor Ministro das Relações Exteriores. Brasil S. Exa. o Senhor Maurício Nabuco, Representante pessôal do Exmo. Senhor Ministro das Relações Exteriores. Cuba S. Exa. o Senhor Miguel Angel Campa, Secretário de Estado. 54 Stat. 2495 Mexique S. E. Monsieur Eduardo Suárez, Représentant personnel de S. E. Monsieur le Secrétaire des Relations Extérieures. Argentine S. E. Monsieur Leopoldo Melo, Représentant personnel de S. E. Monsieur le Ministre des Relations Extérieures. Uruguay S. E. Monsieur Pedro Manini Ríos, Représentant personnel de S. E. Monsieur le Ministre des Relations Extérieures. [11 [Une référence a l’Equateur et & son représentant se trouve dans les originaux signés des textes anglais, espagnol, et portugais mais ne se trouve pas dans l’original signé du texte français.]] Bolivie S. E. Monsieur Enrique Finot, Représentant personnel de S. E. Monsieur le Ministre des Relations Extérieures. Chili S. E. Monsieur Oscar Schnake, Représentant personnel de S. E. Monsieur le Ministre des Relations Extérieures. Bresil S. E. Monsieur Mauricio Nabuco, Représentant personnel de S. E. Monsieur le Ministre des Relations Extérieures. Cuba S. E. Monsieur Miguel Angel Campa, Secrétaire d’Etat. 54 Stat. 2496 Paraguay H. E. Tomás A. Salomoni, Minister of Foreign Affairs. Panama H. E. Narciso Garay, Secretary of Foreign Relations and Communications. Colombia H. E. Luís López de Mesa, Minister of Foreign Affairs. Venezuela H. E. Diógenes Escalante, Personal Representative of H. E. The Minister of Foreign Affairs. El Salvador H. E. Héctor Escobar Serrano, Personal Representative of H. E. The Minister of Foreign Affairs. Dominican Republic H. E. Arturo Despradel, Secretary of State for Foreign Affairs. Peru H. E. Lino Cornejo, Personal Representative of H. E. The Minister of Foreign Affairs. Nicaragua H. E. Mariano Argüello, Minister of Foreign Affairs. Guatemala H. E. Carlos Salazar, Secretary of Foreign Affairs. 54 Stat. 2496 Paraguay S. E. el señor Tomás A. Salomoni, Ministro de Relaciones Exteriores. Panama S. E. el señor Narciso Garay, Secretario de Relaciones Exteriores y Comunicaciones. Colombia S. E. el señor Luís López de Mesa, Ministro de Relaciones Exteriores. Venezuela S. E. el señor Diógenes Escalante, Representante personal del Excmo. Señor Ministro de Relaciones Exteriores. El Salvador S. E. el señor Héctor Escobar Serrano, Representante personal del Excmo. Señor Ministro de Relaciones Exteriores. Republica Dominicana S. E. el Señor Arturo Despradel, Secretario de Estado de Relaciones Exteriores. Peru S. E. el señor Lino Cornejo, Representante personal del Excmo. Señor Ministro de Relaciones Exteriores. Nicaragua S. E. el señor Mariano Argüello, Ministro de Relaciones Exteriores. Guatemala S. E. el señor Carlos Salazar, Secretario de Relaciones Exteriores. 54 Stat. 2497 Paraguay S. Exa. o Senhor Tomás A. Salomoni, Ministro das Relações Exteriores. Panamá S. Exa. o Senhor Narciso Garay, Secretário das Relações Exteriores e Comunicações. Colombia S. Exa. o Senhor Luis Lopez de Mesa, Ministro das Relações Exteriores. Venezuela S. Exa. o Senhor Diógenes Escalante, Representante pessôal do Exmo. Senhor Ministro das Relações Exteriores O Salvador S. Exa. o Senhor Héctor Escobar Serrano, Representante pessôal do Exmo. Senhor Ministro das Relações Exteriores. Republica Dominicana S. Exa. o Senhor Arturo Despradel, Secretário de Estado das Relações Exteriores. Perú S. Exa. o Senhor Lino Cornejo, Representante pessôal do Exmo. Senhor Ministro das Relações Exteriores. Nicaragua S. Exa. o Senhor Mariano Arguello, Ministro das Relações Exteriores. Guatemala S. Exa. o Senhor Carlos Salazar, Secretário das Relações Exteriores. 54 Stat. 2497 Paraguay S. E. Monsieur Tomás A. Salomoni, Ministre des Relations Extérieures. Panama S. E. Monsieur Narciso Garay, Secrétaire des Relations Extérieures et des Communications. Colombie S. E. Monsieur Luis López de Mesa, Ministre des Relations Extérieures. Venezuela S. E. Monsieur Diógenes Escalante, Représentant personnel de S. E. Monsieur le Ministre des Relations Extérieures. El Salvador S. E. Monsieur Héctor Escobar Serrano, Représentant personnel de S. E. Monsieur le Ministre des Relations Extérieures. Republique Dominicaine S. E. Monsieur Arturo Despradel, Secrétaire d’Etat et des Relations Extérieures. Perou S. E. Monsieur Lino Cornejo, Représentant personnel de S. E. Monsieur le Ministre des Relations Extérieures. Nicaragua S. E. Monsieur Mariano Argüello, Ministre des Relations Extérieures. Guatemala S. E. Monsieur Carlos Salazar, Secrétaire des Relations Extérieures. 54 Stat. 2498 United States of America H. E. Cordell Hull, Secretary of State. Inaugural session. The Meeting held its inaugural session on the twenty-first day of July, One thousand nine hundred and forty, at four o’clock in the afternoon, in the Hall of Sessions of the House of Representatives, in the National Capitol, in the presence of H. E. Dr. Federico Laredo Brû, President of the Republic of Cuba, under the provisional presidency of H. E. Dr. Miguel Angel Campa, Secretary of State, with Dr. César Salaya y de la Fuente, acting as Secretary General. . . . . . . . Second Meeting. The Second Meeting of the Ministers of Foreign Affairs of the American Republics approved the following Votes, Motions, Declarations, Recommendations and Resolutions: . . . . . . . XX Act of Habana. Act of Habana Concerning the Provisional Administration of European Colonies and Possessions in the Americas Whereas: 1. The status of regions in this continent belonging to European powers is a subject of deep concern to all of the Governments of the American Republics; 2. As a result of the present European war there may be attempts at conquest, which has been 54 Stat. 2498 Estados Unidos de America S. E. el señor Cordell Hull, Secretario de Estado. Inaugural session. La Reunión celebró su Sesión Inaugural el día veintiuno de Julio de mil novecientos cuarenta, a las cuatro de la tarde, en el Hemiciclo de la Cámara de Representantes, edificio del Capitolio Nacional, con la asistencia de S. E. el doctor Federico Laredo Brú, Presidente de la República de Cuba, bajo la presidencia provisional de S. E. el doctor Miguel Angel Campa, Secretario de Estado, actuando de Secretario General, el doctor César Salaya y de la Fuente. . . . . . . . Second Meeting. La Segunda Reunión de Consulta entre los Ministros de Relaciones Exteriores de las Repúblicas Americanas, aprobó los siguientes Votos, Mociones, Declaraciones, Recomendaciones y Resoluciones: . . . . . . . XX Act of Habana.Acta de La Habana: Sobre Administracion Provisional de Colonias y Posesiones Europeas en America: La Segunda Reunión de Consulta entre Ministros de Relaciones Exteriores de las Repúblicas Americanas, Considerando: *Primero:* Que el *status* de los territorios de este Continente pertenecientes a potencias europeas es motivo de honda preocupación para todos los Gobiernos de las Repúblicas Americanas; *Segundo:* Que, como consecuencia de la actual guerra europea puede intentarse la conquista, 54 Stat. 2499 Estados Unidos da America S. Exa. o Senhor Cordell Hull, Secretário de Estado. A Reunião celebrou sua Sessão Inaugurai no dia vinte e um de Julho de mil novecentos e quarenta, às quatro da tarde, no hemiciclo da Camara de Representantes, edifìcio do Capitolio Nacional, com a assistência de Sua Excelência o Senhor Doutor Federico Laredo Brú, Presidente da República de Cuba, sob a presidência provisória de Sua Excelência o Senhor Doutor Miguel Angel Campa, Secretário de Estado, átuando como Secretário Geral o Senhor Doutor Cesar Salaya y de la Fuente. . . . . . . . A Segunda Reunião de Consulta dos Ministros das Relações Exteriores das Repúblicas Americanas aprovou os seguintes Votos, Moções, Declarações, Recomendações e Resoluções seguintes: . . . . . . . XX Âta de Havana: Sobre a Administração Provisória de Colonias e Possessões Européias na America: A Segunda Reunião de Consulta dos Ministros das Relações Exteriores das Republicas Americanas, Considerando: *Primeiro:* Que o *status* dos territorios deste Continente, pertencentes a potencias européias, é motivo de profunda preocupação para todos os Govêrnos das Repúblicas Americanas; *Segundo:* Que, como consequência da átual guerra européia, poderá intentar-se a conquista, 54 Stat. 2499 Etats Unis d’Amerique S. E. Monsieur Cordell Hull, Secrétaire d’Etat. La séance d’inauguration de la Réunion s’est tenue le vingt-et-un juillet mil neuf cent quarante, à quatre heures de l’après-midi, dans l’Hémicyde de la Chambre des Députés, au Capitole National, en présence de S. E. Monsieur Federico Laredo Bru, Président de la République de Cuba, et sous la présidence provisoire de S. E. Monsieur Miguel Angel Campa, Secrétaire d’Etat; la fonction de Secrétaire Général y fut remplie par Monsieur César Salaya y de la Fuente. . . . . . . . La Deuxième Réunion de Consultation des Ministres des Relations Extérieures des Républiques Américaines a adopté les voeux, propositions, déclarations, recommandations et résolutions suivants: . . . . . . . XX Accord de La Havane: au Sujet de L’Administration Provisoire des Colonies et des Possessions Européennes d’Amerique. La deuxieme reunion de consultation des ministres des relations exterieures des republiques americaines, Considerant: 1o.— Que le statut des territoires de ce Continent appartenant à des puissances européennes est un sujet de profonde préoccupation pour tous les Gouvernements des Républiques Américaines; 2.— Qu’une des conséquences de la guerre actuelle pourrait être une tentative de conquête, fait 54 Stat. 2500 repudiated in the international relations of the American Republics, thus placing in danger the essence and pattern of the institutions of America; 3. The doctrine of inter-American solidarity agreed upon at the meetings at Lima and at Panama requires the adoption of a policy of vigilance and defense so that systems or regimes in conflict with their institutions shall not upset the peaceful life of the American Republics, the normal functioning of their institutions, or the rule of law and order; 4. The course of military events in Europe and the changes resulting from them may create the grave danger that European territorial possessions in America may be converted into strategic centers of aggression against nations of the American Continent; The Second Meeting of Ministers of Foreign Affairs of the American Republics, Declares: Declaration. That when islands or regions in the Americas now under the possession of non-American nations are in danger of becoming the subject of barter of territory or change of sovereignty, the American nations, taking into account the imperative need of continental security and the desires of the inhabitants of the said islands or regions, may set up a regime of provisional administration under the following conditions:

(a)Conditions of provisional administration. That as soon as the reasons requiring this measure shall cease to exist, and in the event that it would not be prejudi 54 Stat. 2500 repudiada en las relaciones internacionales de las Repúblicas Americanas poniendo de este modo en peligro la esencia y la modalidad de las instituciones de América; *Tercero:* Que la doctrina de la solidaridad inter americana acordada en las Reuniones de Lima y Panamá exige la adopción política de vigilancia y de defensa a fin de que sistemas o regímenes en desacuerdo con sus instituciones no entorpezcan la vida pacífica de las Repúblicas de América, la práctica normal de sus instituciones, el imperio del orden y del derecho; *Cuarto:* Que el curso de los acontecimientos militares en Europa y los cambios resultantes de los mismos, pueden crear la grave amenaza de que cualesquiera posesiones territoriales europeas en América se conviertan en centros estratégicos para agresión contra naciones del Continente americano, Por tanto: Declara: Declaration. Cuando las islas o regiones americanas, actualmente bajo la posesión de naciones no americanas, se encuentren en peligro de constituirse en materia de trueque de territorios o cambios de soberanía, las Repúblicas americanas podrán, teniendo en cuenta las necesidades imperiosas de la seguridad del Continente y la opinión de los habitantes de esas islas o regiones, establecer un régimen administración provisional, bajo las siguientes reservas: a).— Conditions of provisional administration. Que tan pronto como dejen de existir los motivos que hicieron necesaria dicha medida, y si ello no fuera perju 54 Stat. 2501 repudiada nas relações internacionais das Repúblicas Americanas, pondo deste modo em perigo a essência e a modalidade das instituições da América; *Terceiro:* Que a doutrina de solidariedade interamericana, assentada nas Reuniões de Lima e Panamá, erige a adoção de urna politica de vigilância e de defesa, afim de que os sistemas, ou regimes, em desacórdo com as suas instituições, não perturbem a vida pacifica das Repúblicas da América, a prática normal das suas instituições, o império da ordem e do direito; *Quarto:* Que o curso dos acontecimentos militares na Europa e as modificações deles resultantes podem criar a grave ameaça de que quaisquer possessões territoriais européias na América se convertam em centros estratégicos para agressão contra nações do Continente americano, Declara: Quando as ilhas ou regiões americanas, átualmente na posse de nações não americanas, estejam em perigo de tornar-se materia de troca de territorios ou de soberanía, as Repúblicas Americanas poderão, tomando em consideração a necessidade imperiosa da segurança do Continente e a opinião dos habitantes dessas ilhas ou regiões, estabelecer um regime de administração provisória, sob as seguintes reservas: a).– Que légo que deixem de existir as causas que motivaram tal medida, e caso isso não prejudique a segurança das Re 54 Stat. 2501 repoussé par les relations internationales des Républiques Américaines, qui mettrait ainsi en danger l’essence et la forme des institutions de l’Amérique; 3.— Que la doctrine de la solidarité interaméricaine adoptée au cours des Réunions de Lima et de Panama, exige l’adoption d’une politique de surveillance et de défense afin que des systèmes ou des régimes en désaccord avec leurs institutions ne gênent pas la vie pacifique des Républiques de l’Amérique, le cours normal de leurs institutions et le règne de l’ordre et du droit; 4.— Que le cours des évènements militaires en Europe et les changements qui en résulteront pourraient créer une grave menace en transformant une possession territoriale européenne d’Amérique quelconque en centre stratégique pour une agression contre les nations du Continent américain, Declare: Que lorsque les îles ou régions américaines actuellement en possession de nations non américaines, se trouveraient en danger de devenir un sujet d’échange de territoire ou de changement de souveraineté, les Républiques américaines pourront, en tenantcompte des besoins impérieux de la sécurité du Continent et de l’opinion des habitants de ces îles ou de ces régions, établir un régime d’administration provisoire, sous les réserves suivantes: a).– Qu’aussitôt que les motifs qui auraient rendu nécéssaire cette mesure disparaîtront, et dans le cas où il n’en dé 54 Stat. 2502 cial to the safety of the American Republics, such territories shall, in accordance with the principle reaffirmed by this declaration that peoples of this continent have the right freely to determine their own destinies, be organized as autonomous states if it shall appear that they are able to constitute and maintain themselves in such condition, or be restored to their previous status, whichever of these alternatives shall appear the more practicable and just;

(b)That the regions to which this declaration refers shall be placed temporarily under the provisional administration of the American Republics and this administration shall be exercised with the two-fold purpose of contributing to the security and defense of the Continent, and to the economic, political and social progress of such regions and, Resolves, Emergency committee. To create an emergency committee, composed of one representative of each of the American Republics, which committee shall be deemed constituted as soon as two-thirds of its members shall have been appointed. Such appointments shall be made by the American Republics as soon as possible. The committee shall meet on the request of any signatory of this resolution. If it becomes necessary as an imperative emergency measure before the coming into effect of the convention approved by this Consultative Meeting, to apply its 54 Stat. 2502 dicial a la seguridad de las Repúblicas Americanas, los territorios serán, de acuerdo con el principio que por la presente Declaración se reafirma, de que los pueblos de este Continente tienen el derecho de disponer libremente de sus propios destinos, o bien organizados como Estados autónomos si apareciera que son capaces de constituirse y mantenerse en esa condición, o bien restaurados a su situación anterior, según parezca más factible y equitativo una u otra de estas alternativas. b).– Que las regiones a que la presente se refiere serán colocadas temporalmente baja la administración provisional de las Repúblicas Americanas y esta administración se ejercerá con el doble objeto de contribuir a la seguridad y defensa del Continente y al progreso económico, político y social de dichas regiones; y Resuelve, Emergency committee. Crear un Comité de emergencia compuesto de un Representante por cada una de las Repúblicas Americanas, el cual se considerará constituido desde que estén nombradas las dos terceras partes de sus miembros, debiendo los Gobiernos de esas Repúblicas designarlos dentro de la mayor brevedad. Este Comité se reunirá a petición de cualquiera de los signatarios de esta Resolución. Si antes de entrar en vigor la Convención acordada en la presente Reunión de Consulta, fuere necesario, como medida imperiosa de emergencia, aplicar sus es 54 Stat. 2503 públicas Americanas, os territorios serão, de acôrdo com o principio reafirmado pela presente Declaração de que os povos deste Continente têm o direito de dispôr livremente dos seus proprios destinos, ou organizados como Estados autônomos, si se verificar que são capazes de constituir-se e manter-se nessa condição, ou restaurados em sua condição anterior, conforme pareça mais fátivel e equitativa uma ou outra dessas alternativas, b).– Que as regiões a que se refere esta Resolução serão colocadas temporariamente sob a administra ção das Republicas Americanas, e esta administração será exercida com o duplo objetivo de contribuir para a segurança e defesa do Continente e ao progrèsso econômico, politico e social de ditas regiões; e Resolve, Criar um Comité de emergência composto de um Representante de cada uma das Repúblicas Americanas, o qual considerar-se-á como constituido desde que estejam nomeadas duas terças partes de seus membros, que os Govêrnos dessas Repúblicas designarão com a possível brevidade. Esse Comité reunir-se-á a pedido de qualquer Govèrno signatário desta Resolução. Se antes de entrar em vigor a Convenção ajustada na presente Reunião de Consulta, for necessário, como medida imperiosa de emergência, aplicar suas esti 54 Stat. 2503 riverait aucun dommage pour la sécurité des Républiques Américaines d’accord avec le principe réaffirmé par la présente Déclaration, que les peuples de ce Continent ont le droit de définir librement leur propre destinée, ces territoires seront, soit organisés comme Etats autonomes dans le cas où ils seraient capables d’acquérir cette forme et de s’y maintenir, soit rendus à leur antérieure situation, selon que l’une ou l'autre alternative semble plus pratiquable ou équitable. b).– Que les régions auxquelles la présente Déclaration se rapporte seront placées temporairement sous l’administration provisoire des Républiques Américaines et que cette administration s’exercera dans le double but de contribuer à la sécurité et à la défense du Continent et au progrès économique, politique et social de ces régions; et Decide, De créer un Comité de secours qui sera composé d’un Représentant de chaque République Américaine, et qui sera considéré comme constitué à partir du moment où les deux tiers de ses membres auront été désignés; les Gouvernements des Républiques Américaines devront faire ces désignations le plus rapidement possible. Ce Comité se réunira á la demande de n’importe quel Etat signataire de cette Résolution. Si avant l’entrée en vigueur de la Convention signée au cours de la présente Réunion de Consultation, il devenait nécéssaire d’appliquer ses stipulations dans le 54 Stat. 2504 provisions in order to safeguard the peace of the continent, taking into account also the desires of the inhabitants of any of the above-mentioned regions, the committee shall assume the administration of the region attacked or threatened, acting in accordance with the provisions of the said convention. As soon as the convention comes into effect, the authority and functions exercised by the committee shall be transferred to the Inter-American Commission for Territorial Administration. Should the need for emergency action be so urgent that action by the committee cannot be awaited, any of the American Republics, individually or jointly with others, shall have the right to act in the manner which its own defense or that of the continent requires. Should this situation arise, the American Republic or Republics taking action shall place the matter before the committee immediately, in order that it may consider the action taken and adopt appropriate measures. None of the provisions contained in the present Act refers to territories or possessions which are the subject of dispute or claims between European powers and one or more of the Republics of the Americas. . . . . . . . In witness whereof, the Ministers of Foreign Affairs of the American Republics or their personal representatives, sign and seal the present Final Act. Deposit of original of Final Act. Done in the City of Habana, this thirtieth day of July, one thousand nine hundred and forty, 54 Stat. 2504 tipulaciones a fin de salvaguardar la paz del Continente, teniendo además en cuenta la opinión de los habitantes de cualquiera de las regiones mencionadas, el Comité asumirá la administración de la región agredida o amenazada actuando de acuerdo con lo dispuesto en la referida Convención. Tan pronto entre en vigor esta Convención, la autoridad y funciones ejercidas por el Comité serán transferidas a la Comisión Interamericana de Administración Territorial. Si la necesidad de una acción de emergencia resultase tan urgente que no hiciera posible el esperar la actuación del Comité, cualquiera de las Repúblicas Americanas, individualmente o en conjunto con otras, tendrá el derecho de actuar en la forma que exige su defensa o la del Continente. Si surgiera esta situación, la República o las Repúblicas actuantes someterán inmediatamente el asunto al conocimiento del Comité, para que éste pueda considerar las actuaciones y adoptar las medidas adecuadas. Ninguna de las disposiciones que abarca la presente Acta, se refiere a territorios o posesiones que son materia de litigio o reclamación entre potencias de Europa y algunas de las Repúblicas de América. . . . . . . . En testimonio de lo cual, los Ministros de Relaciones Exteriores de las Repúblicas Americanas o sus Representantes Personales, firman y sellan la presente Acta Final. Deposit of original of Final Act. Hecha en la Habana, a los treinta dias del mes de Julio de mil novecientos cuarenta, en textos 54 Stat. 2505 pulaçöes afim de salvaguardar a paz do Continente, tomando em consideração ademais a opinião dos habitantes de qualquer das regiões mencionadas, o Comité assumirá a administração da região agredida ou ameaçada, átuando de acôrdo com o disposto na referida Convenção. Lógo que entrar em vigor esta Convenção, a autoridade e funções exercidas pelo Comité serão transferidas à Comissão Interamericana de Administração Territorial. Se a necessidade de uma ação de emergência tornar-se tão urgente que não seja possível esperar a átuação do Comité, qualquer das Repúblicas Americanas, individualmente ou em conjunto com outras, terá o direito de átuar na forma que o exigir a sua defesa, ou a do Continente. Si se produzir esta situação, a República ou Repúblicas em ação submeterão imediatamente o assunto ao conhecimento do Comité, para que este possa considerar o procedimento e adotar as medidas adequadas. Nenhuma das disposições que abrange a presente Äta, refere-se a territorios ou possessões que são materia de litigio ou reclamação entre potências da Europa e algumas das Repúblicas da América. . . . . . . . Em testemunho do que, os Ministros das Relações Exteriores das Repúblicas Americanas ou seus representantes pessoais, assinam e selam a presente Áta Final. Feita em Havana, aos trinta dias do mês de Julho de mil novecentos e quarenta, em textos redi 54 Stat. 2505 but de sauvegarder la paix du Continent comme une mesure provoquée par une impérieuse urgence et en tenant compte aussi de l’opinion des habitants de toute région intéréssée, le Comité se fera charge de l’Administration de la région attaquée ou menacée d’accord avec ce que dispose la Convention mentionnée. Dès que cette Convention entrera en vigueur, l’autorité et les fonctions exercées par le Comité passeront à la Commission In ter américaine d’Administration Territoriale. Si la nécéssité d’une action de secours était tellement urgente qu’il ne fut pas possible d’attendre le fonctionnement du Comité, n’importe quelle République Américaine, d’une façon isolée ou d’accord avec d’autres Républiques aura le droit d’agir comme l’exigera sa défense ou celle du Continent. Si cette situation survenait, la République ou les Républiques qui auraient agi, soumettront immédiatement le cas à la connaissance du Comité pour que celuici puisse considérer les faits et adopter les mesures appropriées. Aucune des dispositions que comprend cet Accord, ne se rapporte aux territoires ou aux possessions qui sont un sujet de controverse ou de réclamation entre les puissances d’Europe et certaines Républiques d’Amérique. . . . . . . . Et en témoignage de tout ceci, les Ministres des Relations Extérieures des Républiques Américaines ou leurs Représentants Personnels, signent et posent leurs sceaux sur cet Acte. Fait à La Havane, le trente juillet mil neuf cent quarante sur des textes rédigés en espagnol, en 54 Stat. 2506 in texts in the English, Spanish, Portuguese and French languages, which shall be deposited in the archives of the Pan American Union. The Secretary General of the Meeting shall transmit the original of the present Final Act to the Pan American Union through the intermediary of the Department of State of Cuba. Reservations. Reservations: . . . . . . . *Reservation of the Argentine Delegation*: 2.— As to the Act of Habana: " “The Delegate of the Argentine Republic in signing this Act places on record that it does not refer to or include the Malvinas Islands, because the latter do not constitute a colony or possession of any European nation, since they are a part of the Argentine territory and are included within its dominion and sovereignty, as was stated at the Panama meeting, which statement he considers reiterated hereby in its entirety, and also with reference to other southern Argentine regions as he has stated in the deliberations of this Commission. He likewise states that the signing of this Act and Resolution does not affect and leaves intact his Government’s powers established in the constitutional norms which obtain in Argentina, with respect to the procedure applicable in order that this Act and Resolution may acquire validity, force and effectiveness.” " 54 Stat. 2506 redactados en español, inglés, portugués y francés, que serán depositados en los Archivos de la Unión Panamericana. El Secretario General de la Reunión remitirá el original de la presente Acta a la Unión Panamericana, por mediación de la Secretaría de Estado de Cuba. Reservations. Reservas: . . . . . . . *Reserva de la Delegación Argentina*: 2.— En cuanto al Acta de la Habana (XX): " “El Delegado de la República Argentina al suscribir esta Acta, deja constancia de que ella no se refiere ni comprende a las Islas Malvinas porque éstas no constituyen colonia o posesión do nación europea alguna por hacer parte del territorio argentino y estar comprendidas en su dominio y soberanía, según se destacó en la Reunión de Panamá, cuya declaración da por reproducida en todo su contenido y también con relación a otras regiones australes argentinas según lo ha hecho presente en las deliberaciones de esta Comisión. Igualmente manifiesta que la firma de la presente Acta y Resolución no afecta y deja intactas las facultades del Gobierno establecidas en las normas constitucionales que rigen en la Argentina, sobre los procedimientos aplicables para que esta Acta y Resolución adquiera obligatoriedad, fuerza y vigor”. " 54 Stat. 2507 gidos em espanhol, inglês, português e francês, que serão depositados nos Arquivos da União Panamericana. O Secretário Geral da Reunião remeterá o original da presente Áta à União Panamericana, por intermedio da Secretaria de Estado de Cuba. Reservas: . . . . . . . *Reserva da Delegação da Argentina*: 2.— No que se référé à Áta de Havana (XX): " “O Delegado da República Argentina, ao assinar esta Áta, deixa constância de que esta não compreende as Ilhas Malvinas, que não constituem nem colonia nem possessão de qualquer nação européia, uma vês que fazem parte do territorio argentino e se incluem nos seus dominios e sua soberania, conforme consta de declaração feita na Reunião de Panamá, declaração que ele considera reiterada por este modo no seu todo, também com referência a outras regiões meridionais argentinas, como foi manifestado nas deliberações desta Comissão. Outrosim manifesta que a assinatura desta Áta e desta Resolução não compromete e deixa intacto os poderes de seu Govèrno estabelecidos nas normas constitucionais que vigoram na Argentina em relação ao procedimento seguido para que esta Áta e Resolução possam adquirir validez, força e efeito.” " 54 Stat. 2507 anglais, en portugais et en français qui seront déposés aux Archives de l’Union Panaméricaine. Le Secrétaire Général de la Réunion remettra l’original du présent Acte à l’Union Panaméricaine, par l’intermédiaire du Secrétariat d’Etat de Cuba. Reserves: . . . . . . . *Réserve de la Délégation de l’Argentine*: 2.— Au sujet de l’Accord de La Havane (XX): " “Le Délégué de la République Argentine, au moment de signer le présent Acte, veut faire constater qu’il ne se rapporte pas aux îles Malvines et qu’il ne les comprend pas, car ces dernières ne sont ni la colonie ni la possession d’aucune nation européenne, puisqu’elles font partie du territoire argentin et qu’elles sont comprises dans son domaine et placées sous sa souveraineté, selon ce qui a été mis en évidence au coura de la Confèrence de Panama, par une déclaration qu’il suppose entièrement reproduite ici; il en est de même des autres régions australes argentines, comme il l’a fait voir au cours des délibérations de cette Commission. Il déclare également que la signature du présent Acte et de la présente Résolution n’affecte pas et laisse intacts tous les droits du Gouvernement, basés sur les principes constitutionnels qui régnent en Argentine sur les procédures à suivre pour que cet Acte et cette Résolution deviennent obligatoires, avec force et vigueur.” " 54 Stat. 2508 *Reservation of the Uruguayan Delegation*: 3.— As to the Act of Habana (XX): " “The Delegation of the Republic of Uruguay states that the purpose of this Act is to anticipate the carrying out of the Convention approved on this subject, in case it is necessary to apply the Convention before the number of ratifications requisite for its taking effect has been obtained. It wishes, therefore, to place on record a reservation respecting the attitude of its Government, under the latter’s express instructions, in case it should deem necessary, prior to the application of the Act, to examine the question of whether under the Uruguayan constitutional regime, prior legislative ratification is required.” " . . . . . . . *Reservation of the Chilean Delegation*: 5.— "“The Delegation of Chile, convinced of the need of giving practical application to continental solidarity, approves the agreements with the understanding that Chile will only assume obligations and responsibilities when the aforementioned agreements are ratified by its constitutional bodies.”" . . . . . . . *Reservation of the Colombian Delegation*: 7.— As to the Act of Habana

(XX)and the Declaration concerning Reciprocal Assistance and Cooperation for the Defense of the American Nations (XV): " “I vote affirmatively with the statement that I shall sign the " 54 Stat. 2508 *Reserva de la Delegación del Uruguay*: 3.— En cuanto al Acta de la Habana (XX): " “La Delegación de la República del Uruguay manifiesta que esta Acta tiene por objeto anticipar el cumplimiento de la Convención aprobada sobre la materia, para el caso de que sea necesario aplicarla antes de que se obtenga el número de ratificaciones bastante para su entrada en vigencia. En tal concepto quiere dejar reserva sentada sobre la actitud de su Gobierno, y por instrucciones expresas de éste, por si considera del caso antes de aplicar el Acta, examinar la cuestión de si dentro del régimen constitucional uruguayo, corresponde obtener la previa ratificación legislativa. " . . . . . . . *Reservas de la Delegación de Chile*: 5.— "“La Delegación de Chile, convencida de la necesidad de realizar prácticamente la solidaridad continental, aprueba los acuerdos aclarando que Chile sólo adquirirá compromisos y responsabilidades cuando los referidos acuerdos sean ratificados por sus organismos constitucionales”." . . . . . . . *Reserva de la Delegación de Colombia*: 7.— En cuanto al Acta de la Habana

(XX)y a la Declaración sobre Asistencia Recíproca y Cooperación Defensiva de las Naciones Americanas (XV): " “Voto positivamente con la indicación de que firmaré el Acta " 54 Stat. 2509 *Reserva da Delegação do Uruguay*: 3.— No que se refere à Áta de Havana (XX): " “A Delegação da República do Uruguay manifesta que esta Äta tem por objetivo antecipar o cumprimento da Convenção aprovada sobre a materia, para o caso de que seja necessário aplical-a antes de que se obtenha o numero de ratificações suficientes para que entre em vigor”. “Nessas condições, quer deixar formulada reserva sôbre a atitude do seu Govèrno, de acôrdo com instruções expressas deste, parao caso em que antes de aplicar a Áta possa examinar a questão de, se dentro do regime constitucional do Uruguay, cabe obter a prévia ratificação legislativa”. " . . . . . . . *Reserva da Delegação do Chile*: 5.— "“A Delegação do Chile, convencida da necessidade de dar aplicação prática à solidariedade continental, aprova o acôrdo, no presuposto de que o Chile só assumirá obrigações e responsabilidades quando os referidos acôrdos forem ratificados pelos seus orgãos constitucionais”" . . . . . . . *Reserva da Delegação da Colombia*: 7.— No que se référé à Áta de Havana

(XX)e à Declaração sôbre Assistência Reciproca e Cooperação Defensiva das Nações Americanas (XV): " “Voto afirmativamente com a declaração de que assino " 54 Stat. 2509 *Réserve de la Délégation de l’Uruguay*: 3.— Au sujet de l’Accord de La Havane (XX): " “La délégation de la République de l’Uruguay déclare que le présent Acte a pour but d’anticiper la mise en exécution de la Convention établie en cette matière dans le cas où il deviendrait nécessaire de l’appliquer avant d’obtenir le nombre de ratifications suffisant pour son entrée en vigueur. Sur ce sujet, il veut faire une réserve, d’accord avec l’attitude de son Gouvernement et avec ses instructions spéciales au cas où ce dernier considérerait nécéssaire, avant l’application de l’Acte, d’étudier la question suivante: si dans le régime constitutionnel de l’Uruguay, une ratification législative préalable est nécéssaire.” " . . . . . . . *Réserve de la Délégation du Chili*: 5.— "“La Délégation du Chili, convaincue de la nécéssité de réaliser pratiquement la solidarité continentale, approuve les accords en spécifiant que le Chili n’acceptera les obligations et les responsabilités que lorsqu’ils seront ratifiés par ses organismes constitutionnels.”" . . . . . . . *Réserve de la Délégation de la Colombie*: 7.— Au sujet de l’Accord de La Havane

(XX)et de la Déclaration sur l’Assistance Réciproque et sur la Coopération Défensive des Nations américaines (XV): " “Je vote positivement en faisant constater que je signerai " 54 Stat. 2510 Act of Habana and the Declaration concerning Reciprocal Assistance and Cooperation for the Defense of the Nations of the Americas, subject to approval by my Government and to the constitutional norms of my country.” *Reservation of the Venezuelan Delegation*: 8.— As to the Act of Habana (XX): " “The Venezuelan Delegation signs with the understanding that the Act of Habana relative to colonial possessions is subject to ratification by the Public Power of the Nation in accordance with its constitutional provisions.” " . . . . . . .Signatures. HONDURAS: [seal] Silverio Laínez HAITI: [seal] Léon Laleau COSTA RICA: [seal] Luis Anderson MEXICO: [seal] Eduardo Suárez ARGENTINA: Con la aclaración y reserva formulada en el acta.11 [Translation: With the clarification and reservation formulated in the act.] [seal] Leop Melo URUGUAY: [seal] P. Manini Ríos ECUADOR: [seal] J. Tobar Donoso BOLIVIA: [seal] Enrique Finot CHILE: [seal] Schnake 54 Stat. 2510 de la Habana y la Declaración sobre Asistencia Recíproca y Cooperación Defensiva de las Naciones Americanas, sujeto a la aprobación de mi Gobierno y a las normas constitucionales de mi pais”. *Reserva de la Delegación de Venezuela*: 8.— En cuanto al Acta de la Habana (XX): " “La Delegación de Venezuela firma, en la inteligencia de que el Acta de la Habana, relativa a posesiones coloniales, queda sujeta a ratificación de los poderes públicos de la nación, conforme a sus disposiciones constituciónales”. " . . . . . . .Signatures. HONDURAS [sello] Silverio Laínez HAITI [sello] Léon Laleau COSTA RICA [sello] Luis Anderson MEXICO [sello] Eduardo Suárez ARGENTINA Con las aclaraciones y reserva del acta [sello] Leop Melo URUGUAY [sello] P. Manini Ríos ECUADOR [sello] J. Tobar Donoso BOLIVIA [sello] Enrique Finot CHILE [sello] Schnake 54 Stat. 2511 ambos, a Convenção e a Áta, sugeito à aprovação do meu Govèrno e às normas constitucionais do meu pais”. *Reserva da Delegação da Venezuela*: 8.— No que se refere à Äta de Havana (XX): " “A Delegação da Venezuela assina, no pressuposto de que a Áta de Havana, relativa às possessões coloniais fica sujeita à ratificação dos poderes públicos da nação, conforme as suas disposições constitucionais”. " . . . . . . . HONDURAS Silverio Laínez HAITI Léon Laleau COSTA RICA Luis Anderson Morúa11 [No original a assinatura é escrita a maquina.] MEXICO Eduardo Suárez ARGENTINA Con las aclaraciones y reserva del acta.22 [Traducção: Com as aclaracões e a reserva do acto.] Leop. Melo URUGUAY P. Manini Ríos EQUADOR Julio Tobar Donoso11 [No original a assinatura é escrita a maquina.] BOLIVIA E Finot CHILE Schnake 54 Stat. 2511 l’Accord de La Havane et la Déclaration sur l’Assistance Réciproque et la Coopération Défensive des Nations américaines qui seront subordonnés à l’approbation de mon Gouvernement et aux principes constitutionnels de mon pays”. *Réserve de la Délégation du Vénézuela*: 8.— Au sujet de l’Accord de La Havane (XX): " “La Délégation du Vénézuela signe en faisant constater que l’Accord de La Havane, relatif aux possessions coloniales, sera subordonné à la ratification des pouvoirs publics de la nation, d’accord avec ses dispositions constitutionnelles”. " . . . . . . . HONDURAS Silverio Laínez HAITI Léon Laleau COSTA RICA Luis Anderson Morúa11 [Dans l’original la signature est écrite à la machine.] MEXIQUE Eduardo Suárez ARGENTINE Con las aclaraciones y reserva del acta.22 [Traduction: Avec les éclaircissements et la réserve de l’acte.] Leop Melo URUGUAY P. Manini Ríos EQUATEUR Julio Tobar Donoso11 [Dans l’original la signature est écrite à la machine.] BOLIVIE E Finot CHILI Schnake 54 Stat. 2512 BRASIL: [seal] M. Nabuco CUBA: [seal] Miguel Angel Campa PARAGUAY: [seal] Tomás A. Salomoni PANAMA: [seal] Narciso Garay COLOMBIA: [seal] Luis López de Mesa VENEZUELA: [seal] Diógenes Escalante EL SALVADOR: [seal] H. Escobar Serrano DOMINICAN REPUBLIC [seal] Emilio Garcia Godoy PERU: [seal] Lino Cornejo NICARAGUA: [seal] Mariano Arguello GUATEMALA: [seal] Carlos Salazar UNITED STATES OF AMERICA: [seal] Cordell Hull *Additional Reservation of the Chilean Delegation*: As to the Act of Habana (XX): " “The Chilean Delegation, at the time of signing the present Final Act, makes reservation in addition to the reservation set forth in yesterday’s Private Plenary Session, of the rights of Chile in Antarctica.” 11 [Original English text of additional reservation unsigned.] " 54 Stat. 2512 BRASIL [sello] Mauricio Nabuco CUBA [sello] Miguel Angel Campa PARAGUAY [sello] Tomás A. Salomoni PANAMA [sello] Narciso Garay COLOMBIA [sello] Luis López de Mesa VENEZUELA [sello] Diógenes Escalante EL SALVADOR [sello] H. Escobar Serrano REPUBLICA DOMINICANA [sello] Emilio Garcia Godoy PERU [sello] Lino Cornejo NICARAGUA [sello] Mariano Arguello GUATEMALA [sello] Carlos Salazar ESTADOS UNIDOS DE AMERICA [sello] Cordell Hull *Reserva Adicional de la Delegación de Chile*: En cuanto al Acta de la Habana (XX): " “La Delegación de Chile, en el momento de suscribirse la presente Acta Final; además de la reserva expresada en la Sesión Plenaria Privada de ayer, hace reserva de los derechos de Chile en la Antártica. " Schnake 54 Stat. 2513 BRASIL M Nabuco CUBA Miguel Angel Campa11 [No original a assinatura é escrita a maquina.] PARAGUAY Tomás A. Salomoni11 [No original a assinatura é escrita a maquina.] PANAMÁ Narciso Garay COLOMBIA Luis López de Mesa VENEZUELA Diógenes Escalante O SALVADOR H. Escobar Serrano REPÚBLICA DOMINICA Emilio Garcia Godoy PERU Lino Cornejo NICARAGUA Mariano Arguello11 [No original a assinatura é escrita a maquina.] GUATEMALA Carlos Salazar ESTADOS UNIDOS DA AMÉRICA Cordell Hull11 [No original a assinatura é escrita a maquina.] *Reserva Adicional da Delegação do Chile*: No que se refere à Áta de Havana (XX): " “A Delegação do Chile, no momento da assinatura da presenta Áta Final; além da reserva expressada na Sessão Plenaria Privada de ontem, faz reserva dos direitos do Chile na Antártica.” " Oscar Schnake. 11 [No original a assinatura é escrita a maquina.] 54 Stat. 2513 BRESIL M Nabuco CUBA Miguel Angel Campa11 [Dans l’original la signature est Écrite à la machine.] PARAGUAY Tomás A. Salomoni11 [Dans l’original la signature est Écrite à la machine.] PANAMA Narciso Garay COLOMBIE Luis López de Mesa VENEZUELA Diógenes Escalante EL SALVADOR H. Escobar Serrano REPUBLIQUE DOMINICAINE Emilio Garcia Godoy PEROU Lino Cornejo NICARAGUA Mariano Argüello11 [Dans l’original la signature est Écrite à la machine.] GUATEMALA Carlos Salazar ETATS UNIS D’AMERIQUE Cordell Hull11 [Dans l’original la signature est Écrite à la machine.] *Réserve aditionnelle de la Délégation du Chili*: Au sujet de l’Accord de La Havane (XX): " “La Délégation du Chili, au moment de signer le présent Acte Final, outre la réserve déjà exprimée au cours de la Séance Plénière Privée d’hier, fait aussi une Réserve au sujet des droits du Chili sur l’Antartique.” " Oscar Schnake. 11 [Dans l’original la signature est Écrite à la machine.] 54 Stat. 2514 December 13, 1937 Agreement 54 Stat. 2514 INTERNATIONAL AGREEMENTS OTHER THAN TREATIES INTER-AMERICAN—RADIO COMMUNICATIONS—DEC. 13, 1937 December 13, 1937[E. A. S. No. 200] Arrangement between the United States of America and other American Republics respecting radio communications. And annex. Signed at Habana December 13, 1937; notification of approval by the United States of America communicated to the Government of Cuba July 18, 1938. INTER-AMERICAN ARRANGEMENT CONCERNING RADIO COMMUNICATIONS. Section 1. Introduction. The delegates of the American Governments listed below; assembled in conference in Habana, Republic of Cuba, from November 1 to December 13th, 1937, hereby make the following Administrative Effective date.Arrangement, which shall become effective on July 1, 1938 in those countries where it shall have been approved by the respective Governments, which approval shall be communicated to the Department of State of the Government of Cuba. *Countries*. Argentine Republic Brazil Canada Colombia Cuba Chile Dominican Republic United States of America Guatemala Haiti Mexico Nicaragua Panama Peru Uruguay Venezuela Termination. If any state desires to terminate this arrangement in whole or in part, it may do so by written notice to the Government of Cuba, giving the reasons therefor, one year prior to the date on which it desires to effect this termination. The Government of Cuba shall communicate such notification to the other States concerned. 54 Stat. 2515 Section 2. Tables of Allocation. TABLE I Frequency Allocation for Various Services in the American Continent10–550 Kc/s. 10–100 Fixed. 100–110

(a)Fixed.

(b)Mobile. 110–125 Mobile. 125–150 Maritime mobile (open to public correspondence exclusively). 150–160 Mobile. 160–200

(a)Fixed.

(b)Mobile

(c)Aeronautical. 200–285 Aeronautical and mobile excepting commercial ship stations. 285–315 Radio beacon, Maritime priority. 315–320 Aeronautical. 320–325

(a)Aeronautical.

(b)Mobile not open to public correspondence. 325–345 Aeronautical. 345–365

(a)Aeronautical.

(b)Mobile not open to public correspondence. 365–385

(a)Radio direction finding.

(b)Mobile, provided it does not interfere with the radio direction finding. Coast station using B waves excluded. 385–400 Mobile and aeronautical, Maritime priority, it being understood that the priority refers to existing services. 400–460 Mobile. 460–485 Mobile A–1 and A–2 only. 485–515 Mobile (distress, calling, etc.) 515–550 Services not open to public correspondence A–1 and A–2 only. *Note*: 1. The band of frequencies between 200 and 400 Kc/s. is reserved in the Americas for aids to air navigation and for the transmission of weather and other safety information to aircraft in flight, subject only to existing priorities of marine services within this band. 2. When due to adverse atmospheric conditions or other technical reasons it is not possible to employ frequencies between 200 and 400 Kc/s for the services above mentioned, other suitable frequencies may be utilized provided that all the countries of America are advised of the frequencies selected. TABLE II Allocation of Frequencies, 550–1600 Kc/s. 550–1600 Kc/s Broadcasting. 54 Stat. 2516 TABLE III General Frequency Allocation to Various Services 1600–4000 Kc/s. Frequency. North American Zone. Central Zone. South American Zone. 1600–1750 Fixed and Mobile. (Primarily police) Fixed and Mobile including Aviation. Fixed and Mobile including Aviation. 1750–2050 Amateur. Amateur. Amateur. 2050–2100 Fixed and Mobile. Fixed and Mobile. Fixed and Mobile. 2100–2200 Mobile (Primarily Ship Stations). Mobile (Primarily Ship Stations). Mobile (Primarily Ship Stations). 2200–2300 Fixed and Mobile. Fixed and Mobile. Fixed and Mobile. 2300–2395 Mobile (Primarily Police) Mobile (Primarily Police).

(1)Mobile and Broadcasting. 2395–2400 General Experimental. General Experimental. Mobile and Broadcasting. 2400–2500 Mobile (Primarily Police) Mobile (Primarily Police) Mobile and Broadcasting. 2500–2600 Mobile (Primarily Coast Stations) Mobile (Primarily Coast Stations) Mobile (Primarily Coast Stations) 2600–2735 Aeronautical and Mobile. Aeronautical and Mobile. Aeronautical and Mobile. 2735–2740 Mobile (Primarily Intership. Assignable frequency 2738 Kc/s). Mobile (Primarily Intership. Assignable frequency 2738 Kc/s). Mobile (Primarily Intership. Assignable frequency 2738 Kc/s). 2740–2850 Fixed and Mobile. Fixed and Mobile. Fixed and Mobile. 2850–3000 Aeronautical and Mobile. Aeronautical and Mobile. Aeronautical and Mobile. 3000–3065 Fixed and Mobile. Fixed and Mobile. Fixed and Mobile. 3065–3100 Aeronautical. Aeronautical. Aeronautical. 3100–3110 Mobile (Primarily Aircraft Calling Frequency 3105 Kc/s) Mobile (Primarily Aircraft Calling Frequency 3105 Kc/s) Mobile (Primarily Aircraft Calling Frequency 3105 Kc/s) 3110–3150 Mobile Mobile Mobile 3150–3265 Fixed and Mobile (Primarily Aeronautical). Fixed and Mobile (Primarily Aeronautical). Fixed and Mobile (Primarily Aeronautical). 3265–3320 Fixed Fixed Fixed 3320–3440 Fixed and Mobile Fixed and Mobile Fixed and Mobile 3440–3485 Fixed and Mobile (Primarily Aeronautical) Fixed and Mobile (Primarily Aeronautical) Fixed and Mobile (Primarily Aeronautical) 3485–3500 General Experimental. General Experimental. General Experimental. 3500–4000 Amateur. Amateur. Amateur. Note:

(1)The countries in the central zone situated to the north of Colombia shall be permitted to set aside the frequency band of 2300 to 2350 Kc/s. for broadcasting service in each of these countries, pursuant to an agreement whereby they are to use not more than two frequencies per country within this band separated from one another with proper power and directional antennae limitations. The use of such frequencies by these countries must not cause interference to other services in the Northern and Southern zones using such frequencies at the present time. 54 Stat. 2517 TABLE IV 1 General Frequency Allocation to Various Services 4000–25000 Kc/s. *Ante*, pp. 1447, 1449. (See special note below) Frequency (Kc/s) Service 1 [Modified by the Cairo, 1938, revision (Treaty Series 948).] 4000– 5500 Fixed and Mobile

(1)5500– 5570 Maritime Mobile 5570– 5700 Aeronautical 5700– 5900 Fixed 5900– 6000 Fixed

(2)6000– 6150 Broadcasting

(3)6150– 6675 Mobile (International air calling frequency 6210 Kc/s) 6675– 7000 Fixed 7000– 7300 Amateur 7300– 8200 Fixed 8200– 8550 Mobile 8550– 8900 Fixed and Mobile 8900– 9500 Mobile 9500– 9600 Broadcasting

(3)9600– 9700 Fixed

(2)9700–11000 Fixed. 11000–11400 Mobile. 11400–11700 Fixed. 11700–11900 Broadcasting

(3)11900–12300 Fixed 12300–12825 Mobile 12825–13350 Fixed and Mobile. 13350–14000 Fixed 14000–14400 Amateur 14400–15100 Fixed 15100–15350 Broadcasting

(3)15350–16400 Fixed 16400–17100 Mobile 17100–17750 Fixed and Mobile 17750–17800 Broadcasting

(3)17800–21450 Fixed 21450–21550 Broadcasting

(3)21550–22300 Mobile 22300–24600 Fixed and Mobile 24600–25000 Mobile notes

(1)*4500–5200 Kc/s*. The high contracting parties each agree to make a special study of this band of frequencies with a view to solving the problem of national broadcasting in those countries within the central zone located to the south of Panama. This study should be presented to the Cairo Conference for consideration and should be accompanied by pertinent recommendations based on the following considerations: a. The use of directional antennas by broadcasting stations to avoid interference to services carried on in other regions. b. Determination of the maximum night power for broadcasting stations within this band of frequencies. c. The maximum total width of the broadcast band within the frequency range 4500–5200 Kc/s. should be not greater than 300 Kc/s.

(2)*5900–6000 and 9600–9700 Kc/s*. The proposals of Brazil to assign the frequency bands 5900 to 6000 Kc/s. and 9600 to 9700 kc/s. to broadcasting shall be studied prior to the Cairo Conference in accordance with Note 3 below. 54 Stat. 2518

(3)*6000–25000 Kc/s*. In considering the needs of the broadcasting service in the frequency band 6000–25000 Kc/s. the Inter-American Radio Conference agrees to apply the following principles in the study of this problem and to make recommendations based thereon to the Cairo Radio Conference: 1. Strict adherence to the provisions of paragraph 19, Article 7, of the General [49 Stat. 2475](/us/stat/49/2475).Radio Regulations annexed to the Madrid Telecommunication Convention, 1932, which states as follows: " “It is recognized that the frequencies between 6000 and 30000 Kc/s (50 and 10 m) are very efficient for long-distance communications. The administrations shall make the greatest possible effort to reserve the frequencies of this band for this purpose, except when their use for short- or medium-distance communication is not likely to interfere with long-distance communications”. " 2. Broadcast channels shall be assigned primarily for international long-distance communications and secondarily for long-distance national services, particularly between points not served by wire lines. In every case the frequency should be optimum for the distance involved. 3. Stations operating within the present allocated broadcast bands, and in derogation thereof, for the purpose of rendering local service, should be moved to lower frequency standard broadcast bands below 6000 Kc/s. 4. It would be unwise to extend the present high frequency broadcast bands until positive assurance is given by all nations that there will be strict adherence to any table of allocation of frequencies to services that may be adopted at the *Ante*, p. 1429.Cairo radio conference. In this connection attention is invited to the fact that an examination of the records discloses that frequencies throughout the high frequency radio spectrum are being used by many broadcast, telephone and [49 Stat. 2453](/us/stat/49/2453).telegraph stations in derogation of the provisions of the Madrid Radio Regulations. 5. Following good engineering practice in rendering good broadcast service, it is agreed that:

(a)Not less than 5 kw power shall be used for international broadcast service.

(b)Directional antennas shall be used wherever practicable to provide good service to specified countries or regions depending upon the time of day, the listening hours of the receiving public, the particular frequency in use, etcetera.

(c)Bands shall be subdivided so as to give priority to different classes of broadcasting stations, depending upon the adequacy of power and quality of emissions from the standpoint of good engineering practice. 6. The shared use, on an engineering basis, of high frequency broadcast channels between countries throughout the world promises some relief in the present high frequency broadcast bands. 7. Existing services operating within the present authorized bands shall not be displaced therefrom unless suitable replacement frequencies are provided; therefore, it is important that the recommendations to Cairo contain specific recommendations on this subject. 8. In view of their dependence upon radio as a means for carrying on communication and for the protection of life and property, mobile services shall be given first consideration in any alteration of the present authorized bands. 9. Recommendations for additional broadcast frequencies which may be found necessary shall be based upon extensions of the present broadcast bands rather than upon the creation of any new bands. *Special Note* The action taken at Cairo with respect to the recommendations to be submitted in compliance with notes

(2)and

(3)shall automatically modify the allocation to services in Table IV above. 54 Stat. 2519 TABLE V General Frequency Allocation to Various Services 25.000–30.000 Kc/s. 1 [Available for this service under the provisions of Article 7, Paragraph 1 of the General Radio Regulations Annexed to the International Telecommunication Convention, Madrid, 1932, provided no interference is caused to the international service to which this band of frequencies is allocated under the Madrid Radio Regulations.][49 Stat. 2453](/us/stat/49/2453). 25,000–25,600 Broadcasting 1 25,600–26,600 Broadcasting 26,600–27,000 Broadcasting 1 27,000–28,000

(a)Fixed

(b)Mobile 1 28,000–30,000 Amateur TABLE VI Frequencies Between 30,000 and 300,000 Kc/s. This table is accepted as a guide to planning, research, and the experimental use of frequencies. Each country shall, when interference might develop between countries or when agreement is desirable between countries, notify the other American countries concerned of the contemplated location, power, frequency and type of service of any station or stations to be operated in the band of frequencies higher than 30 me to the end that mutual agreement and development may be realized. Frequency North American Zone Central Zone South American Zone 30,000–41,000 Fixed and Mobile Fixed and Mobile Fixed and Mobile 41,000–44,000 Broadcasting Broadcasting Broadcasting 44,000–56,000 Television Television Television 56,000–60,000 Amateur Amateur Amateur 60,000–66,000 Fixed and Mobile Fixed and Mobile Fixed and Mobile 66,000–72,000 Television Television Television 72,000–78,000 Fixed and Mobile (Aviation Marker beacons) Fixed and Mobile (Aviation Marker beacons) Fixed and Mobile (Aviation Marker beacons) 78,000–90,000 Television Television Television 90,000–96,000 Fixed and Mobile (Including Aviation Blind landing Systems) Fixed and Mobile (Including Aviation Blind landing Systems) Fixed and Mobile (Including Aviation Blind landing Systems) 96,000–108,000 Television Television Television 108,000–112,000 Fixed and Mobile (Including Aviation Blind Landing and localizer beacons) Fixed and Mobile (Including Aviation Blind Landing and localizer beacons) Fixed and Mobile (Including Aviation Blind Landing and localizer beacons) 112,000–118,000 Amateur Amateur Amateur 118,000–123,000 Fixed and Mobile Fixed and Mobile Fixed and Mobile 123,000–126,000 Aeronautical Radio Range Beacons Aeronautical Radio Range Beacons Aeronautical Radio Range Beacons 126,000–132,000 Aeronautical (Airport Traffic Control) Aeronautical (Airport Traffic Control) Aeronautical (Airport Traffic Control) 132,000–156,000 Fixed and Mobile Fixed and Mobile Fixed and Mobile 156,000–168,000 Broadcasting (Television) Broadcasting (Television) Broadcasting (Television) 168,000–180,000 Fixed and Mobile Fixed and Mobile Fixed and Mobile 180,000–192,000 Broadcasting (Television) Broadcasting (Television) Broadcasting (Television) 192,000–204,000 Fixed and Mobile Fixed and Mobile Fixed and Mobile 204,000–216,000 Broadcasting (Television) Broadcasting (Television) Broadcasting (Television) 216,000–224,000 Fixed and Mobile Fixed and Mobile Fixed and Mobile 224,000–230,000 Amateur Amateur Amateur 230,000–234,000 Fixed and Mobile Fixed and Mobile Fixed and Mobile 234,000–246,000 Broadcasting (Television) Broadcasting (Television) Broadcasting (Television) 246,000–258,000 Fixed and Mobile Fixed and Mobile Fixed and Mobile 258,000–270,000 Broadcasting (Television) Broadcasting (Television) Broadcasting (Television) 270,000–282,000 Fixed and Mobile Fixed and Mobile Fixed and Mobile 282,000–294,000 Broadcasting (Television) Broadcasting (Television) Broadcasting (Television) 294,000–300,000 Fixed and Mobile Fixed and Mobile Fixed and Mobile 54 Stat. 2520 Section 3. Assignable Frequencies Based on Radiotelegraph Emissions. Assignable frequencies. In general, in the frequency range 1600–4000 Kc/s, the frequencies assigned shall be integral multiples of 4 Kc/s from 1600 to 3000 Kc/s and integral multiples of 5 Kc/s from 3000 to 4000 Kc/s. Communication channels wider than 4 Kc/s or 5 Kc/s may be assigned where the authorized band width of the emission requires the use of such wider channels. For example, two adjoining telegraph channels may be assigned for telephony, in which case the frequency assigned to a station should be the mid-frequency of such channels. The frequencies to be assigned to stations are given in the Table below. Departure from these assignments may be made in order to make more efficient use of the frequency space available. The following Table indicates the assignments frequencies. 1600 1756 1912 2068 2224 2380 1604 1760 1916 2072 2228 2384 1608 1764 1920 2076 2232 2388 1612 1768 1924 2080 2236 2392 1616 1772 1928 2084 2240 2396 1620 1776 1932 2088 2244 2400 1624 1780 1936 2092 2248 2404 1628 1784 1940 2096 2252 2408 1632 1788 1944 2100 2256 2412 1636 1792 1948 2104 2260 2416 1640 1796 1952 2108 2264 2420 1644 1800 1956 2112 2268 2424 1648 1804 1960 2116 2272 2428 1652 1808 1964 2120 2276 2432 1656 1812 1968 2124 2280 2436 1660 1816 1972 2128 2284 2440 1664 1820 1976 2132 2288 2444 1668 1824 1980 2136 2292 2448 1672 1828 1984 2140 2296 2452 1676 1832 1988 2144 2300 2456 1680 1836 1992 2148 2304 2460 1684 1840 1996 2152 2308 2464 1688 1844 2000 2156 2312 2468 1692 1848 2004 2160 2316 2472 1696 1852 2008 2164 2320 2476 1700 1856 2012 2168 2324 2480 1704 1860 2016 2172 2328 2484 1708 1864 2020 2176 2332 2488 1712 1868 2024 2180 2336 2492 1716 1872 2028 2184 2340 2496 1720 1876 2032 2188 2344 2500 1724 1880 2036 2192 2348 2504 1728 1884 2040 2196 2352 2508 1732 1888 2044 2200 2356 2512 1736 1892 2048 2204 2360 2516 1740 1896 2052 2208 2364 2520 1744 1900 2056 2212 2368 2524 1748 1904 2060 2216 2372 2528 1752 1908 2064 2220 2376 2532 54 Stat. 2521 2536 2684 2832 2980 3160 3345 2540 2688 2836 2984 3165 3350 2544 2692 2840 2988 3170 3355 2548 2696 2844 2992 3175 3360 2552 2700 2848 2996 3180 3365 2556 2704 2852 3000 3185 3370 2560 2708 2856 3005 3190 3375 2564 2712 2860 3010 3195 3380 2568 2716 2864 3015 3200 3385 2572 2720 2868 3020 3205 3390 2576 2724 2872 3025 3210 3395 2580 2728 2876 3030 3215 3400 2584 2732 2880 3035 3220 3405 2588 2736 2884 3040 3225 3410 2592 2740 2888 3045 3230 3415 2596 2744 2892 3050 3235 3420 2600 2748 2896 3055 3240 3425 2604 2752 2900 3060 3245 3430 2608 2756 2904 3065 3250 3435 2612 2760 2908 3070 3255 3440 2616 2764 2912 3075 3260 3445 2620 2768 2916 3080 3265 3450 2624 2772 2920 3085 3270 3455 2628 2776 2924 3090 3275 3460 2632 2780 2928 3095 3280 3465 2636 2784 2932 3100 3285 3470 2640 2788 2936 3105 3290 3475 2644 2792 2940 3110 3295 3480 2648 2796 2944 3115 3300 3485 2652 2800 2948 3120 3305 3490 2656 2804 2952 3125 3310 3495 2660 2808 2956 3130 3315 3500 2664 2812 2960 3135 3320 to 2668 2816 2964 3140 3325 4000 2672 2820 2968 3145 3330 Amateur 2676 2824 2972 3150 3335 2680 2828 2976 3155 3340 Section 4. Tolerances and Spurious Emissions –I– table of frequency tolerances and of instabilities The Inter-American Radio Conference,Frequency tolerances and instabilities. Considering: a) that technical progress since the preparation of the Table given in Appendix I of the Madrid General Radio Regulations permits an[49 Stat. 2585](/us/stat/49/2585); *ante*, p. 1589. appreciable reduction of the figures therein given for tolerances and instabilities; b) that, although the tolerances and instabilities applicable according to the Madrid General Regulations should continue to be applied for present transmitters, transmitters constructed after the date given in the Table below should be held to more severe requirements; 54 Stat. 2522 c) that it is desirable to have supplementary data for the tolerances and instabilities that can be applied in current practice, particularly on frequencies higher than 23000 Kc/s., which may become the subject of international regulations; Agrees to accept:

(1)that technical progress in the matter of frequency stabilization is such that all stations may keep themselves within the limits of tolerance and instabilities specified in the Table below and assist in reducing interference caused by frequency variations;

(2)that the Table below should be substituted for that given in [49 Stat. 2585](/us/stat/49/2585); *ante*, p. 1589.Appendix 1 of the Madrid General Regulations;

(3)that the question of improving tolerance and stability conditions should be kept on the Agenda and extended to higher frequencies than those appearing in the following table within the limits of regulations to be adopted by the Cairo Conference; revised table of frequency tolerance and instabilities.

(1)frequency tolerance is the maximum permissible separation between the frequency assigned to a station and the real transmission frequency.

(2)this separation results from the combination of three errors;

(a)error of the radio frequency meter or of the frequency indicator used;

(b)error made during the adjustment of the transmitter.

(c)slow variations of the transmitter frequency.

(3)in frequency tolerance no account is taken of modulation.

(4)frequency instability is the maximum permissible separation resulting only from the error contemplated in

(c)above.*Ante*, p. 1589. Table of Frequency Tolerances and Instabilities. 1 Tolerances Instabilities Frequency bands Transmitters now in service and until January 1, 1942 after which they shall comply with tolerances in columns 2 and 4, respectively New Transmitters installed from Jan. 1/39. Transmitters now in service and until January 1, 1942, after which they shall comply with tolerances in columns 2 and 4, respectively. New Transmitters installed from Jan. 1/39. 1 [Modified by the Cairo, 1938, revision (Treaty Series 948).] A. From 10 to 550 Kc. a) Fixed stations 0.1% 0.05% b) Land stations 0.1% 0.1% c) Mobile Stations using indicated frequencies

(1)0.5% 0.1% d) Mobile stations using any frequency within the band. 0.5% 0.1% e) Broadcasting 50 cycles 20 cycles B. From 550 to 1600 kc/s. a) Broadcasting stations 50 cycles 20 cycles 54 Stat. 2523 Table of Frequency Tolerances and Instabilities—Continued Tolerances Instabilities Frequency bands Transmitters now in service and until January 1, 1942 after which they shall comply with tolerances in columns 2 and 4, respectively New Transmitters Installed from Jan. 1/39. Transmitters now in service and until January 1, 1942. after which they shall comply with tolerances in columns 2 and 4, respectively. New transmitters installed from Jan. 1/39 C. From 1600 to 6000 kc/s. a) Fixed stations 0.03% 0.01% b) Land stations 0.04% 0.02% c) Mobile stations using indicated frequencies I. 1500 to 3500 kc/s 0.1% 0.1% II. 3500 to 6000 kc/s 0.1% 0.05% d) Mobile stations using any frequency within the band. I. 1500 to 3500 kc/s 0.1% 0.07% II. 3500 to 6000 kc/s 0.1% 0.05% D. From 6000 to 30000 kc/s. a) Fixed stations 0.02% 0.01% b) Land stations 0.04% 0.02% c) Mobile stations using indicated frequency 0.1% 0.05% d) Mobile stations using any frequency within the band. 0.05% 0.02% e) Broadcasting stations. 0.01% 0.005%

(1)It is recognized that there is in this service a great number of spark transmitters and simple auto-oscillator transmitters which cannot meet this requirement. *Notes*: 1. The administrations will endeavour to take advantage of the progress of the art in order gradually to reduce the frequency tolerances and limits of instabilities. 2. It is understood that ship stations operating within shared bands must conform to the tolerances applicable to land stations and should comply with article 7, Paragraph 117, of the Madrid General Radio Regulations. [49 Stat. 2475](/us/stat/49/2475); *ante*, p. 1471. 3. The aforementioned material was approved in accordance with Bucharest C.C.I.R. Opinion No. 93 with modifications under headings in columns 1 and 3. –II– prevention of spurious radiation The participating Governments agree to require stations underSpurious radiation. their jurisdiction to use transmitters which are as free as practicable from all spurious emissions. These radiations should not be of sufficient intensity to cause interference on receiving sets of modern design which are tuned outside the frequency band of emission required for the type of emission employed.– In the case of type A–3 emission, (radiotelephony),54 Stat. 2524 the transmitter should not be modulated in excess of its modulation capability to the extent that interfering spurious radiations occur and in the case of amplitude modulation the operation percentage of modulation should not be less than 75 per cent on peaks of frequent recurrence. Adequate means should be employed to insure that the transmitter is not modulated in excess of its modulation capability. A spurious radiation is any radiation from a transmitter which is outside the frequency band of emission normal for the type of transmission employed, including any harmonic modulation products, key clicks, parasitic oscillations or other transient effects. Section 5.[49 Stat. 2471](/us/stat/49/2471). Non use of 333 Kc/s. as Air Calling Frequency. Referring to Article 7, Paragraph 11 of the Madrid Radiocommunications the frequency 333 kc/s. is not to be used as an international Air Calling frequency in the American Continent, except in special cases in connection with transatlantic flights. Section 6. Use of 500 Kc/s. Referring to Article 19, Section I, Paragraph 6–a of the Madrid [49 Stat. 2515](/us/stat/49/2515).Radio Regulations, the entire American Continent, except for Hudson Bay and Regions North thereof, shall be considered a region of heavy traffic within the meaning of said Article, therefore, except for Hudson Bay and Regions North thereof, traffic on 500 kc/s. shall be limited to the transmission of distress traffic, urgent and safety messages, signals and single short radio telegrams. Section 7. Definitions11 [Modified by the Cairo, 1938, revision (Treaty Series 948).] definition of terms Definitions. The definitions of terms which appear as numbers

(1)to

(42)inclusive of Section XII of Resolution No. 6 of the Final Act of the March 1937 Conference of Habana, are approved with the reservation that any changes which may result from the International Radio *Ante*, p. 1419.Conference of Cairo 1938, with respect to the wording of these definitions shall automatically supersede the present wording.

(1)telecommunication: Any telegraph or telephone communication of signs, signals, writing, images and sounds of any nature, by wire, radio, or other systems or processes of electrical or visual (semaphore) signalling.

(2)radiocommunication: Any telecommunication by means of Hertzian waves.

(3)radiotelegram: Telegram originating in or destined to a mobile station, transmitted on all or part of its route over the radio channels of the mobile service. 54 Stat. 2525

(4)public correspondence: Any telecommunication which the offices and stations, by reason of their being at the disposal of the public, must accept for transmission.

(5)private operating: Any individual, company or corporation, other than a government institution or agency, which is recognized by the government concerned and which operates telecommunication installations for the purpose of exchanging public correspondence.

(6)administration: A government administration.

(7)international service: A telecommunication service between offices or stations under the jurisdiction of different countries, or between stations of the mobile service, except when the latter are of the same nationality and are within the limits of the country to which they belong. An internal or national telecommunication service which is likely to cause interference with other services beyond the limits of the country in which it operates, shall be considered as international service from the standpoint of interference.

(8)limited service: A service which can be used only by specified persons or for special purposes.

(9)mobile service: A radiocommunication service carried on between mobile and land stations and by mobile stations communicating among themselves, special services being excluded.

(10)fixed station: A station not capable of being moved, and communicating by radio with one or more stations similarly established.

(11)land station: A station not capable of being moved, carrying on a mobile service.

(12)coast station: A land station carrying on a service with ship stations. This may be fixed station used also for communication with ship stations; in this case, it shall be considered as a coast station only for the duration of its service with ship stations.

(13)aeronautical station: A land station carrying on a service with aircraft stations. This may be a fixed station also for communication with aircraft stations; in this case, it shall be considered as an aeronautical station only for the duration of its service with aircraft stations.

(14)mobile station: A station capable of being moved and which ordinarily does move. 54 Stat. 2526

(15)on board station: A station on board either of a ship which is not permanently moored, or an aircraft.

(16)ship station: A station on board a ship which is not permanently moored.

(17)aircraft station: A station on board any aerial vehicle.

(18)radiobeacon station: A special station the emissions of which are intended to enable an on-board station to determine its bearing or a direction with reference to the radiobeacon station, and in some cases also the distance which separates it from the latter.

(19)radiodirection-finding station: A station equipped with special apparatus for determining the direction of the emissions of other stations.

(20)telephone broadcasting station: A station carrying on a telephone broadcasting service.

(21)television broadcasting station: A station licensed for the transmission of transient visual images of moving or fixed objects, for simultaneous reception and reproduction.

(22)amateur station: A station used by an amateur, that is, by a duly authorized person interested in radio technique solely with a personal aim and without pecuniary interest.

(23)private experimental station: A private station for experiments looking to the development of radio technique or science.

(24)private radio station: A private station, not open to public correspondence, which is authorized solely to exchange with other private radio stations communications concerning the private business of the license holder or holders.

(25)frequency assigned to a station: The frequency assigned to a station is the frequency occupying the center of the frequency band in which the station is authorized to work. In general this frequency is that of the carrier wave.

(26)frequency band of an emission: The frequency band of an emission is the frequency band actually occupied by the emission for the type of transmission and for the signaling speed used. 54 Stat. 2527

(27)frequency tolerance: The frequency tolerance is the maximum permissible separation between the frequency assigned to a station and the actual frequency of emission.

(28)power of a radio transmitter: The power of a radio transmitter is the power supplied to the antenna. In the case of a modulated-wave transmitter, the power in the antenna shall be represented by two numbers, one indicating the power of the carrier supplied to the antenna and the other the actual maximum rate of modulation used.

(29)aeronautical service: A radio service carried on between aircraft stations and land stations, and by aircraft stations communicating among themselves. This term shall also apply to fixed and special radio services intended to insure the safety of aerial navigation.

(30)fixed service: A service carrying on radio communication of any kind between fixed points excluding broadcasting services and special services.

(31)special service: A telecommunication service carried on especially for the needs of a specific service of general interest and not open to public correspondence, such as: a service of radiobeacons, radio direction finding, time signals, regular meteorological bulletins, notices to navigators, press messages addressed to all, medical notices, medical consultations, standard frequencies, emissions for scientific purposes, etc.

(32)telephone broadcasting service: A service carrying on the broadcasting of radiotelephone emissions primarily intended to be received by the general public.

(33)visual broadcasting service: A service carrying on the broadcasting of visual images, either fixed or moving, intended to be received by the general public primarily.

(34)amateur service: A radio service carried on between amateur stations.

(35)air mobile service: A radio service carried on between aircraft carriers and by aircraft stations communicating among themselves.

(36)general experimental service: A radio service carried on by experimental stations engaged in research or development in the radio art.

(37)police service: The radio service carried on by provincial, state, or municipal police authorities for emergency services principally with mobile police units. 54 Stat. 2528

(38)channels: The term “channels” means the portion of the radio spectrum of a width sufficient to permit of its use by a radio station for communication purposes; it comprises the following three elements, all defined below: 1) the “frequency band of emissions”. 2) twice the specified “frequency tolerance”. 3) the “interference guard bands”, if required.

(39)frequency band of emission: The term frequency band of emission, means that the frequency band of an emission is the frequency band actually occupied by this emission for the type of transmission and for the signalling speed used.

(40)interference guard bands: The term “interference guard bands” means the frequency bands additional, to the frequency band of emission and frequency tolerance, which may be allowed in order that there shall be no interference between stations having adjacent frequency assignments. In general this provision is dependent upon receiver selectivity and transmitter characteristics.

(41)primarily: The term “primarily” used in connection with certain bands in the allocation table of this agreement means that as duly authorized installations of the primary services are undertaken, they will have preference on the available channels in that particular band. The assignment of channels to other services in the general allocation for each of these bands will be carried out in such a manner as to prevent undue interference with existing stations of the primary service.

(42)facsimile broadcast station: A station licensed to transmit images of still objects for record reception by the general public. Section 8. Amateurs Amateurs. The following provisions concerning amateurs were unanimously agreed upon in addition to the allocation tables: 1. That the band from 1750 to 2050 kc. be allocated for A–1 and A–3 emissions. 2. That, after a study of the recommendations issued by the Radio Conference at Buenos Aires, (revised at Rio de Janeiro, 1937) *e*) and *f*) of Recommendation number 10, they have agreed to amend them, without altering the spirit thereof, substituting in their stead, the following: e) That the Administrations should point out the convenience that amateurs use the bands from 1750 to 2050 and 3500 to 4000 Kc/s preferably for short distance communication. 54 Stat. 2529 f) That the Administrations recommend that the bands from 7000 to 7300 Kc/s and 14000 to 14400 Kc/s should not be used for short distance communications between amateur stations. 3. That frequencies included between 3500 to 4000, 7000 to 7300 and 14000 to 14400 be available for allocation in accordance with the following table: 3500 to 3800 Kc/s. for A–1 only. 3800 to 4000 Kc/s. for A–1 and A–3. 7000 to 7050 Kc/s. for A–1 only. 7050 to 7150 Kc/s. for A–1 and A–3 (A–3 for Latin-America only). 7150 to 7300 Kc/s. for A–1 only. 14000 to 14100 Kc/s. for A–1 only. 14100 to 14300 Kc/s. for A–1 and A–3. 14300 to 14400 Kc/s. for A–1 only. Emission type A–1 may be used in the entire frequency band comprised between 14000 and 14400 Kc/s. The Latin-American countries, Canada and Newfoundland may use type A–3 in the frequencies comprised between 14100 and 14300 Kc/s. The United States will operate with emission type A–3 on frequencies 14150 to 14250 Kc/s., at least until December 31, 1939. 4. The bands from 1750 to 2050 Kc/s 3500 to 4000 Kc/s 7000 to 7300 Kc/s 14000 to 14400 Kc/s 28000 to 30000 Kc/s 56000 to 60000 Kc/s shall be amateur bands. 5. In order to make a better use of the 14 megacycle band insofar as radiotelephone communication is concerned, and to avoid at the same time any undue congestion which may be caused by the operation of beginners not familiar with the use of high frequencies, it is recommended that an adequate probationary period in which to acquire the necessary experience, as well as a technical and practical test, be required before an amateur will be granted a license to operate on the 14 megacycle band for radiotelephony. 6. The amateurs bands lately assigned shall not be used for any type of broadcasting fixed or mobile service. Section 9. Amateur Third Party Messages. Whereas the General Radio Regulations annexed to the InternationalAmateur third party messages.49 Stat. 2477; *ante*, p. 1473. Telecommunication Convention of Madrid provide that unless modified by special arrangements between interested countries amateur stations are forbidden to transmit international communications emanating from third persons; and 54 Stat. 2530 Whereas it is apparent that the community of interest of the peoples of all the Americas would be fostered by encouraging the exchange, by amateur stations, without charge, of friendly messages emanating from our citizens. Be it resolved, by the Inter-American Radio Conference, that: In the interest of close and friendly contacts between the peoples of the Americas, the administrations of the contracting countries whose internal legislation permits it agree that amateur radio stations in their respective countries and possessions may internationally exchange messages emanating from third parties; provided, however, that such messages shall be of a character that would not normally be sent by any other existing means of electrical communication and on which no compensation may be directly or indirectly paid. Section 10. International Police Radio. 1. International police radio. Realizing the advantage to be gained by coordinating international police communications, all countries parties to this agreement are encouraged to authorize police radiotelegraph stations in close proximity to the boundaries of contiguous countries for the transmission of emergency information regarding law enforcement matters. In general, only important police messages are to be handled, such as that which would lose its value due to slowness and time limitations of other communication methods. 2. Stations engaged in international police communication service shall normally use the facilities provided for national police service; provided

(a)that police frequencies used primarily for radiotelephone communication with mobile police units shall not be used for radiotelegraph communication,

(b)that stations of different countries in close proximity to the boundary between countries may be authorized by their administrations to exchange point to point radiotelephone communication, and

(c)that initially the following frequencies be used for both national and international police radiotelegraph communication: 2804 Kc/s calling 5195 Kc/s day only calling 2808 Kc/s working 5135 Kc/s day only working 2812 Kc/s working 5140 Kc/s day only working. 3. Notifications concerning the particulars of stations engaged in international police service shall be forwarded to the Bureau of the International Telecommunication Union, Berne, Switzerland, in order that all stations desiring to inter-communicate may be kept informed of the details concerning individual operation. 4. In order to insure uniformity in the handling of messages, the Operating procedure.following operating procedure shall be followed:

(a)This service shall, in general, conform with the provisions of [49 Stat. 2501](/us/stat/49/2501).Article 16 of the General Radio Regulations annexed to the International Telecommunications Convention, Madrid, 1932. 54 Stat. 2531

(b)Full use shall be made of the list of abbreviations appearing in Appendix 9 to the General Radio Regulations annexed to the International Telecommunications Convention, Madrid, 1932. Plain49 Stat. 2619. language shall not be used if an abbreviation will suffice. Service indications are as follows: P—Priority, for messages which are to be sent immediately regardless of the number of other messages on file. No service indication, messages that are to be transmitted in the order of receipt.

(c)The message shall contain the preamble, text, and signature, as follows:

(1)*Preamble*: The preamble of the message shall consist of the following: The serial number preceded by the letters NR; service indications as appropriate; check (this is the group count according to standard cable count system, the letters “CK” followed by numerals indicating the number of words contained in the text of the message); office and country of origin (not abbreviated); day of month and month; hour of filing; address.

(2)*Text*: The text may be in either plain language or code.

(3)*Signature*: The signature shall include the name and title of the person originating the message. Section 11. Radio Aids to Air Navigation standards of field strength and interference ratios 1. Whereas the Inter-American Radio Conference has carefullyRadio aids to air navigation. considered the various resolutions of the September 1937 Inter-American Technical Aviation Conference of Lima, and in particular resolutions XIV, XVII and XVIII which were referred to this Conference and 2. Considering a) the great importance of radio aids to air navigation, the phenomenal growth of air traffic and the further expansion which will certainly take place in the future; b) the exacting requirements of such radio aids to air navigation with respect to stability of emissions as affected by multiple path transmission which can be minimized to the greatest extent by selection of frequencies least subject to sky wave effects; c) the extremely limited range of frequencies which possesses the necessary propagation characteristics as mentioned in

(b)above; d) the absolute dependence of aircraft in flight upon radio for navigational guidance and communication; e) the vast number of aircraft throughout the world that now use, and must continue to share the limited number of frequencies suitable for aids to air navigation, therefore making the strictest economy of use necessary in order that all may be accommodated with a minimum of interference; 54 Stat. 2532 f) the standardization which therefore seems desirable in order to facilitate international flying by coordination, and, as far as possible, standardization of equipment and operating procedure; g) that it is possible for a single ground station such for instance as the radio range beacon to simultaneously give navigational guidance to a practically unlimited number of aircraft; h) the grave responsibility of radio aids to air navigation for rendering reliable service to aircraft which, under certain circumstances, may be entirely dependent for their safety upon uninterrupted reception of satisfactory navigational signal; and i) the short period of time that has been available for engineering study since the September 1937 Inter-American Technical Aviation Conference at Lima; 3. The Inter-American Radio Conference resolves: a) That in accordance with the recommendations of the Lima Convention the countries participating in this conference should prepare and exchange not later than June 1, 1938 all pertinent data which may be of value in the drafting of the following tables which may serve as a guide in connection with the application of the engineering principles herein set forth. Table I listing various types of radio aids to air navigation which have been approved for service operation; Table II establishing minimum signal intensities required for satisfactory reception of the various types of radio aids to air navigation, such data to be used as a basis for determination of normal service areas; Table III establishing permissible values of interfering signal strength for the various types of radio aids to air navigation expressed in ratios of desired to undesired signal at the minimum service signal contour

(a)on the same frequency,

(b)3 kc/s removed in frequency, and

(c)6 kc/s removed in frequency. b) that radio aids to air navigation, especially those which are of a one-way or broadcast nature, such as radiobeacons, should be expected to maintain the highest possible standards of reliability, stability, and quality of emissions; c) that in the interests of economy of frequencies the limited number of channels suitable for the use of radio air navigational aids should be assigned with the closest practicable separation, considering the type of service and class of emission, and that, as far as possible, all nations should reserve the same bands for similar types of service in order to simplify receiver design and through standardization extend the geographical limits of usefulness. d) that the sharing of frequencies to provide facilities within the authorized bands might be arranged by regional agreement between the countries within whose borders lie portions of the interference area of existing stations as determined by the table of interference ratios and service signals; 54 Stat. 2533 e) that the power radiated by radio aids to air navigation in the authorized frequency bands should ordinarily be confined to a value consistent with the normal required signal intensity within the area in which it is desired to render service in order that interference beyond the service area may be reduced to a minimum. Note: See additional material submitted by the U.S.A. for informative purposes, annexed. Section 12. Suppression of Interference Caused by Electrical Apparatus. 1. Diathermy apparatus, induction field heaters, carrier callInterference from electrical apparatus. systems, and similar non-radio apparatus which use radio frequency currents as an essential to their operation, may be a serious source of interference to radio communications. 2. The use of such apparatus has an important place in therapeutics, surgery, industry, etc. 3. The radiation of radio energy is not essential to the proper functioning of the apparatus and can be prevented or controlled without impairing the usefulness of the apparatus for its intended purpose. 4. The radiation takes place generally from the output circuit, internal circuits or power supply connection, all of which are essential elements. 5. The extent of the radiation depends upon the operating frequency or frequencies, power, and the design, installation and operation of the apparatus. 6. The radiation through the power supply connection can be prevented by means of the proper line filter. Radiation from the internal circuits can be prevented by means of suitable metallic cases. The radiation from the output circuits can be reduced to a level so as not to cause interference to radio communications by means of suitable metallic shielding, if the shielding encloses the entire apparatus and is of sufficient dimensions that large eddy currents are not produced in the shield. 7. In many cases it may not be practicable to employ the required shielding. 8. The frequencies used for such apparatus may be any frequency in the useful radio spectrum. However, many modem diathermy units (which cause most long-distance radio interference) operate on frequencies from approximately 10,000 to 20,000 kilocycles. Operations on other frequencies mainly cause interference to local or moderate distance reception. 9. In cases where it is not practicable to shield the entire apparatus to control the radiation, then the only means of operating machines without causing interference would be to use frequencies which are not assigned to any radio services. 54 Stat. 2534 10. The usual diathermy machine is essentially a radio transmitter of the self-excited oscillating type and generally uses self-rectifying plate power supply. Due to the inherent instability of the oscillator circuits, the wide variation in voltage during a plate supply cycle, and the different uses to which the output circuit is subject, the operating frequency varies during normal operation over very wide bands, possibly one or two megacycles, when operating on a frequency of approximately 15 megacycles. 11. All diathermy machines designed for the same service could operate on the same frequency without impairing their usefulness, since their operation is not affected by radiation from other machines. To operate on a fixed frequency would require additional apparatus and cost in that automatic frequency control would be required— to maintain the operating frequency within at least 1/20 percent to be effective. At 15 megacycles this would require a band width of 15 kilocycles, or virtually one communication channel. 12. From the best information available diathermy operation should be restricted until the art advances to the point where apparatus may be designed to completely suppress interfering radiations, to three frequencies, namely, approximately 12 megacycles, 25 megacycles, and 50 megacycles. 13. Such apparatus as carrier call systems and certain types of induction furnaces and similar apparatus using medium or low frequencies should be required to restrict the generation of harmonics and make the necessary test to determine that radiation of signal does not result beyond a prescribed level. 14. Each subscribing country should make the necessary regulations to require the complete shielding or operation on designated frequencies of all non-radio apparatus which generate radio frequency electric energy as an essential to its operation but does not engage in radio communication. 15. There is annexed hereto a report on “Radio Interference from Electro Therapeutic Apparatus” presented by Canada which is to be considered part of the material adopted on this subject. Note: See “Radio Interference from Electro Therapeutic Apparatus” report presented by Canada, contained in document C.I.R./Doc. 43. In witness whereof, the respective Delegates have signed various copies of this instrument in Spanish, English, Portuguese and French, to be deposited in the archives of the Government of Cuba, which shall forward an authenticated copy thereof in each language to the other contracting Governments. Done in the city of Havana, Republic of Cuba, on the 13th day of December, 1937. Signatures. ARGENTINE REPUBLIC: BRAZIL: José Roberto de Macedo-Soares. 54 Stat. 2535 CANADA: Laurent Beaudry. C. P. Edwards. COLOMBIA: Jorge Soto del Corral. Ricardo Gutiérrez Lee y Rivero. CUBA: Wifredo Albanés y Peña. Andrés Asensio y Carrasco. Nicolás González de Mendoza y de la Torre. Alfonso Hernandez Catá y Galt. CHILE: Emilio Edwards Bello. DOMINICAN REPUBLIC: Roberto Despradel. Máximo Lovatón P. UNITED STATES OF AMERICA: T. A. M. Craven. GUATEMALA: Arturo Cóbar L. HAITI: Justin Barau. MEXICO: Ignacio Galindo. Salvador Tayabas. Fernando Sánchez Ayala. Rubén Fuentes. NICARAGUA: Guillermo Arguedas. PANAMA: Ernesto B. Fábrega. PERU: Carlos A. Tudela. URUGUAY: César Gorri. VENEZUELA: Alberto Smith. 54 Stat. 2536 ANNEX Additional Document for Information Purposes. In accordance with the suggestion made for an interchange of technical information, the Inter-American Radio Conference takes into consideration the following points, which shall be presented at the appropriate time by the Government of the United States of America, to all the American countries. 1. Lists of all aeronautical stations in the United States operated by the Department of Commerce, Bureau of Air Commerce. This list will give the following information concerning each station: Location and type of station. Bearings of all range beacon courses. Operating frequency in kilocycles. Station identification signals. Bearing and distance to nearest landing field, including exact elevation of such field above sea level. Schedule of radiotelephone broadcasts of weather information and notices to airmen. 2. Maps on which are plotted locations and range courses of all directional guidance, weather broadcast, and marker beacon stations. 3. Maps of the Department of Commerce aeronautical ground communication system of teletypewriter and radio point-to-point stations. 4. Maps of designated Federal Air mail routes of the United States. 5. Tables and graphic interpretations thereof showing normal service area and normal interference area of each type of directional guidance stations. These tables will be based on an assumption of definite values of minimum service signal and maximum interference ratios and will be corrected for variations in transmitting antenna efficiency to all frequencies between 200 and 400 kc. 6. Attenuation curves based on measurements of existing range beacon stations, showing variation of sky wave intensity with frequency and distance and indicated maximum and minimum ground attenuation as experienced in widely different parts of the continental United States. 7. Detailed performance specifications of various types of aeronautical radio aids developed by the United States Bureau of Air Commerce and approved for service operation. Es copia fiel de su original. [seal] Luis R. Miranda *Subsecretario de Estado* 54 Stat. 2537 ARREGLO INTERAMERICANO SOBRE RADIOCOMUNICACION Seccion 1.— Introduccion Los Delegados de los Gobiernos Americanos abajo mencionados, reunidos en Conferencia en la Habana, República de Cuba, del 1ro. de noviembre al 13 de diciembre de 1937, han celebrado el siguiente arreglo administrativo, que empezará a regir el 1ro. de julio de 1938 en aquellos países en donde hubiere obtenido la aprobación del respectivo Gobierno, que debe comunicarlo a la Secretaría de Estado de Cuba. Argentina, Chile, México, Brasil, República Dominicana, Nicaragua, Canadá, Estados Unidos de América, Panamá, Colombia, Guatemala, Perú, Cuba. Haití, Uruguay, y Venezuela. Si cualquier Estado deseare dar por terminado este arreglo total o parcialmente, podrá hacerlo por medio de una comunicación escrita dirigida al Gobierno de Cuba, con un año de anticipación a la fecha en que desée ponerle fin, en la cual dará las razones que le inducen a ello. El Gobierno de Cuba transmitirá el aviso recibido a los demás Estados interesados. Seccion 2.— Tablas de Asignacion TABLA I Asignacion de Frecuencias Para Diversos Servicios en el Continente Americano. (10–550 Kc/s.) 10–100 Fijos. 100–110 a) Fijos. b) Móviles. 110–125 Móviles. 125–150 Móviles marítimos (abiertos a la correspondencia pública exclusivamente). 150–160 Móviles. 160–200 a) Fijos. b) Móviles. c) Aeronáuticos. 200–285 Aeronáutico y móvil, excepto a estaciones comerciales de navio. 285–315 Radiofaros teniendo prioridad los destinados a servicios marítimos. 315–320 Aeronáuticos. 320–325 a) Aeronáuticos. b) Móviles no abiertos a la correspondencia pública. 325–345 Aeronáuticos. 345–365 a) Aeronáuticos. b) Móviles no abiertos a la correspondencia pública. 54 Stat. 2538 TABLA I—Continúa 365–385 a) Radiogoniometría, b) Móviles, a condición de no perturbar la radiogoniometría, quedando excluidas las estaciones costeras que emplean ondas B). 385–400 Móviles y aeronáuticos, teniendo prioridad los marítimos, entendiéndose que la prioridad se refiere a los servicios existentes. 400–460 Móviles. 460–485 Móviles A–1 y A–2 solamente. 485–515 Móviles. (Socorro, llamada, etc.) 515–550 Servicios no abiertos a la correspondencia pública A–1 y A–2 únicamente. *Nota*: 1.— La banda de frecuencias comprendida entre los 200 y 400 Kc/s. se reserva en las Américas para la ayuda de la navegación aérea y para la transmisión de informes meteorológicos y otros informes para la protección de las aeronaves en vuelo, sujeta solamente a la prioridad que en esta banda puedan tener los servicios marítimos. 2.— Cuando debido a condiciones atmosféricas adversas o a otras razones técnicas, no se pueda emplear frecuencias entre los 200 y 400 kc/s. para los servicios antedichos, se podrá usar otras frecuencias adecuadas, siempre que se notifique a todos los países de América cuáles frecuencias han sido escogidas. TABLA II Asignación de las Frecuencias Entre 550–1600 Kc/s. a la Radiodifusión 550–1600 Kc/s. Radiodifusión TABLA III Asignación General de Frecuencias a los Diversos Servicios. 1600–4000 Kc/s. Frecuencias Kc/s. Zona de Norte América Zona Central Zona de Sud América 1600–1750 Fijos y Móviles (Preferentemente para policía). Fijos y Móviles incluyendo aeronáutica. Fijos y Móviles incluyendo aeronautica. 1750–2050 Aficionados. Aficionados. Aficionados. 2050–2100 Fijos y Móviles. Fijos y Móviles. Fijos y Móviles. 2100–2200 Móviles (Preferentemente estaciones de barco). Móviles (Preferentemente estaciones de barco). Móviles (Preferentemente estaciones de barco). 2200–2300 Fijos y Móviles. Fijos y Móviles. Fijos y Móviles. 2300–2395 Móviles (Preferentemente para policía). Móviles (Preferentemente para policía).

(1)Móviles y Radiodifusión. 2395–2400 General de Experiencias. General de Experiencias. Móviles y Radiodifusión. 2400–2500 Móviles (Preferentemente para policía). Móviles (Preferentemente para policía). Móviles y Radiodifusión. 2500–2600 Móviles (Preferentemente Estaciones Costeras). Móviles (Preferentemente Estaciones Costeras). Móviles (Preferentemente Estaciones Costeras). 2600–2735 Aeronáuticos y Móviles. Aeronáuticos y Móviles. Aeronáuticos y Móviles. 54 Stat. 2539 TABLA III—Continúa Frecuencias Kc/s. Zona de Norte América Zona Central Zona de Sud América 2735–2740 Móviles (Preferentemente inter barcos. Frecuencia asignable—2738 kc/s.) Móviles (Preferentemente inter barcos. Frecuencia asignable—2738 kc/s.) Móviles (Preferentemente inter barcos. Frecuencia asignable—2738 kc/s.) 2740–2850 Fijos y Móviles. Fijos y Móviles. Fijos y Móviles. 2850–3000 Aeronáuticos y Móviles. Aeronáuticos y Móviles. Aeronáuticos y Móviles. 3000–3065 Fijos y Móviles. Fijos y Móviles. Fijos y Móviles. 3065–3100 Aeronáuticos. Aeronáuticos. Aeronáuticos. 3100–3110 Móviles (Preferentemente frecuencia de llamada de los servicios aeronáuticos 3105 kc.) Móviles (Preferentemente frecuencia de llamada de los servicios aeronáuticos 3105 kc.). Móviles (Preferentemente frecuencia de llamada de los servicios aeronáuticos 3105 kc.) 3110–3150 Móviles. Móviles. Móviles. 3150–3265 Fijos y Móviles (Preferentemente Aeronáuticos). Fijos y Móviles (Preferentemente Aeronáuticos). Fijos y Móviles (Preferentemente Aeronáuticos). 3265–3320 Fijos. Fijos. Fijos. 3320–3440 Fijos y Móviles. Fijos y Móviles. Fijos y Móviles. 3440–3485 Fijos y Móviles (Preferentemente Aeronáuticos). Fijos y Móviles (Preferentemente Aeronáuticos). Fijos y Móviles (Preferentemente Aeronáuticos). 3485–3500 General de Experiencias. General de Experiencias. General de Experiencias. 3500–4000 Aficionados. Aficionados. Aficionados. Nota:

(1)A los países en la Zona Central situados al Norte de Colombia se les permitirá reservar la banda de frecuencias de 2,300 a 2,350 kc/s. para servicio de radiodifusión en cada uno de estos países, en cumplimiento de un convenio por el cual no han de usar más de dos frecuencias por país dentro de esta banda, separadas una de otras, con potencia apropiada y antena direccional. El uso de esas frecuencias por estos países no ocasionará interferencia a los otros servicios en las Zonas del Norte y Sur que actualmente usan esas frecuencias. TABLA IV 1 Asignación General de Frecuencias a los Diversos Servicios (Véase nota especial al pié) 4000–25,000 Kc/s. Frecuencias. Kc/s. Servicio. 1 [Modificado por la revisión del Cairo de 1938 (Treaty Series 948).] 4000– 5500 Fijos y Móviles.

(1)5500– 5570 Móviles Marítimos. 5570– 5700 Aeronáuticos. 5700– 5900 Fijos. 5900– 6000 Fijos.

(2)6000– 6150 Radiodifusión.

(3)6150– 6675 Móviles. (Frecuencia Internacional de llamada de los servicios aeronáuticos 6210 kc.) 54 Stat. 2540 TABLA IV—Continúa Frecuencias. Kc/s Servicio. 6675– 7000 Fijos. 7000– 7300 Aficionados. 7300– 8200 Fijos. 8200– 8550 Móviles. 8550– 8900 Fijos y Móviles. 8900– 9500 Fijos. 9500– 9600 Radiodifusión. (3). 9600– 9700 Fijos (2). 9700–11000 Fijos. 11000–11400 Móviles. 11400–11700 Fijos. 11700–11900 Radiodifusión.

(3)11900–12300 Fijos. 12300–12825 Móviles. 12825–13350 Fijos y Móviles. 13350–14000 Fijos. 14000–14400 Aficionados. 14400–15100 Fijos. 15100–15350 Radiodifusión.

(3)15350–16400 Fijos. 16400–17100 Móviles. 17100–17750 Fijos y Móviles. 17750–17800 Radiodifusión. (3). 17800–21450 Fijos. 21450–21550 Radiodifusión, (3). 21550–22300 Móviles. 22300–24600 Fijos y Móviles. 24600–25000 Móviles. Notas:

(1)*4500–5200 Kc/s*. Las altas partes contratantes convienen, cada una, en hacer un estudio especial sobre estas frecuencias considerándolas como una de las posibles soluciones para la radiodifusión nacional en aquellos países de la Zona Central situada al sur de Panamá. Este estudio debería ser presentado a la consideración de la Conferencia de El Cairo, con las respectivas recomendaciones, basadas en los siguientes puntos: a).– Uso de antenas direccionales en las estaciones radiodifusoras para evitar interferencias a otros servicios. b).– Determinación de la potencia máxima nocturna para estaciones radiodifusoras, en esta banda de frecuencias. c).– La amplitud total de esta banda entre los 4500 y los 5200 Kc/s. no deberá exceder de 300 Kc/s.

(2)*5900–6000 y 9600–9700 Kc/s*. La proposición presentada por el Brasil, de que se asignen las bandas de frecuencias de los 5900 a los 6000 kc., y de los 9600 a los 9700 kc. a la radiodifusión, será estudiada antes de celebrarse la Conferencia de El Cairo, de acuerdo con los principios expuestos en la nota No. 3 siguiente.

(3)*6000–25000 Kc/s*. Al considerar las necesidades del servicio de radiodifusión en la banda de frecuencias de los 6000 a los 25000 kc. la Conferencia Interamericana de Radio conviene en aplicar los siguientes principios al estudio de este problema, y en presentar recomendaciones a la Conferencia de Radio de El Cairo, tomándolos como base: 54 Stat. 2541 1.– Cumplimiento estricto de las disposiciones del Párrafo 19 del Artículo 7 del Reglamento General de Radiocomunicaciones, anexo a la Convención Internacional de Telecomunicaciones celebrada en Madrid, en 1932, que dice así: " “Se reconoce que las frecuencias entre 6000 y 30000 kc. (50 y 10 m) son muy eficaces para las comunicaciones a larga distancia. Las Administraciones se esforzarán todo lo posible por reservar las frecuencias de esta banda para ese fin, excepto cuando su empleo para comunicaciones a corta distancia o a distancias medias no sea susceptible de causar interferencia a las comunicaciones de larga distancia”. " 2.– Los canales de radiodifusión serán asignados preferentemente para comunicaciones internacionales a larga distancia, y, en segundo término, a los servicios nacionales de larga distancia, particularmente entre puntos que no estén comunicados por hilo telegráfico. En todo caso, la frecuencia deberá ser la óptima para la distancia en cuestión. 3.– Las estaciones que funcionen dentro de las bandas de radiodifusión asignadas en la actualidad, y en derogación de las mismas, con el fin de prestar servicio local, deberán ser trasladadas a bandas de radiodifusión de frecuencias más bajas, inferiores a los 6000 kc. 4.– No sería prudente extender las bandas de radiodifusión de altas frecuencias que rigen hoy día, hasta que se obtenga la promesa formal de todas las naciones de que cumplirán estrictamente con las tablas de asignación de frecuencias que se adopten en la Conferencia de El Cairo. Sobre este particular, se llama la atención hacia el hecho de que un estudio de la documentación respectiva demostraría que muchas estaciones radiodifusoras, telefónicas y telegráficas están usando frecuencias en toda la gama de altas frecuencias en el “spectrum”, en violación de las disposiciones contenidas en el Reglamento General de Radiocomunicaciones de Madrid. 5.– Siguiendo buenos principios de ingeniería práctica, a fin de prestar un servicio adecuado de radiodifusión, se acuerda: a) Que no se usará una potencia menor de 5 K. W. para el servicio internacional de radiodifusión. b) Que se usarán antenas direccionales siempre que sea conveniente a fin de prestar buen servicio a determinados países o regiones, dependiendo esto de la hora, de las horas que prefiera el público radioescucha, la frecuencia que se esté usando, etc. c) Que las bandas se subdividirán de manera que den prioridad a clases distintas de estaciones radiodifusoras, dependiendo de que la potencia sea adecuada y de la calidad de las emisiones, desde el punto de vista de las buenas normas de ingeniería. 6.– El uso en común basado en la buena ingeniería, de canales de radiodifusión en altas frecuencias entre países de todo el mundo, promete algún alivio en lo que respecta a las presentes bandas de radiodifusión de atlas frecuencias. 7.– Los servicios actuales que funcionen dentro de las bandas de frecuencia autorizadas no serán eliminados de ellas a menos que se suministren frecuencias adecuadas que las reemplacen; siendo de importancia, en consecuencia, que las recomendaciones que se presenten a la Conferencia de El Cairo contengan recomendaciones especiales sobre este asunto. 8.– En vista de que de la comunicación por radio puede depender la protección de la vida y la propiedad, se dará consideración primordial a los servicios móviles al hacer cualquiera alteración en las bandas actualmente autorizadas. 9.– Las recomendaciones que se presenten respecto a frecuencias adicionales que se consideren necesarias, deberán hacerse a base de ampliaciones de las bandas de radiodifusión ya existentes, en vez de la creación de nuevas bandas. *Nota especial*: La resolución que se tome en El Cairo con respecto a las recomendaciones que serán presentadas en cumplimiento de las notas (1),

(2)y

(3)modificarán automáticamente la asignación a servicios en la Tabla IV que antecede. 54 Stat. 2542 TABLA V Asignación General de Frecuencias a los Diversos Servicios entre 25,000 y 30,000 Kc/s. 1 [Disponible para este servicio de acuerdo con lo estipulado en el Artículo 7, párrafo 1, del Reglamento General de Radiocomunicaciones Anexo al Convenio Internacional de Telecomunicaciones firmado en Madrid en 1932, siempre que no se cause interferencia al servicio internacional a que se ha asignado esta banda de frecuencias de acuerdo con dicho Reglamento.] 25,000–25,600 Radiodifusión 1 25,600–26,600 Radiodifusión. 26,600–27,000 Radiodifusión 1 27,000–28,000

(a)Fijos

(b)Móviles 1 28,000–30,000 Aficionados. TABLA VI [F]recuencias entre 30,000 y 300,000 Kc/s. Cada país comunicará a los demás países americanos interesados, en caso de que exista posiblidad de originarse interferencia entre países o de que se desee entendimiento entre ellos, la ubicación, potencia, frecuencia y clase de servicio de cualquiera estación o estaciones que se proyecte operar en la banda de frecuencias superior a los 30 megaciclos a fin de que pueda llegarse a un mutuo acuerdo y desarrollo deseados. Se acepta esta tabla como guía para la investigación y el uso experimental de frecuencias. Frecuencias Kc/s. Zona de Norte América Zona Central Zona de Sud América 30,000–41,000 Fijos y Móviles. Fijos y Móviles. Fijos y Móviles. 41,000–44,000 Radiodifusión. Radiodifusión. Radiodifusión. 44,000–56,000 Televisión. Televisión. Televisión. 56,000–60,000 Aficionados. Aficionados. Aficionados. 60,000–66,000 Fijos y Móviles. Fijos y Móviles. Fijos y Móviles. 66,000–72,000 Televisión. Televisión. Televisión. 72,000–78,000 Fijos y Móviles (Radiofaros Aeronáuticos Indicadores). Fijos y Móviles (Radiofaros Aeronáuticos Indicadores). Fijos y Móviles (Radiofaros Aeronáuticos Indicadores). 78,000–90,000 Televisión. Televisión. Televisión. 90,000–96,000 Fijos y Móviles (Incluyendo sistemas aeronáuticos de aterrizaje a ciegas). Fijos y Móviles (Incluyendo sistemas aeronáuticos de aterrizaje a ciegas). Fijos y Móviles (Incluyendo sistemas aeronáuticos de aterrizaje a ciegas). 96,000–108,000 Televisión. Televisión. Televisión. 108,000–112,000 Fijos y Móviles (Incluyendo radiofaros aeronáuticos para el aterrizaje a ciegos y para localización). Fijos y Móviles (Incluyendo radiofaros aeronáuticos para el aterrizaje a ciegos y para localización). Fijos y Móviles (Incluyendo radiofaros aeronáuticos para el aterrizaje a ciegos y para localización). 112,000–118,000 Aficionados. Aficionados. Aficionados. 118,000–123,000 Fijos y Móviles. Fijos y Móviles. Fijos y Móviles. 123,000–126,000 Radiofaros aeronáuticos de orientación. Radiofaros aeronáuticos de orientación. Radiofaros aeronáuticos de orientación. 126,000–132,000 Aeronáuticos (Control del tránsito en aeropuertos). Aeronáuticos (Control del tránsito en aeropuertos). Aeronáuticos (Control del tránsito en aeropuertos). 132,000–156,000 Fijos y Móviles. Fijos y Móviles. Fijos y Móviles. 156,000–168,000 Radiodifusión (Televisión). Radiodifusión (Televisión). Radiodifusión (Televisión). 168,000–180,000 Fijos y Móviles. Fijos y Móviles. Fijos y Móviles. 180,000–192,000 Radiodifusión (Televisión). Radiodifusión (Televisión). Radiodifusión (Televisión). 192,000–204,000 Fijos y Móviles. Fijos y Móviles. Fijos y Móviles. 204,000–216,000 Radiodifusión (Televisión). Radiodifusión (Televisión). Radiodifusión (Televisión). 216,000–224,000 Fijos y Móviles. Fijos y Móviles. Fijos y Móviles. 224,000–230,000 Aficionados. Aficionados. Aficionados. 230,000–234,000 Fijos y Móviles. Fijos y Móviles. Fijos y Móviles. 234,000–246,000 Radiodifusión (Televisión). Radiodifusión (Televisión). Radiodifusión (Televisión). 246,000–258,000 Fijos y Móviles. Fijos y Móviles. Fijos y Móviles. 258,000–270,000 Radiodifusión (Televisión). Radiodifusión (Televisión). Radiodifusión (Televisión). 270,000–282,000 Fijos y Móviles. Fijos y Móviles. Fijos y Móviles. 282,000–294,000 Radiodifusión (Televisión). Radiodifusión (Televisión). Radiodifusión (Televisión). 294,000–300,000 Fijos y Móviles. Fijos y Móviles. Fijos y Móviles. 54 Stat. 2543 Seccion 3.— Frecuencias Asignables Basadas en Emisiones Radiotelegraficas En principio, la asignación de frecuencias, en la banda de 1600 a 3000, se hará en múltiplos enteros de 4 Kc/s., y en la banda de 3000 a 4000 Kc/s., se hará en múltiplos enteros de 5 Kc/s.—Los canales de comunicación de mayor amplitud de 4 o 5 Kc/s., podrán ser asignados cuando la amplitud de la banda para el tipo de transmisión autorizada requiera el uso de canales más anchos, por ejemplo: Dos canales adyacentes de telegrafía podrán ser destinados a telefonía, en cuyo caso la frecuencia asignada a la estación deberá ser la frecuencia intermedia de ambos canales. En la siguiente tabla se dan las frecuencias que deberán ser asignadas a las estaciones radiotelegráficas; la modificación de estas asignaciones podrán hacerse siempre que ella redunde en beneficio de la separación entre las frecuencias. La siguiente tabla indica las frecuencias asignables: 1600 1756 1912 2068 2224 2380 1604 1760 1916 2072 2228 2384 1608 1764 1920 2076 2232 2388 1612 1768 1924 2080 2236 2392 1616 1772 1928 2084 2240 2396 1620 1776 1932 2088 2244 2400 1624 1780 1936 2092 2248 2404 1628 1784 1940 2096 2252 2408 1632 1788 1944 2100 2256 2412 1636 1792 1948 2104 2260 2416 1640 1796 1952 2108 2264 2420 1644 1800 1956 2112 2268 2424 1648 1804 1960 2116 2272 2428 1652 1808 1964 2120 2276 2432 1656 1812 1968 2124 2280 2436 1660 1816 1972 2128 2284 2440 1664 1820 1976 2132 2288 2444 1668 1824 1980 2136 2292 2448 1672 1828 1984 2140 2296 2452 1676 1832 1988 2144 2300 2456 1680 1836 1992 2148 2304 2460 1684 1840 1996 2152 2308 2464 1688 1844 2000 2156 2312 2468 1692 1848 2004 2160 2316 2472 1696 1852 2008 2164 2320 2476 1700 1856 2012 2168 2324 2480 1704 1860 2016 2172 2328 2484 1708 1864 2020 2176 2332 2488 1712 1868 2024 2180 2336 2492 1716 1872 2028 2184 2340 2496 1720 1876 2032 2188 2344 2500 1724 1880 2036 2192 2348 2504 1728 1884 2040 2196 2352 2508 1732 1888 2044 2200 2356 2512 1736 1892 2048 2204 2360 2516 1740 1896 2052 2208 2364 2520 1744 1900 2056 2212 2368 2524 1748 1904 2060 2216 2372 2528 1752 1908 2064 2220 2376 2532 54 Stat. 2544 1 [Véanse los textos inglés y portugués.] 2536 2684 2832 2980 3160 3345 2540 2688 2836 2984 3165 3350 2544 2692 2840 2988 3170 3355 2548 2696 2844 2992 3175 3360 2552 2700 2848 2996 3180 3365 2556 2704 2852 3000 3185 3370 2560 2708 2856 3005 3190 3375 2564 2712 2860 3010 3195 3380 2568 2716 2864 3015 3200 3385 2572 2720 2868 3020 3205 3390 2576 2724 2872 3025 3210 [3395 1] 2580 2728 2876 3030 3215 3400 2584 2732 2880 3035 3220 3405 2588 2736 2884 3040 3225 3410 2592 2740 2888 3045 3230 3415 2596 2744 2892 3050 3235 3420 2600 2748 2896 3055 3240 3425 2604 2752 2900 3060 3245 3430 2608 2756 2904 3065 3250 3435 2612 2760 2908 3070 3255 3440 2616 2764 2912 3075 3260 3445 2620 2768 2916 3080 3265 3450 2624 2772 2920 3085 3270 3455 2628 2776 2924 3090 3275 3460 2632 2780 2928 3095 3280 3465 2636 2784 2932 3100 3285 3470 2640 2788 2936 3105 3290 3475 2644 2792 2940 3110 3295 3480 2648 2796 2944 3115 3300 3485 2652 2800 2948 3120 3305 3490 2656 2804 2952 3125 3310 3495 2660 2808 2956 3130 3315 3500 2664 2812 2960 3135 3320 a 2668 2816 2964 3140 3325 4000 2672 2820 2968 3145 3330 Aficionados. 2676 2824 2972 3150 3335 2680 2828 2976 3155 3340 Seccion 4.— Tolerancia y Emisiones Espurias. –I– tabla de tolerancias de frecuencia y de inestabilidades.– La Conferencia Interamericana de Radio, Considerando: a) Que el progreso técnico alcanzado desde la formulación de la tabla contenida en el Apéndice I del Reglamento General de Radio-comunicaciones de Madrid, permite una reducción apreciable de las cifras que en ella se dan para tolerancias e inestabilidades. b) Que, aun cuando sería conveniente continuar la aplicación de las tolerancias e inestabilidades que fija el Reglamento General de Madrid a los emisores actualmente en uso, debería imponérseles54 Stat. 2545 requisitos más severos a los emisores construidos despues de la fecha indicada en la tabla que a continuación se inserta; c) Que convendría obtener datos suplementarios en cuanto a las tolerancias e inestabilidades que pueden aplicarse en la práctica actual, especialmente respecto a las frecuencias mayores de 23000 kc. que podrían ser objeto de reglamentación internacional; Acuerda: 1.– Aceptar que el progreso técnico en materia de estabilización de frecuencias ha llegado al extremo de que todas las estaciones pueden mantenerse dentro de los límites de tolerancias o inestabilidades especificados en la tabla que más adelante se inserta, así como cooperar en la reducción de interferencias causadas por la fluctuación de las frecuencias; 2.– Que la susodicha tabla debería reemplazar a la contenida en el Apéndice 1 del Reglamento General de Madrid; 3.– Que el asunto de la mejora en las condiciones de tolerancias y de estabilidad debería mantenerse en la Agenda y ampliarse hasta incluir frecuencias más altas que las que aparecen en la siguiente tabla, con sujeción a la reglamentación que se adopte en la Conferencia de El Cairo; tabla revisada de tolerancia de frecuencias y de inestabilidades.– 1) La tolerancia de frecuencia es el máximo de separación admisible entre la frecuencia asignada a una estación y la frecuencia real de trasmisión. 2) Esta separación resulta de la combinación de estos 3 errores: a) el error del radiofrecuencímetro o del indicador de frecuencia empleado; b) el error cometido al ajustar el trasmisor. c) variaciones lentas de la frecuencia del emisor. 3) En la tolerancia de frecuencia no se tiene en cuenta la modulación.– 4) La inestabilidad de frecuencias es el máximo de desviación admisible resultante solamente del error comprendido en el inciso

(c)anterior. 54 Stat. 2546 Tabla de Tolerancias de Frecuencia y de Inestabilidad. 1 Toleracias. Inestabilidades. Bandas de Frecuencias. Emisores en servicio actualmente y hasta el 1° de enero de 1912, después de cuya fecha deberán ajustarse a las tolerancias indicadas en las columnas 2 y 4, respectivamente.— Nuevos emisores instalados—después del 1° de enero de 1939. Emisores en servicio actualmente y hasta el 1° de enero de 1942, después de cuya fecha deberán ajustarse a las tolerancias indicadas en las columnas 2 y 4, respectivamente.— Nuevos emisores instalados—después del 1° de enero de 1939. 1 [Modificado por la revisión del Cairo de 1938 (Treaty Series 948).] A.–De 10 a 550 Kc. a) Estaciones fijas. 0.1% 0.05% _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ b) Estaciones terrestres. 0.1% 0.1% _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ c) Estaciones móviles que utilicen las frecuencias indicadas. 0.5% 0.1% _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ d) Estaciones móviles que usen una frecuencia cualquiera dentro de la banda. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 0.5% 0.1% e) Radiodifusión. 50 ciclos. 20 ciclos. B.–De 550 a 1600 Kc. a) Broadcasting stations 50 ciclos segundos. 20 ciclos segundos. C.–De 1600 a 6000 Kc. a) Estaciones fijas. 0.03% 0.01% _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ b) Estaciones terrestres. 0.04% 0.02% _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ c) Estaciones móviles que usen las frecuencias indicadas I. 1500 a 3500 Kc/s 0.1% 0.1% _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ II. 3500 a 6000 Kc/s 0.1% 0.05% _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ d) Estaciones móviles que usen una frecuencia cualquiera dentro de la banda. I. 1500 a 3500 Kc/s _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 0.1% 0.07% II. 3500 a 6000 Kc/s _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 0.1% 0.05% D.–De 6000 a 30000 Kc. a) Estaciones fijas. 0.02% 0.01% _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ b) Estaciones terrestres. 0.04% 0.02% _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ c) Estaciones móviles que usen las frecuencias indicadas 0.1% 0.05% _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ d) Estaciones móviles que usen una frecuencia cualquiera dentro de la banda. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 0.05% 0.02% e) Estaciones de Radiodifusión. 0.01% 0.005% _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 54 Stat. 2547

(1)Se reconoce el hecho de que en este servicio existe un gran número de transmisores de chispa y de auto-osciladores, que no pueden cumplir con este requisito. *Notas*: 1.– Las administraciones se esforzarán por aprovechar los progresos de la técnica radioeléctrica para reducir progresivamente las tolerancias de frecuencia y los límites de inestabilidad. 2.– Entiéndese que las estaciones de barco que operen dentro de las bandas comunes deberán ajustarse a las tolerancias aplicacables a las estaciones terrestres, y deberán observar las disposiciones del Artículo 7, Párrafo 117, del Reglamento General de Radiocomunicaciones de Madrid. 3.– Este texto de tolerancias fué aprobado de acuerdo con la Opinión No. 93 adoptada por el C. C. I. R. de Bucarest, con las modificaciones de los encabezamientos de las columnas 1 y 3. II supresion de emisiones espurias Los Gobiernos convienen en requerir de las estaciones que se hallan bajo su jurisdicción que usen transmisores lo más libre posible de toda clase de emisiones espúrias. Estas radiaciones no deberán ser de suficiente intensidad para causar interferencia a aparatos receptores de diseño moderno que se sintonicen fuera de la banda de frecuencia de emisión necesaria para el tipo de emisión que se utilice. En el caso de emisión del tipo A–3 (radio-telefonía) el transmisor no deberá modularse en exceso de su capacidad de modulación hasta el punto en que ocurran las radiaciones espúrias, interferentes y tratándose de la modulación por amplitud, el porcentaje de modulación en los máximos de recurrencia frecuente, no deberá ser menor del 75 por ciento. Deberán emplearse medios adecuados para asegurar que el transmisor no sea modulado en exceso de su capacidad de modulación. Una radiación espúria es cualquiera radiación de un transmisor que se halle fuera de la banda de frecuencia normal de emisión, para el tipo de transmisión que se utilice, incluso cualesquiera productos de armónicos de modulación, golpes de llave, oscilaciones parásitas u otros efectos transitorios. Seccion 5.— No Uso de los 333 Kc/s. Como Frecuencia de Llamada Aerea. En relación con el Artículo 7, inciso 11, del Reglamento de Madrid, la frecuencia de 333 Kc/s. no deberá utilizarse como llamada internacional en el Servicio Aéreo en el Continente americano, excepto en casos especiales en conexión con vuelos trasatlánticos. Seccion 6.— Uso de los 500 Kc/s. En relación al artículo 19, Sección 1, párrafo 6-a del Reglamento de Radio de Madrid, todo el Continente americano con excepción de la Bahía de Hudson y regiones al Norte de la misma, serán consideradas como región de intenso tráfico, de acuerdo con la definición de dicho artículo. Por lo tanto, excepto la Bahía de Hudson y las regiones al Norte de la misma, el servicio de los 500 kc/s. quedará limitado a la trasmisión de llamadas de emergencia, de mensajes urgentes y de seguridad y radiotelegramas cortos y aislados. 54 Stat. 2548 Seccion 7.— Definiciones 11 [Modificado por la revisión del Cairo de 1938 (Treaty Series 948).] definicion de terminos. La definición de términos que aparecen numerados desde el 1 al 42, inclusive, de la Sección XII, Resolución No. 6 del Acta Final de la Conferencia verificada en la Habana en el mes de Marzo de 1937, se aprueba con la reserva de que cualquier cambio que resultare de la Conferencia Internacional de El Cairo, 1938, con respecto a la terminología de estas definiciones, deberá automáticamente suplantar la redacción actual.

(1)telecomunicacion. Toda comunicación telegráfica o telefónica de signos, señales, escritos, imágenes, y sonidos de cualquier naturaleza, por conductores, radio u otros sistemas o procesos de trasmitir señales, sean eléctricas o visuales (semáforos).

(2)radiocomunicacion. Toda telecomunicación por medio de ondas Hertzianas.

(3)radiotelegrama: Telegrama procedente o con destino a una estación móvil, trasmitido en todo o parte de su recorrido, por los canales de radiocomunicación del servicio móvil.

(4)correspondencia publica: Toda telecomunicación que las oficinas y estaciones, por el hecho de estar las mismas a disposición del público, deban aceptar para su trasmisión.

(5)explotacion privada. Todo particular, compañía o corporación que no sea institución o agencia gubernamental reconocida por el Gobierno interesado, y que explote instalaciones de telecomunicación destinadas al intercambio de la correspondencia pública.

(6)administracion. Una Administración Gubernamental.

(7)servicio internacional. Un servicio de telecomunicación entre oficinas o estaciones de países diferentes o entre estaciones de servicio móvil, excepto si éstas son de la misma nacionalidad y situadas en los límites del país a que pertenecen. Un servicio de telecomunicación interior o nacional, susceptible de causar interferencia a otros servicios más allá de los límites del país en el que opera, se considerará como servicio internacional desde el punto de vista de la interferencia.

(8)servicio restringido. Un servicio que puede utilizarse solamente por determinadas personas o para objetivos especiales. 54 Stat. 2549

(9)servicio movil. Un servicio de radiocomunicación llevado a cabo entre estaciones móviles y estaciones terrestres y por las estaciones móviles comunicándose entre sí, excluyéndose los servicios especiales.

(10)estacion fija. Estación no susceptible de ser trasladada y que se comunica por medio de la radiocomunicación con una o más estaciones establecidas de la misma manera.

(11)estacion terrestre. Una estación no susceptible de ser trasladada y que efectúa servicio móvil.

(12)estacion costera. Una estación terrestre que efectúa un servicio con estaciones barco. Esta puede ser una estación fija dedicada también a las comunicaciones con las estaciones de barcos, en este caso, es considerada como estación costera únicamente mientras dure su servicio con las estaciones de barco.

(13)estacion aeronautica. Una estación terrestre que efectúa un servicio con las estaciones de aeronaves. Esta puede ser una estación fija dedicada también a las comunicaciones con las estaciones de aeronaves; en este caso es considerada como estación aeronáutica únicamente mientras dure su servicio con las estaciones de aeronaves.

(14)estacion movil. Una estación susceptible de ser trasladada y que ordinariamente se traslada.

(15)estacion de a bordo. Una estación situada a bordo, ya sea de un barco que no esté amarrado permanentemente, ya sea de una aeronave.

(16)estacion de barco. Una estación a bordo de un barco que no esté amarrado permanentemente.

(17)estacion de aeronave. Una estación situada a bordo de cualquier vehículo aéreo.

(18)estacion de radiofaro. Una estación especial cuyas emisiones están destinadas a permitir a una estación de a bordo el determinar su posición o una dirección con relación a la estación de radiofaro, y en algunos casos también la distancia que la separa de ésta última.

(19)estacion radiogoniometrica. Una estación provista de aparatos especiales para determinar la dirección de las emisiones de otras estaciones. 54 Stat. 2550

(20)estacion de radiodifusion telefonica. Una estación que efectúa un servicio de radiodifusión telefónica.

(21)estacion de radiodifusion de television. Una estación autorizada para trasmitir imágenes visuales cambiables de objetos fijos o en movimiento, para la recepción y reproducción simultánea.

(22)estacion de aficionado. Una estación utilizada por un aficionado, es decir, por una persona debidamente autorizada, interesada en la técnica radio-electrica con un fin únicamente personal y sin interés pecuniario.

(23)estacion de experimentacion privada. Una estación privada para experimentos destinados al desarrollo de la técnica o de la ciencia radioeléctrica.

(24)estacion privada de radio. Una estación privada no abierta a la correspondencia pública, que está autorizada únicamente a cambiar con otras “estaciones privadas de radio”, comunicaciones concernientes a los asuntos propios de su permisionario o de sus permisionarios.

(25)frecuencia asignada a una estacion. La frecuencia asignada a una estación, es la frecuencia que ocupa el centro de la banda de frecuencia en la cual la estación autorizada a trabajar. En general esta frecuencia es la de la onda portadora.

(26)banda de frecuencias de una emision. La banda de frecuencia de una emisión es la banda de frecuencia efectivamente ocupada por esta emisión, para el tipo de transmisión y para la velocidad de las señales utilizadas. (27).– tolerancia de frecuencia. La tolerancia de frecuencia es el máximum de desviación admisible entre la frecuencia asignada a una estación y la frecuencia real de emisión. (28).– potencia de un emisor radioelectrico. La potencia de un emisor radioeléctrico es la potencia suministrada a la antena. En el caso de un emisor de onda modulada, la potencia en la antena será determinada por dos números, indicando uno el valor de la potencia de la onda portadora suministrada a la antena y el otro el valor máximo real de modulación empleado. (29).– servicio aeronautico. Un servicio de radiocomunicación ejecutado entre estaciones de aeronaves y estaciones terrestres y por las estaciones de aeronaves entre sí. Este término se aplica igualmente a los servicios fijos y especiales de radio destinados a garantizar la seguridad de la navegación aérea. 54 Stat. 2551 (30).– servicio fijo: Un servicio que realiza comunicaciones radioeléctricas de cualquier clase entre puntos fijos, excluyendo los servicios de radiodifusión y los servicios especiales. (31).– servicio especial: Un servicio de telecomunicación operado especialmente para las necesidades de un servicio determinado de interés general y no abierto a la correspondencia pública, tal como: un servicio de radiofaro, de radiogoniometría, de señales horarias, de boletines meteorológicos regulares, de avisos a los navegantes, de mensajes de prensa dirigidos a todos, de avisos médicos, consultas médicas, de frecuencias patrón, de emisiones destinadas a fines científicos, etc. (32).– servicio de radiodifusion telefonica: Un servicio que efectúa la difusión de emisiones radiotelefónicas esencialmente destinadas a ser recibidas por el público en general. (33).– servicio de radiodifusion visual: Un servicio que efectúa la difusión de imágenes visuales, fijas o animadas, esencialmente destinado a ser recibido por el público en general. (34).– servicio de aficionados. Servicio de radio efectuado entre estaciones de aficionados. (35).– servicio movil aereo: Servicio de radio efectuado entre porta-aviones y por estaciones en aeronaves que se comunican entre sí. (36).– servicio general de experimentacion: Servicio de radio efectuado por estaciones de experimentación dedicadas a investigaciones o desarrollo en el arte de radio. (37).– servicio de policia: Servicio de radio efectuado por autoridades de policía del Estado, Provincia o Municipio para servicios de emergencia, principalmente con unidades móviles de policía. (38).– el vocablo “canal”: Significa una parte del espectro de radio suficientemente ancho para permitir su uso por una estación de radio con fines de comunicación. Comprende los tres elementos definidos a continuación:

(1)La “banda de frecuencia de emisión”.

(2)El doble de la “tolerancia de frecuencia” especificada.

(3)Las “bandas de protección de interferencias”, si se requieren. (39).– la expresion de “banda de frecuencia de emision”: Significa que la banda de frecuencia de emisión es la banda realmente ocupada por esta emisión para la clase de trasmisión y velocidad de señales utilizadas. (40).– la expresion “bandas de proteccion de interferencia”: Significa las bandas de frecuencia adicionales de la banda de frecuencia de emisión y tolerancia de frecuencia, que puedan ser per54 Stat. 2552mitidas a fin de que no haya interferencia entre estaciones que tengan asignaciones de frecuencias adyacentes. En general, esta disposición depende de la selectividad del receptor y las carácterísticas del trasmisor. (41).– el vocablo “preferentemente”: Según está empleado en relación con ciertas bandas de la Tabla de Asignaciones de este Acuerdo, significa que a medida que se emprendas instalaciones debidamente autorizadas de los servicios principales, ellas tendrán la preferencia de los canales disponibles en aquella banda. En cada una de estas bandas, la asignación de canales para otros servicios distintos de los de la asignación general, se hará de tal manera que se evite la interferencia indebida con estaciones existentes del servicio principal. (42).– estacion de radiodifusion de facsimil: Una estación autorizada para trasmitir imágenes de objetos fijos para la impresión o registro de la recepción por el público en general. Seccion 8.— Aficionados: Las siguientes disposiciones concernientes a aficionados fueron convenidas por unanimidad en adición a las tablas de asignaciones: 1.– Que la banda de 1750 a 2050 Kc/s. quede asignada para las emisiones A–1 y A–3. 2.— Que estudiadas las recomendaciones de la Conferencia de Radio de Buenos Aires, Revisión de Río de Janeiro, 1937, e y f, de la Recomendación No. 10, han convenido en modificarlas, sin que ésto altere el espíritu de ellas, sustituyéndolas como sigue: e) Que las Administraciones indiquen la conveniencia de que las bandas de 1750 a 2050 Kc/s. y de 3500 a 4000 Kc/s, sean utilizadas por los aficionados preferentemente para las comunicaciones a corta distancia. f) Que las Administraciones recomienden el no emplear las bandas de 7000 a 7300 Kc/s. y de 14000 a 14400 Kc/s, para comunicaciones de estaciones de aficionados a corta distancia. 3.– Las frecuencias comprendidas entre 3500 a 4000 Kc/s., 7000 a 7300 Kc/s, y 14000 a 14400 Ke/s., sean disponibles de acuerdo con la Tabla siguiente: 3500 a 3800 Kcs para A–1 Solamente. 3800 a 4000 “ “ A–1 y A–3 7000 a 7050 “ “ A–1 Solamente. 7050 a 7150 “ “ A–1 y A–3 (A–3 solamente para la América Latina.) 7150 a 7300 “ “ A–1 Solamente. 14000 a 14100 “ “ A–1 Solamente. 14100 a 14300 “ “ A–1 y A–3 14300 a 14400 “ “ A–1 Solamente. 54 Stat. 2553 Podrá usarse la emisión de tipo A–1 en toda la banda de frecuencia comprendida entre los 14000 a 14400 Kc/s. Los países latino-americanos, Canadá y Terranova, podrán usar emisión tipo A–3 en las frecuencias comprendidas entre los 14100 y los 14300 Kc/s. Los Estados Unidos operarán con emisiones del tipo A–3 entre los 14150 y los 14250 Kc/s. por lo menos hasta el 31 de diciembre de 1939. 4.– Las bandas de: 1750 a 2050 Kc/s. 3500 a 4000 “ 7000 a 7300 “ 14000 a 14400 “ 28,000 a 30000 “ y 56,000 a 60000 “ serán bandas de aficionados. 5.– Con el objeto de hacer un mejor uso de la banda de 14 megaciclos, en cuanto a la radiotelefonía se refiere, y a fin de evitar una congestión indebida por la presencia de principiantes no familiarizados con el uso de altas frecuencias, se sugiere: que se exija un período suficiente de prueba para adquirir la experiencia necesaria y, además, un exámen técnico y práctico, antes de que se conceda permiso a un aficionado para usar la banda de 14 megaciclos para la radiotelefonía. 6.– Las bandas de aficionados asignadas recientemente no serán empleadas para ningún tipo de servicio de radiodifusión, ya sean fijos o móviles. Seccion 9.— Mensajes a Tercera Persona Cursados por Aficionados. Considerando que el Reglamento General de Radiocomunicaciones anexo a la Convención Internacional de Telecomunicaciones de Madrid dispone, que, a menos que haya sido modificado por acuerdos especiales entre países interesados, se prohibe a las estaciones de aficionados trasmitir mensajes internacionales que emanen de tercera persona; y Considerando: que es evidente que se fomentaría la comunidad de intereses entre los pueblos de todas las Américas estimulando el intercambio, por estaciones de aficionados y sin compensación alguna, de mensajes amistosos que emanen de nuestros ciudadanos; Resuelve: La Conferencia Interamericana de Radio Con el propósito de fomentar relaciones estrechas y amistosas entre los pueblos de las Américas, las administraciones de los países contratantes cuyas legislaciones internas lo permitan, acuerdan que las estaciones de radioaficionados en sus respectivos países y en las posesiones de los mismos podrán efectuar intercambio internacional de mensajes procedentes de tercera persona; siempre que tales mensajes sean de tal índole que normalmente no serían transmitidos por54 Stat. 2554 ningún otro medio existente de comunicación eléctrica, y que por ellos no se pague directamente ni indirectamente, compensación alguna. Seccion 10.— Servicio Internacional de Radio para Policía. 1.– Considerando las ventajas que puedan obtenerse de la coordinación de las comunicaciones de policía internacional, se recomienda a todos los países que son parte de este Convenio, que autoricen estaciones radiotelegráficas de Policía lo más próximas a sus límites con países contiguos para la trasmisión de informaciones de emergencia, relativas a materias sobre observancia de las leyes. En general, solo se tratará de aquellos mensajes de policía que perderían su valor por la lentitud y limitaciones de tiempo de otros métodos de comunicaciones. 2.– Las estaciones ocupadas en la comunicación del servicio internacional de policía harán uso normalmente de las facilidades proporcionadas al servicio nacional de policía; siempre que (a), las frecuencias de policía usadas primordialmente para comunicación radiotelefónica con unidades de policía movible no sean usadas para comunicaciones radiotelegráficas;

(b)que las estaciones de distintos países en cercana proximidad a los límites entre países puedan ser autorizadas por sus administraciones para cambiar de punto a punto comunicación radiotelefónica, y

(c)que las siguientes frecuencias sean usadas inicialmente tanto para la comunicación radiotelegràfica de policía nacional como internacional: 2804 Kc/s. llamar 5195 Kc/s. solo de día llamar. 2808 “ operar 5135 “ solo de día operar. 2812 “ operar 5140 “ solo de día operar. 3.– Las notificaciones concernientes a las características de las estaciones dedicadas al servicio internacional de radio para policia, serán remitidas a la Oficina de la Unión Internacional de Telecomunicaciones de Berna, Suiza, a fin de que todas las estaciones que deseen intercomunicarse puedan mantenerse informadas de los detalles concernientes al funcionamiento individual. 4.– A fin de asegurar uniformidad en el manejo de los mensajes, se seguirá el procedimiento operativo siguiente: a) Este servicio se ajustará, en general, a las disposiciones del Artículo XVI del Reglamento General de Radio anexo al Convenio Internacional de Telecomunicaciones de Madrid, 1932. b) Se hará amplio uso de la lista de abreviaturas que aparece en el apéndice 9 del Reglamento General de Radio anexo al Convenio Internacional de Telecomunicaciones de Madrid, 1932. No se empleará lenguaje corriente si una abreviatura es suficiente. Las indicaciones de servicio son como siguen: P — Prioridad, para mensajes que hayan de ser enviados inmediatamente prescindiendo del número de otros mensajes depositados. No conteniendo indicación de servicio, los mensajes serán transmitidos en el orden que se reciban.– 54 Stat. 2555 c) Los mensajes contendrán el preámbulo, texto y firma, como sigue:

(1)*Preámbulo*: El preámbulo del mensaje consistirá en lo siguiente: Número de orden precedido por las letras NR; indicaciones de servicio como sean apropiadas; check (este es el conteo de palabras de conformidad con el sistema de cuenta tipo del cable, las letras “CK” seguidas por cifras que indican el número de palabras contenidas en el texto del mensaje); oficina y país de origen, (sin abreviar); día del mes y mes; hora de depósito; dirección.

(2)*Texto*: El texto podrá ser en lenguaje corriente, o cifrado.–

(3)*Firma*: La firma incluirá el nombre y titulo del remitente del mensaje. Seccion 11.— Auxilio por Radio a la Navegación Aérea. Normas de intensidad de campo t relación de interferencias. 1.– Por cuanto la Conferencia Interamericana de Radio ha considerado cuidadosamente las diversas resoluciones de la Conferencia Técnica Interamericana de Aviación, reunida en Lima en Septiembre de 1937, y en especial las Resoluciones XIV, XVII y XVIII referidas a esta Conferencia, y 2.– Considerando a) la gran importancia que la radiocomunicación tiene en auxilio de la navegación aérea; el desarrollo fenomenal del tránsito aéreo y la mayor expansión que seguramente ésta ha de tener en el futuro; b) la precisión que exigen los servicios radioeléctricos de ayuda a la navegación aérea respecto a la estabilidad de las emisiones en cuanto las afecta la transmisión de trayectoria múltiple, la cual puede ser reducida al mínimun escogiendo frecuencias que estén menos expuestas a los efectos de las ondas reflejadas; c) lo extremadamente limitada que es la gama de las frecuencias que poseen las características de propagación necesarias mencionadas en el considerando b) anterior; d) que las aeronaves en vuelo dependen en absoluto del radio para su orientación y comunicación; e) el gran número de aeronaves de todas partes del mundo que en la actualidad usan y tienen que seguir usando en común, el número limitado de frecuencias adecuadas para la ayuda a la navegación aérea, lo cual obliga a practicar la economía más estricta en su uso, de manera que a todas pueda atenderse con un mínimun de interferencia; f) la normalización que, por lo tanto, convendría efectuar para facilitar la navegación aérea internacional, coordinando, y en lo posible haciendo uniforme, el equipo y el procedimiento de operación; 54 Stat. 2556 g) que le es posible, a una sola estación terrestre, como por ejemplo, un radiofaro de orientación, prestar simultanéamente ayuda en la navegación a un número prácticamente ilimitado de aeronaves; h) la gran responsabilidad que asumen los servicios radioeléctricos que ayudan a la navegación aérea de prestar un servicio competente a las aeronaves, las que, en ciertas circunstancias, pueden depender por completo para su seguridad de la recepción ininterrumpida de señales satisfactorias de navegación; e i) el corto plazo con que se ha contado para hacer estudios de ingeniería desde la clausura de la Conferencia Técnica Inter-Americana de Aviación reunida en Lima en Septiembre de 1937; 3.– La Conferencia Interamericana de Radio Resuelve: a) Que, de acuerdo con las recomendaciones de la Conferencia de Lima, los países representados en esta Conferencia preparen y cambien entre sí, a más tardar el 1ro. de junio de 1938, todos los datos pertinentes que puedan utilizarse en la redacción de las siguientes tablas, las cuales servirían de guía en lo que respecta a la aplicación de los principios de ingeniería que aquí se exponen: *Tabla I*, que contenga una lista de los diversos tipos de servicios radioeléctricos de ayuda a la navegación aérea que han sido aprobados para ponerlos en operación. *Tabla II*, que especifique las intensidades de señal mínimas que son necesarias para la recepción satisfactoria de las diversas clases de ayuda radioeléctrica a la navegación aérea; datos que se usarán como base para determinar las áreas de servicio normal; *Tabla III*. que especifique los valores admisibles de la intensidad de la señal interferente de los diversos tipos de ayuda radioeléctrica a la navegación aérea, expresándose dichos valores en forma de relación entre señales interferidas y señales interferentes en el contorno mínimo de señal de servicio; a) en la misma frecuencia, b) 3 Kc/s fuera de la frecuencia y c) 6 Kc/s fuera de la frecuencia. b) Que es de esperarse que los servicios radioeléctricos de ayuda a la navegación aérea, especialmente los de radiodifusión unilateral, como los radiofaros, mantengan las más altas normas de seguridad, estabilidad y calidad de emisión. c) Que, con el objeto de economizar frecuencias, se asigne el número limitado de canales adecuados para los servicios radioeléctricos de ayuda a la navegación aérea separándolos lo menos que sea posible desde un punto de vista práctico, tomando en consideración el tipo de servicio y la clase de emisión; y que, en lo posible, todas las naciones deben reservar las mismas bandas para tipos análogos de servicio, de manera que se puedan simplificar los receptores y se logre, por medio de la normalización, extender los límites geográficos de utilidad. 54 Stat. 2557 d) Que podría convenirse el uso en común de frecuencias para proveer los medios necesarios dentro de las bandas autorizadas, mediante un acuerdo regional celebrado entre los países dentro de cuyas fronteras existan secciones del área de interferencia de las estaciones existentes según la tabla de relaciones de interferencias y señales de servicio; e) Que la potencia radiada por las estaciones de ayuda a la navegación aérea, en las bandas de frecuencias autorizadas, deben por lo común, limitarse a los valores compatibles con la intensidad de señal que se necesite normalmente, dentro del área en que se desee prestar servicio, a fin de reducir a un mínimum la interferencia fuera del área de servicio. Nota: ver documento adicional presentado por los e. u. de a. con fines informativos. anexo. Seccion 12.— Supresión de Interferencias Causadas por Aparatos Eléctricos. 1.– Los aparatos diatérmicos, hornos de inducción, sistemas de intercomunicación doméstica mediante altas frecuencias y otros aparatos eléctricos que emplean corrientes de radiofrecuencia como elemento esencial a su funcionamiento, pueden causar interferencia a las radiocomunicaciones. 2. El uso de tales aparatos es de mucha importancia en terapéutica, cirugía, las industrias, etc. 3. La radiación de la energía radioeléctrica no es esencial para el funcionamiento adecuado de los aparatos, y puede evitarse o controlarse sin mermar la utilidad de cada aparato, al objeto a que se dedique. 4. La radiación ocurre por lo general en el circuito de salida, los circuitos internos o en las fuentes de energía, todos los cuales son elementos esenciales. 5. La magnitud de la radiación depende de la frecuencia o frecuencias de funcionamiento, de la potencia y del diseño, instalación y funcionamiento del aparato. 6. La radiación que emana de las fuentes de energía puede evitarse usando un filtro de línea adecuado. La radiación de los circuitos internos puede evitarse usando cajas metálicas adecuadas. La radiación de los circuitos de salida puede reducirse a un nivel en que no se cause interferencia a las radiocomunicaciones usando una pantalla metálica siempre que el protector cubra todo el aparato y sus dimensiones sean tales que no se produzcan grandes corrientes parásitas. 7. En muchos casos puede que no sea práctico emplear tal blindaje. 8. Se puede usar en dichos aparatos cualquier frecuencia en la porción útil del espectro de radio. Sin embargo, muchos de los aparatos terapéuticos modernos, que causan la mayor parte de la interferencia a larga distancia, operan en frecuencias de 10,000 a 20,000 kc/s, aproximadamente. Cuando se utilizan otras frecuencias54 Stat. 2558 se causa interferencia principalmente a la recepción a corta distancia o a distancia moderada. 9. En los casos en que no es práctico blindar todo el aparato para controlar la radiación, el único medio para conseguir que las máquinas funcionen sin causar interferencia es usar frecuencias no asignadas a servicios de radio. 10. El aparato terapéutico usual, es esencialmente un emisor de radio del tipo oscilante de autoexcitación, y emplea generalmente corriente de placa autorectificada. A causa de la inestabilidad inherente a los circuitos osciladores, a las grandes variaciones de voltaje durante cada ciclo de la corriente suministrada a la placa, y a los usos distintos que puede darse al circuito de salida, la frecuencia en servicio varía durante la operación normal, en un margen muy amplio, posiblemente uno o dos megaciclos, cuando se opera en ima frecuencia aproximada de 15 megaciclos. 11. Todas las máquinas terapéuticas diseñadas para un mismo servicio pueden operar en la misma frecuencia sin limitar su utilidad, ya que la radiación emitida por otras máquinas no afecta su funcionamiento. Se necesitarían más aparatos y mayores gastos para poder funcionar en una frecuencia fija, pués habría que tener control automático de frecuencias a fin de mantener la frecuencia en que se opera, con una variación de por lo menos 1/20 por ciento. En 15 megaciclos esto representaría una anchura de banda de 15 Kc/s, lo que corresponde prácticamente a todo un canal de comunicación. 12. Conforme a la información más acertada de que se dispone, el funcionamiento diatèrmico debería restringirse hasta que la ciencia alcance a tal punto, en que los aparatos puedan ser diseñados hasta suprimir completamente las radiaciones interferentes, a tres frecuencias, o sean, aproximadamente, 12, 25 y 50 megaciclos. 13. Respecto a los aparatos tales como sistemas de intercomunicación doméstica y ciertos tipos de hornos de inducción, así como aparatos análogos que emplean frecuencias medias o bajas, debería exigirse que limiten todo lo posible la generación de armónicos, y que hagan la prueba de rigor a fin de ver que la radiación no pase de un nivel determinado. 14. Cada país contratante deberá reglamentar lo necesario para obligar a que se blinden por completo y que se sujeten a frecuencias determinadas los aparatos eléctricos que generan energía eléctrica de radiofrecuencia, como medida esencial a su operación, pero que no se dedican a las radiocomunicaciones. 15. Se anexa al presente un informe sobre “la radio-interferencia por aparatos eléctro-terapéuticos”, presentado por el Canadá, el cual debe ser considerado como parte de las disposiciones adoptadas sobre esta materia. Nota: Ver (“La Radio Interferencia por Aparatos Electro Terapéuticos”, informe presentado por el Canadá, en el Documento C. I. R./Doc. 43.– En fé de lo cual, los respectivos Delegados han firmado sendos ejemplares de este instrumento en español, inglés, portugués y francés, los cuales quedarán depositados en los archivos del Gobierno de Cuba,54 Stat. 2559 que enviará copia autenticada de ellos, en cada uno de los idiomas, a los demás Gobiernos contratantes. Hecha en la ciudad de la Habana, República de Cuba, el 13 de diciembre de 1937. ARGENTINA: BRASIL: José Roberto de Macedo-Soares. CANADA: Laurent Beaudry. C. P. Edwards. COLOMBIA: Jorge Soto del Corral. Ricardo Gutiérrez Lee y Rivero. CUBA: Wifredo Albanés y Peña. Andrés Asensio y Carrasco. Nicolás González de Mendoza y de la Torre. Alfonso Hernandez Catá y Galt. CHILE: Emilio Edwards Bello. REPUBLICA DOMINICANA: Roberto Despradel. Máximo Lovatón P. ESTADOS UNIDOS DE AMERICA: T. A. M. Craven. GUATEMALA: Arturo Cóbar L. HAITI: Justin Barau. MEXICO: Ignacio Galindo. Salvador Tayabas. Fernando Sánchez Ayala. Rubén Fuentes. NICARAGUA: Guillermo Arguedas. PANAMA: Ernesto B. Fábrega. PERU: Carlos A. Tudela. URUGUAY: César Gorri. VENEZUELA: Alberto Smith. 54 Stat. 2560 ARREGLO INTERAMERICANO SOBRE RADIO-COMUNICACION. ANEXO Documento Adicional con Fines Informativos. De acuerdo con lo sugerido respecto a un intercambio de información técnica, la Conferencia Interamericana de Radio tiene en consideración los siguientes puntos, que serán proporcionados oportunamente por el Gobierno de los Estados Unidos de América a todos los países americanos.– 1.– Lista de todas las estaciones aeronáuticas que funcionan en los Estados Unidos bajo la dirección de la Oficina de Aviación Comercial de la Secretaría de Comercio. En esta lista se aportará la siguiente información relativa a cada estación: Lugar donde está ubicada y tipo de la estación. Dirección de todos los radiofaros de orientación. Letras de llamada. Frecuencia de operación en kilociclos. Señales de identificación de la estación. Posición y distancia respecto al campo de aterrizaje más cercano, incluyendo la elevación exacta de dicho campo sobre el nivel del mar. Horario de irradiaciones telefónicas de información meteorológicas y de avisos a los aviadores. 2.– Mapas en los cuales se designan la ubicación y alcance de todas las estaciones de orientación, de información meteorológica y de radiofaros indicadores. 3.– Mapas del sistema de comunicación terrestre que mantiene la Secretaría de Comercio mediante el “teletypewriter”, y estaciónes de radio de punto a punto. 4.– Mapas de las rutas del servicio postal aéreo federal de los Estados Unidos de América. 5.– Tablas con su correspondiente interpretación gráfica, en las que se muestran el área de servicio normal y el área normal de interferencia de cada tipo de estación orientadora. Estas tablas tendrán como base la presunción de valores definidos de señales de servicio mínimo y las proporciones máximas de interferencia, y estarán corregidas en lo que respecta a las variaciones en la eficiencia de la antena emisora a todas las frecuencias desde los 200 hasta los 400 kc. 54 Stat. 2561 6.– Curvas de atenuación basadas en las medidas de las estaciones existentes de radiofaros de orientación mostrando el cambio de intensidad de la onda reflejada, con la frecuencia y la distancia, y el máximo y el mínimo indicados para la atenuación terrestre, tal como se ha determinado en regiones muy distintas en si del territorio continental de los Estados Unidos. 7.– Especificaciones detalladas de funcionamiento de los varios tipos radioeléctricos de ayuda a la aviación desarrolladas por la Oficina de Aviación Comercial de los Estados Unidos de América y aprobados para ser puestos en servicio. Es copia fiel de su original. [seal] Luis R. Miranda, *Subsecretario de Estado*. 54 Stat. 2562 ACCÔRDO INTERAMERICANO SOBRE RADIOCOMMUNICAÇÕES Secção 1.— Introducção. Os delegados dos Governos americanos abaixo enumerados, reunidos em Conferencia em Havana, República de Cuba, de 1ro. de Novembro a 13 de Dezembro de 1937, celebraram o seguinte accòrdo administrativo que començará a reger a 1ro. de Julho de 1938, nos paizes onde tiver obtido a approvação de respectivo Govemo, que deve communical-o á Secretaria de Estado de Cuba: Argentina, Cuba, Máxico, Brasil, República Dominicana, Nicaragua, Canadá, Estados Unidos de América, Panamá, Chile, Guatemala, Perú, Colombia, Haití, Uruguay, e Venezuela. Se qualquer Estado desejasse dar por terminado este accòrdo total ou parcialmente, poderá fazel-o por meio de uma communicação escripta dirigida ao Governo de Cuba, com um anno de antecipação á data em que deseje pôr-lhe fim, na qual dará as razões que o induzcam a isso. O Governo de Cuba transmittirá o aviso recebido aos demais Estados interessados. Secção 2. Assignação de Frequências para Diversos Serviços no continente Americano. (10–550 Kc/s). TÁBUA I 10–100 Fixos. 100–110 a) Fixos. b) Móveis. 110–125 Móveis. 125–150 Móveis marítimos (abertos á correspondencia publica exclusivamente). 150–160 Móveis. 160–200 a) Fixos. b) Móveis. c) Aeronáuticos. 200–285 Aeronáutico o móvil, excepto para estações commerciaes de navio. 285–315 Radiopharoes tendo prioridade os destinados a serviços marítimos. 315–320 Aeronáuticos. 320–325 a) Aeronáuticos. b) Móveis não abertos á correspondencia publica). 325–345 Aeronáuticos. 345–365 a) Aeronáuticos. b) Móveis não abertos á correspondencia publica. 365–385 a) Radiogoniometría. b) Móveis sob condição de não perturbar a radiogoniometría ficam excluidas as estações costeiras que empreguem ondas B. 385–400 Móveis e aeronáuticos tendo prioridade os marítimos entendendo-se que a prioridade se refere aos serviços existentes. 400–460 Móveis. 54 Stat. 2563 TÁBUA I—Continua 460–485 Móveis A–1 e A–2 sómente. 485–515 Móveis (Soccorro, chamada, etc.) 515–550 Serviços não abertos á correspondencia publica A–1 e A–2 sómente. *Nota*: 1.– As faixas de frequências comprchendidas entre os 200 e 400 Kc/s se reservam nas Américas para ajudar a navegação aérea e para transmittir informes meteorológicos e outros informes para a protecção das aeronaves em vôo, sujeitas sómente a prioridade que nesta faixa possam ter os serviços marítimos. 2.– Quando devido a condições atmosphéricas adversas ou a outras razões téchnicas não se possa empregar frequências entre os 200 e 400 Kc/s para os serviços acima mencionados, se foderá usar outras frequências adequadas, sempre que se notifique a todos os paizes da América quaes frequências foram escolhidas. TÁBUA II Assignação á Radiodiffusão da Frequencia Entre 550–1600 Kc/s. 550–1600 Kc/s Radiodiffusão TÁBUA III Assignação Geral de Frequencias nos diversos serviços 1600–4000 Kc/s Frequencias Kc./s. Zona de Norte América Zona Central Zona de Sul-América 1600–1750 Fixos e Móveis (Preferentemen para Policia) Fixos e Móveis incluindo aeronáutica. Fixos e Móveis incluindo aeronáutica. 1750–2050 Amadores. Amadores. Amadores. 2050–2100 Fixos e Móveis. Fixos e Móveis. Fixos e Móveis. 2100–2200 Móveis (Preferentemente estações de navio). Móveis (Preferentemente estações de navio). Móveis (Preferentemente estações de navio). 2200–2300 Fixos e Móveis. Fixos e Móveis. Fixos e Móveis. 2300–2395 Móveis (Preferentemente para Policia) Móveis (Preferentemente para Policia)

(1)Móveis e Radiodiffusão. 2395–2400 Geral de Experiencias. Geral de Experiencias. Móveis e Radiodiffusão. 2400–2500 Móveis (Preferentemente para Policia) Móveis (Preferentemente para Policia) Móveis e Radiodiffusão. 2500–2600 Móveis (Preferentemente Estações Costeiras). Móveis (Preferentemente Estações Costeiras). Móveis (Preferentemente Estações Costeiras). 2600–2735 Aeronáuticos e Móveis. Aeronáuticos e Móveis. Aeronáuticos e Móveis. 2735–2740 Móveis (Preferentemente internavios. Frequência assignavel 2738 Kc.) Móveis (Preferentemente internavios. Frequência assignavel 2738 Kc.) Móveis (Preferentemente internavios. Frequência assignavel 2738 Kc.) 2740–2850 Fixos e Móveis. Fixos e Móveis. Fixos e Móveis. 2850–3000 Aeronáuticos e Móveis. Aeronáuticos e Móveis. Aeronáuticos e Móveis. 54 Stat. 2564 TÁBUA III—Continua Frequencias Kc./s. Zona de Norte América Zona Central Zona de Sul-América 3000–3065 Fixos e Móveis. Fixos e Móveis. Fixos e Móveis. 3065–3100 Aeronáuticos. Aeronáuticos. Aeronáuticos. 3100–3110 Móveis (Preferentemente frequência de chamada dos serviços aeronáuticos 3105 Kc.) Móveis (Preferentemente frequência de chamada dos serviços aeronáuticos 3105 Kc.) Móveis (Preferentemente frequência de chamada dos serviços aeronáuticos 3105 Kc.) 3110–3150 Móveis. Móveis. Móveis. 3150–3265 Fixos e Móveis (Preferentemente Aeronáuticos). Fixos e Móveis (Preferentemente Aeronáuticos). Fixos e Móveis (Preferentemente Aeronáuticos). 3265–3320 Fixos. Fixos. Fixos. 3320–3440 Fixos e Móveis. Fixos e Móveis. Fixos e Móveis. 3440–3485 Fixos e Móveis (Preferentemente Aeronáuticos). Fixos e Móveis (Preferentemente Aeronáuticos). Fixos e Móveis (Preferentemente Aeronáuticos). 3485–3500 Geral de Experiencias. Geral de Experiencias. Geral de Experiencias. 3500–4000 Amadores. Amadores. Amadores. *Nota*:

(1)Aos paizes na Zona Central situados ao Norte de Colombia se lhes permittirá reservar a faixa de frequência de 2,300 a 2,350 Kc/s para serviço de Radiodiffusão em cada um destes paizes, no cumprimento de um convenio pelo qual não usarão mais de dois frequências por paiz dentro desta faixa, separadas uma das outras com potencia apropriada e antenna direccional. O uso dessas frequências por estes paizes não occasionerà interferencia aos outros serviços nas Zonas do Norte e Sul que actualmente usam essas frequências. TÁBUA IV 1 Assignaçío geral de frequências aos diversos serviços. (Vide a seguinte nota especial, abaixo) 4000–25.000 Kc./s Frequencias Kc./s. Serviços 1 [Modificado pela revisão do Cairo de 1938 (Treaty Series 948).] 4000–5500 Fixos e Móveis

(1)5500–5570 Móveis Marítimos 5570–5700 Aeronáuticos. 5700–5900 Fixos. 5900–6000 Fixos (2). 6000–6150 Radiodiffusão

(3)6150–6675 Móveis (Frequência internacional de chamada dos serviços aeronáuticos 6210 Kc.). 6675–7000 Fixos. 7000–7300 Amadores. 7300–8200 Fixos. 8200–8550 Móveis. 54 Stat. 2565 TÁBUA IV—Continua Frequencias Kc./s. Serviços 8550–8900 Fixos e Móveis. 8900–9500 Fixos. 9500–9600 Radiodiffusião

(3)9600–9700 Fixos

(2)9700–11000 Fixos. 11000–11400 Móveis. 11400–11700 Fixos. 11700–11900 Radiodiffusão

(3)11900–12300 Fixos. 12300–12825 Móveis. 12825–13350 Fixos e Móveis. 13350–14000 Fixos. 14000–14400 Amadores. 14400–15100 Fixos. 15100–15350 Radiodiffusão

(3)15350–16400 Fixos. 16400–17100 Móveis. 17100–17750 Fixos e Móveis. 17750–17800 Radiodiffusão

(3)17800–21450 Fixos. 21450–21550 Radiodiffusão

(3)21550–22300 Móveis. 22300–24600 Fixos e Móveis. 24600–25000 Móveis. *Notas*:

(1)*4500–5200 Kc/s*. As altas partes contractantes convêm, cada uma, em fazer um estudo especial sobre estas frequências, considerándo-as como uma das possíveis soluções para a radiodiffusão nacional naquelles paizes da Zona Central situada ao Sul do Panamá. Este estudo devería ser apresentado á consideração da Conferencia do Cairo com as respectivas recommendações baseadas nos seguintes pontos: a.– Uso de antennas direccionaes nas estações radiodiffuseras para evitar interferencias a outros serviços. b.– Determinação da potencia maxima nocturna para estações radiodiffusoras, nesta faixa de frequência. c.– A amplitude total desta faixa entre 4500 e 5200 Kc/s. não deverá exceder de 300 Kc/s.

(2)*5900–6000 e 9600–9700 Kc/s*. A proposta apresentada pelo Brasil, de que se assignem as faixas de frequências dos 5900 aos 6000 Kc. e dos 9600 aos 9700 Kc. á radiodiffusão, será estudada antes de celebrar-se a Conferencia do Cairo, de accòrdo com os principios expostos na chamada n° 3 subsequente.

(3)*6000–25000 Kc/s*. Ao considerar as necessidades do serviço de radiodiffusão na faixa de frequências dos 6000 aos 25000 Kc. a Conferencia Interamericana de Radiocommunicações convêm em applicar os seguintes principios ao estudo deste problema, e apresentar recommendações á Conferencia de Radiocommunicações do Cairo, tomando-os como base: 1.– Cumprimento estricto das disposições do paragraphe 19 do Artigo 7 do Regulamento Geral de Radiocommunicações, annexo á Convenção Internacional de Telecommunicações celebrada em Madrid, em 1932, que diz:54 Stat. 2566 " “Se reconhece que as frequências entre 6000 e 30.000 Kc. (50 e 10 m.) são mui efficazes para as communicações a longas distancias. As Administrações se esforçarão todo o possivel por reservar as frequências desta faixa para esse fim, excepto quando seu emprego para communicações á curta distancia ou a distancias medias não seja susceptível de causar interferencias ás communicações de longa distancia”. " 2.– Os canaes de radiodiffusão serão assignados preferentemente para communicações internacionaes a longas distancia e, em segundo lugar, aos serviços nacionaes de longa distancia, particularmente entre pontos que não estejam ligados por fios telegraphicos. Em todo o caso, a frequência deverá ser a optima para a distancia em questão. 3.– As estações que funccionem dentro das faixas de radiodiffusão actualmente assignadas, e em derogação das mesmas, com o fim de prestar serviço local, deverão ser trasladados a faixas de radiodiffusão de frequências mais baixas, inferiores aos 6000 Kc. 4.– Não seria prudente extender as faixas de radiodiffusão de altas frequências que regem neste momento até que se obtenha a promessa formal de todas as nações de que cumprirão estrictamente com as tábuas de assignação do frequências que se adoptem na Conferencia do Cairo. Sobre este particular, chama-se a attenção para o facto de que um estudo da documentação respectiva demonstraria que muitas estações radiodiffuseras, telephónicas e telegraphicas estão usando frequências em toda a gamma de altas frequências no “spectrum” em violação das disposições contidas no Regulamento Geral de Radiocommunicações de Madrid. 5.– Seguindo bons principios de engenharia práctica afim de prestar um serviço adequado de radiodiffusão, accorda-se: a) Que não se fará uso de uma potencia menor de 5 kw para o serviço internacional de radiodiffusão. b) Que se usarão antennas direccionaes sempre que seja conveniente afim de prestar bom serviço a determinados paizes ou regiões, dependendo isto da hora, das horas que prefira o publico radio-ouvinte, a frequência que se estiver usando, etc. c) Que as faixas se sub-dividirão de maneira a assegurar dem prioridade a classes differentes de estações radiodiffuseras, dependendo de que a potencia seja adequada e da qualidade das emissões, desde o ponto de vista das búas normas de engenharia. 6.– O uso em communi, baseado na boa engenharia, de canaes de radiodiffusão em altas frequências entre paizes de todo o mundo, promette algúm alivio no que diz respeito ás presentee faixas de radiodiffusão de altas frequências. 7.– Os serviços actuaes que funccionem dentro das faixas de frequências autorizadas, não serão délias eliminados a menos que se subministre frequências adequadas que as substituam; sendo de importancia, em consequência, que as recommendações que se apresentem á Conferencia do Cairo contenham recommendações especiaes sobre este assumpto. 8.– Em vista de que da communicação pelo radio pode depender a protecção da vida e da propriedade dar-se-á consideração primordial aos serviços móveis ao fazer-se qualquer alteração nas faixas actualmente autorizadas. 9.– As recommendações que se apresentem a respeito a frequências addicionaes, necessárias, deverão fazer-se na base de ampliações das faixas de radiodiffusão actualmente existentes, em vez de creação de novas faixas. *Nota especial*: A resolução que se tome no Cairo com respeito ás recommendações que serão apresentadas em cumprimento das notas (1),

(2)e

(3)modificarão automaticamente a assignação a serviços na precedente Tábua IV. 54 Stat. 2567 TÁBUA V Assignação geral de frequencias aos diversos serviços 25,000 e 30,000 Kc/s. Frequencias Kc/s. Serviço

(1)Disponível para este serviço de accòrdo com o estipulado no Artigo 7, paragraphe 1, do Regulamento Geral de Radiocommunicações Annexo ao Convenio Internacional de Telecominunicações assignado em Madrid em 1932, sempre que não se cause interferencia ao serviço internacional, ao qual se assignou esta faixa de frequência de accòrdo com o mencionado Regulamento. 25,000–25,600 Radiodiffusão

(1)25,600–26,600 Radiodiffusão. 26,600–27,000 Radiodiffusão

(1)27,000–28,000

(a)Fixos.

(b)Móveis

(1)28,000–30,000 Amadores. TÁBUA VI Frequencias entre 30,000 e 300,000 Kc/s. Cada paiz communicará aos demais paizcs americanos interessados, no caso de que exista possibilidade de originar-se interferencia entre paizes ou de que se deseje entendimento entre elles, a localização, potencia, frequência e classe de serviço de qualquer estação ou estações que se intencione fazer funccionar na faixa de frequências superior a 30 megacycles afim de que se possa chegar a um mutuo accòrdo e desenvolvimento desejados. Esta Tábua é acceita como guia para a investigaão e uso experimental de frequencias. Frequencia: Kc./s Zona de Norte América Zona Central Zona de Sul-América 30,000– 41,000 Fixos e Móveis. Fixos e Móveis. Fixos e Móveis. 41,000– 44,000 Radiodiffusão. Radiodiffusão. Radiodiffusão. 44,000– 56,000 Televisão. Televisão. Televisão. 56,000– 60,000 Amadores. Amadores. Amadores. 60,000– 66,000 Fixos o Móveis. Fixos o Móveis. Fixos o Móveis. 66,000– 72,000 Televisão. Televisão. Televisão. 72,000– 78,000 Fixos e Móveis (Radiopharoes Aeronáuticos Indicadores) Fixos e Móveis (Radiopharoes Aeronáuticos Indicadores) Fixos e Móveis (Radiopharoes Aeronáuticos Indicadores) 78,000– 90,000 Televisão. Televisão. Televisão. 90,000– 96,000 Fixos e Móveis (Incluindo systemas aeronáuticos de aterrizagem ás cegas) Fixos e Móveis (Incluindo systemas aeronáuticos de aterrizagem ás cegas) Fixos e Móveis (Incluindo systemas aeronáuticos de aterrizagem ás cegas) 96,000–108,000 Televisão. Televisão. Televisão. 108,000–112,000 Fixos e Móveis (Incluindo Radiopharoes aeronáuticos para o atterizagem ás cegas e para a localização) Fixos e Móveis (Incluindo Radiopharoes aeronáuticos para o atterizagem ás cegas e para a localização) Fixos e Móveis (Incluindo Radiopharoes aeronáuticos para o atterizagem ás cegas e para a localização) 112,000–118,000 Amadores. Amadores. Amadores. 118,000–123,000 Fixos e Móveis. Fixos e Móveis. Fixos e Móveis. 123,000–126,000 Radiopharoes aeronáuticos de orientação. Radiopharoes aeronáuticos de orientação. Radiopharoes aeronáuticos de orientação. 126,000–132,000 Aeronáuticos (Controle do transito em aeroportos) Aeronáuticos (Controle do transito em aeroportos) Aeronáuticos (Controle do transito em aeroportos) 132,000–156,000 Fixos e Móveis. Fixos e Móveis. Fixos e Móveis. 156,000–168,000 Radiodiffusão (Televisão) Radiodiffusão (Televisão) Radiodiffusão (Televisão) 168,000–180,000 Fixos e Móveis Fixos e Móveis Fixos e Móveis. 54 Stat. 2568 TÁBUA VI—Continua Frequencia: Kc./s Zona de Norte América Zona Central Zona de Sul-América 180,000–192,000 Radiodiffusão (Televisão) Radiodiffusão (Televisão) Radiodiffusão (Televisão) 192,000–204,000 Fixos e Móveis Fixos e Móveis Fixos e Móveis 204,000–216,000 Radiodiffusão (Televisão) Radiodiffusão (Televisão) Radiodiffusão (Televisão) 216,000–224,000 Fixos e Móveis. Fixos e Móveis. Fixos e Móveis. 224,000–230,000 Amadores. Amadores. Amadores. 230,000–234,000 Fixos e Móveis. Fixos e Móveis. Fixos e Móveis. 234,000–246,000 Radiodiffusão (Televisão) Radiodiffusão (Televisão) Radiodiffusão (Televisão) 246,000–258,000 Fixos e Móveis. Fixos e Móveis. Fixos e Móveis. 258,000–270,000 Radiodiffusão (Televisão) Radiodiffusão (Televisão) Radiodiffusão (Televisão) 270,000–282,000 Fixos e Móveis. Fixos e Móveis. Fixos e Móveis. 282,000–294,000 Radiodiffusão (Televisão) Radiodiffusão (Televisão) Radiodiffusão (Televisão) 294,000–300,000 Fixos e Móveis. Fixos e Móveis. Fixos e Móveis. Secção 3.— Frequências Assignaveis Baseadas em Emissões Radiotelegraphicas. Em principio, a assignação de frequências na faixa de 1600 a 3000, se fará em múltiplos inteiros de 4 kilocyclos, e na faixa de 3000 a 4000 Kc/s., se fará em múltiplos inteiros de 5 Kc/s. Os canaes de communicação de maior amplitude que 4 ou 5 Kc/s poderão ser assignados quando a extensão da faixa para o typo de transmissão autorizada requeira o uso de canaes mais extensos, por exemplo: dois canaes adjacentes de télégraphia poderão, ser destinados a telephonia; no cujo caso a frequência assignada á estação deverá ser a frequência intermedia de ambos canaes. Na seguinte tábua indica-se as frequências que deverão ser assignadas ás estações radiotelegraphicas; a modificação destas assignações poderá fazer-se sempre que resulte em beneficio da separação entre as frequencias. A seguinte tábua indica as frequencias assignaveis: 1600 1684 1768 1852 1936 2020 1604 1688 1772 1856 1940 2024 1608 1692 1776 1860 1944 2028 1612 1696 1780 1864 1948 2032 1616 1700 1784 1868 1952 2036 1620 1704 1788 1872 1956 2040 1624 1708 1792 1876 1960 2044 1628 1712 1796 1880 1964 2048 1632 1716 1800 1884 1968 2052 1636 1720 1804 1888 1972 2056 1640 1724 1808 1892 1976 2060 1644 1728 1812 1896 1980 2064 1648 1732 1816 1900 1984 2068 1652 1736 1820 1904 1988 2072 1656 1740 1824 1908 1992 2076 1660 1744 1828 1912 1996 2080 1664 1748 1832 1916 2000 2084 1668 1752 1836 1920 2004 2088 1672 1756 1840 1924 2008 2092 1676 1760 1844 1928 2012 2096 1680 1764 1848 1932 2016 2100 54 Stat. 2569 2104 2324 2544 2764 2984 3255 2108 2328 2548 2768 2988 3260 2112 2332 2552 2772 2992 3265 2116 2336 2556 2776 2996 3270 2120 2340 2560 2780 3000 3275 2124 2344 2564 2784 3005 3280 2128 2348 2568 2788 3010 3285 2132 2352 2572 2792 3015 3290 2136 2356 2576 2796 3020 3295 2140 2360 2580 2800 3025 3300 2144 2364 2584 2804 3030 3305 2148 2368 2588 2808 3035 3310 2152 2372 2592 2812 3040 3315 2156 2376 2596 2816 3045 3320 2160 2380 2600 2820 3050 3325 2164 2384 2604 2824 3055 3330 2168 2388 2608 2828 3060 3335 2172 2392 2612 2832 3065 3340 2176 2396 2616 2836 3070 3345 2180 2400 2620 2840 3075 3350 2184 2404 2624 2844 3080 3355 2188 2408 2628 2848 3085 3360 2192 2412 2632 2852 3090 3365 2196 2416 2636 2856 3095 3370 2200 2420 2640 2860 3100 3375 2204 2424 2644 2864 3105 3380 2208 2428 2648 2868 3110 3385 2212 2432 2652 2872 3115 3390 2216 2436 2656 2876 3120 3395 2220 2440 2660 2880 3125 3400 2224 2444 2664 2884 3130 3405 2228 2448 2668 2888 3135 3410 2232 2452 2672 2892 3140 3415 2236 2456 2676 2896 3145 3420 2240 2460 2680 2900 3150 3425 2244 2464 2684 2904 3155 3430 2248 2468 2688 2908 3160 3435 2252 2472 2692 2912 3165 3440 2256 2476 2696 2916 3170 3445 2260 2480 2700 2920 3175 3450 2264 2484 2704 2924 3180 3455 2268 2488 2708 2928 3185 3460 2272 2492 2712 2932 3190 3465 2276 2496 2716 2936 3195 3470 2280 2500 2720 2940 3200 3475 2284 2504 2724 2944 3205 3480 2288 2508 2728 2948 3210 3485 2292 2512 2732 2952 3215 3490 2296 2516 2736 2956 3220 3495 2300 2520 2740 2960 3225 3500 2304 2524 2744 2964 3230 a 2308 2528 2748 2968 3235 4000 2312 2532 2752 2972 3240 Amadores. 2316 2536 2756 2976 3245 2320 2540 2760 2980 3250 54 Stat. 2570 Seccão 4.— Tolerancias e Emissões Espurias –I– tábua de tolerancia de frequencia e de inestabilidades. A Conferencia Interamericana de Radiocommunicações, Considerando: a) Que o progresso téchnico alcançado desde a formulação da tábua contida no Appendice I do Regulamento Geral de Radiocommunicaçöes de Madrid permitte uma reducção apreciável das cifras nella indicadas para tolerancias e Inestabilidade; b) Que, mesmo se fosse conveniente continuar a applicação das tolerancias e inestabilidades que fixa o Regulamento Geral de Madrid ás emmisoras actualmente em uso se devería impór-lhes requisitos mais severos ás emissoras construidas depois da data indicada na tábua que a continuação se transcreve; c) Que conviría obtem dados supplementarios em quanto ás tolerancias e inestabilidades que podem applicar-se na práctica actual, especialmente no que diz respeito ás frequencias maiores de 23,000 Kc., que poderíam ser objecto de regulamentação internacional; Accôrda: 1.– Admittir que o progresso téchnico em matéria de estabilização de frequências chegou ao extremo de que todas as estações podem manter-se dentro dos límites de tolerancias e inestabilidades especificados na tábua que mais adiante se transcreve assim como cooperar na reducção de interferencias causadas pela fluctuação das frequencias; 2.– Que a mencionada tábua devería substituir a contida no Appendice I do Regulamento Geral de Madrid; 3.– Que o assumpto da melhoria nas condições de tolerancias e de estabilidade devería manter-se na agenda e ampliar-se até incluir frequências mais altas do que as que apparecem na seguinte tábua, sujeitas á regulamentação que se adopte na Conferencia do Cairo. tábua revisada de tolerancia de frequencias e de inestabilidades. 1) A tolerancia de frequência é o máximo de separação admissivel entre a frequência assignada a uma estação o a frequencia real de transmissão. 2) Esta separação resulta da combinação destes trez erros: a) o erro de radiofrequencimetro ou do indicador de frequencia empregado; b) o erro commetido ao regular o transmissor; c) variações lentas da frequencia do emissor. 3) Na tolerancia de frequencia não se leva em conta a modulação. 4) A inestabilidade de frequencias é o máximo de desviação admissivel resultante sómente do erro comprehendido no inciso c) anterior. 54 Stat. 2571 Tábua de Tolerancias de Frequencia e de Inestabilidade. 1 Toleranacias Inestabilidades. Faixas de frequencias. Emissores em serviço actualmente e até 1ro. de Janeiro de 1942, depois de cuja data deverao ajustar-se ás tolerancias indicadas nas columnas 2e4 respectivamente. Novos emissores instalados depois do 1ro. de Janeiro de 1939. Emissores cm serviço actualmente e até 1ro. de Janeiro de 1942 depois de cuja data deverão ajustar-se ás tolerancias indicadas nas columnas 2 e 4 respectivamente. Novos emissores instalados depois do 1ro. de Janeiro de 1939. 1 [Modificado pela revisão do Cairo de 1938 (Treaty Series 948).] A. De 10 a 550 Kc. a) Estações fixas. 0.1% 0.05% _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ b) Estações terrestres. 0.1% 0.1% _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ c) Estações móveis que utilizem as frequencias indicadas 0.5% 0.1% _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ d) Estações móveis que usem qualquer frequencia dentro da faixa. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 0.5% 0.1% e) Radiodiffusão 50 cyclos. 20 cyclos. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ B. De 550 a 1600 Kc. a) Estações de radiodiffusão. 50 cyclos. 20 cyclos. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ C. De 1600 a 6000 Kc. a) Estações fixas. 0.03% 0.01% _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ b) Estações terrestres. 0.04% 0.02% _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ c) Estações móveis que empreguem as frequencias indicadas: I. 1500 a 3500 Kc. 0.1% 0.1% _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ II. 3500 a 6000 Kc. 0.1% 0.005% _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ d) Estações móveis que empreguem qualquer frequencia dentro da faixa: I. 1500 a 3500 Kc. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 0.1% 0.07% II. 3500 a 6000 Kc. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 0.1% 0.05% D. De 6000 a 30.000 Kc. a) Estações fixas. 0.02% 0.01% _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ b) Estações terrestres. 0.04% 0.02% _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ c) Estações móveis que empreguem as frequencias indicadas. 0.1% 0.05% _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ d) Estações móveis que empreguem qualquer frequencia de faixa. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 0.05% 0.02% e) Estações de radiodiffusão. 0.01% 0.005% _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 54 Stat. 2572

(1)Se reconhece o facto de que neste serviço existe um grande número de transmissores de faísca e de auto-os-cilladores que não podem cumprir este requisito. *Notas*: 1.– As administrações deverão esforçar-se por approveitar os progressos da tíchnica para reduzir progressivamente as tolerancias de frequência e os limites de inestabilidade. 2.– Fica entendido que as estações de navio que operem dentro de faixas communs deverão ajustar-se ás tolerancias applicaveis ás estações terrestres o deverão observar as disposições do Artigo 7, paragraphe 117, do Regulamento Geral de Radiocommunicaçõesde Madrid. 3.– Este texto de tolerancia foi approvado de accòrdo com a Opinião n° 93 adoptada pelo C. C. I. R. de Bucarest, com as modificações dos encabeçamentos das columnas 1 e 3. II suppressão de emissões espurias. Os Governos convêm em requerer das estações que se encontram sob sua jurisdicção que empreguem transmissores o mais livre possivel de toda classe de emissões espurias. Estas irradiações não deverão ser de sufficiente intensidade para causar interferencias a apparelhos receptores de desenho moderno que se sintonizem fóra da faixa de frequência de emissão necessaria para o typo de emissão que se utilize. No caso de emissão do typo A–3 (radio-telephonia) o transmissor não deverá modular-se em excesso de sua capacidade de modulação até o ponto em que occorram as irradiações espurias interferentes e tratando-se da modulação por amplitude, a percentagem de modulação nos máximos de recorrencia frequente não deverá ser menor do 75 por cento. Deverão empregar-se meios adequados para assegurar que o transmissor não seja modulado em excesso de sua capacidade de modulação. Uma irradiação espuria é qualquer irradiação de um transmissor que se encontre fóra da faixa de frequência normal de emissão, para o typo de transmissão que se utilize, inclusive quaesquer productos de harmónicos de modulação, golpes de chave, oscilações parasitas ou outros effeitos transitorios. Seccão 5.— Não Usar os 333 Kc/s como Frequencia de Chamada Aerea. Em relação com o Artigo 7, inciso 11, do Regulamento de Madrid, a frequência de 333 Kc não deverá utilizar-se como chamada internacional no serviço Aereo no Continente americano, excepto nos casos especiaes em connexão com vôos trasatlánticos. Seccão 6.— Uso dos 500 Kc/s. Em relação ao artigo 19, Secção 1, paragraphe 6–a, do Regulamento de Radio de Madrid, todo o Continente americano, com excepção da Bahia de Hudson e regiões ao Norte da mesma, serão consideradas como região de intenso trafico, de accordo com a definição do mencionado artigo. Portanto, excepto a Bahia de Hudson e as regiões ao54 Stat. 2573 Norte da mesma, o serviço nos 500 Kc/s, ficará limitado á transmissão de chamadas de emergencia, de mensagens urgentes e de segurança o radiotelegrammas curtos e isolados. Seccão 7.— Definições.11 [Modificado pela revisão do Cairo de 1938 (Treaty Series 948).] definição de termos A definição de termos que apparecem numerados de 1 a 42 inclusive, da Secção XII, Resolução No. 6, da Acta Final, de Conferencia realizada em Havana no mez de Março de 1937, é approvada com a reserva de que qualquer mudança que resultasse da Conferencia Internacional do Cairo 1938, com referencia á terminologia destas definições, deverá automaticamente supplantar a redacção actual.

(1)telecommunicação. Toda communicação telegraphier ou telephonica de signos, signaes, escriptos, imagens e sons de qualquer natureza, por conductores, radio ou outros systemas ou processos de transmittir signaes, sejam eléctricos ou visuaes (semaphores).

(2)radiocommunicação Toda telecommunicação por meio de ondas Hertzianas.

(3)radiotelegramma Telegramma procedente ou com destino á uma estação movei, transmittido em todo ou em parte do seu recorrido, pelos canaes de radiocommunicação do serviço movel.

(4)correspondencia publica Toda telecommunicação que tiver de ser acceita pelas repartições e estações, pelo motivo de estarem as mesmas á disposição do publico.

(5)exploração privada Todo particular, companhia ou corporação que não seja instituição ou agencia governamental, reconhecida pelo Governo interessado e que explore installações de telecommunicação destinadas ao intercambio da correspodencia publica.

(6)administração Uma Administração Governamental.

(7)serviço internacional Um serviço de telecommunicação entre repartições ou estações de paizes differentes ou entre estações de serviço movel, excepto se estas são da mesma nacionalidade e se encontram nos limites do paiz a que pertenecem. Um serviço de telecommunicação interior ou nacional, susceptível de causar interferencia a outros serviços mais além dos limites do paiz no qual opera, considera-se como serviço internacional desde o ponto de vista de interferencia. 54 Stat. 2574

(8)serviço restricto Um serviço que pode utilizar-se sómente por determinadas pessôas ou para fins especiaes.

(9)serviço movel Um serviço de radiocommunicação entre estações móveis e estações terrestres e pelas estações móveis entre sí, excluidos os serviços especiaes.

(10)estação fixa Estação não susceptivel de ser transferida e que se communica por meio da radiocommunicação com uma ou mais estações estabelecidas da mesma maneira.

(11)estação terrestre. Uma estação não susceptivel de ser trasladada e que effectua um serviço movel.

(12)estação costeira Uma estação terrestre que effectua um serviço com estações de navio. Esta póde ser uma estação fixa dedicada também ás communicações com as estações de navios; neste caso só é considerada como estação costeira emquanto durar seu serviço com as estações de navio.

(13)estação aeronautica Uma estação terrestre que effectua um serviço com as estações de aeronaves. Esta pode ser uma estação fixa dedicada também ás communicações com as estações de aeronave; neste caso só é considerada como estação aeronautica emquanto durar seu serviço com as estações de aeronave.

(14)estação movel Uma estação susceptivel de ser traslada e que geralmente se traslada.

(15)estação de bordo Uma estação situada a bordo, já seja de um navio que não esteja atracado permanentemente, já seja de uma aeronave.

(16)estação de navio Uma estação a bordo de um navio que não esteja atracado permanentemente.

(17)estação de aeronave Uma estação situada a bordo de qualquer vehiculo aereo.

(18)estação de radio-pharol Uma estação especial cujas emissões estão destinadas a permittir a uma estação de a bordo determinar sua posição ou uma direcção com relação á estação de radio-pharol, e, em alguns dos casos, tamben a distancia que a separa desta ultima. 54 Stat. 2575

(19)estação radiogoniometrica Uma estação provista de apparelhos especiaes para determinar a direcção das emissões de outras estações.

(20)estações de radiodiffusão telephonica Uma estação que effectua um serviço de radiodiffusão telephonica.

(21)estação de radiodiffusão de televisão Uma estação autorizada a transmittir imagens visuaes mudaveis de objectos fixos ou em movimento, para a recepção e reproducção simultaneas.

(22)estação de amadores Uma estação utilizada por um amador, ou seja, por uma pessôa devidamente autorizada, interessada na technica radioelectrica com um fim unicamente pessoal e sem interesse pecuniario.

(23)estação de experimentação privada Uma estação privada para experimentos destinados ao desenvolvimento da téchnica ou da seien cia radioelectrica.

(24)estação privada de radio. Uma estação privada não aberta á correspondencia publica, que esteja autorizada unicamente a trocar com outras “estações privadas de radio”, commimicaçõcs concernentes aos assumptos particulares de seu ou de seus concessionários.

(25)frequencia assignada a uma estação A frequencia assignada á uma estação é a frequencia que occupa o centro da faixa de frequencia na qual a estação está autoriza a trabalhar. Em geral, esta é a frequencia da onda portadora.

(26)faixa de frequencias de uma emissão A faixa de frequências de uma emissão é a faixa de frequências effectivamente occupada por esta emissão, para o typo de transmissão e para a velocidade dos signaes utilizados.

(27)tolerancia de frequencia A tolerancia de frequencia é o maximo de desviação admissivel entre a frequencia assignada a uma estação e a frequencia real de emissão.

(28)potencia de um emissor radioelectrico A potencia de um emissor radioelectrico é a potencia subministrada á antenna. No caso de um emissor de onda modulada, a potencia na antenna será determinada por dois numéros, indicando um o valor da potencia da onda portadora subministrada á antenna e o outro o valor máximo real de modulação empregado. 54 Stat. 2576

(29)serviço aeronautico Um serviço de radio communicação executado entre estações de aeronave e estações terrestres e por estações de aeronave entre sí. Este termo applica-se egualmente aos serviços fixos e especiaes de radio destinados a garantir á segurança de navegação aerea.

(30)serviço fixo Um serviço que realiza communicações radioelectricas de qualquer classe entre pontos fixos, excluindo os serviços de radiodiffusão e os serviços especiaes.

(31)serviço especial Um serviço de telecommunicação operado especialmente para as necessidades de um serviço determinado de interesse geral e não aberto á correspondencia publica, tal como: um serviço de radiopharol, de radiogoniometría, de signaes horarios, de boletins meteorológicos regulares, de avisos aos navegantes, de mensagens de imprensa dirigidos a todos, de avisos medicos, consultas medicas, de frequencias padrão, de emissões destinadas a fins scientificos, etc.

(32)serviço de radiodiffusão telephonica Um serviço que effectua a diffusão de emissões radiophonicas essencialmente destinadas a serem recebidas pelo publico em geral.

(33)serviço de radiodiffusão visual Um serviço que effectua a diffusão de imagens visuaes, fixas ou animadas essencialmente destinado a ser recebido pelo publico em geral.

(34)serviço de amadores Serviço de radio effectuado entre estações de amadores.

(35)serviço movel aereo Serviço de radio effectuado entre porta-aviões e por estações em aeronaves que se communicam entre sí.

(36)serviço geral de experimentação Serviço de radio effectuado por estações de experimentação dedicadas a investigações ou desenvolvimentos na arte do radio.

(37)serviço de policia Serviço de radio effectuado por autoridades policiaes do Estado, Provincia ou Municipio para serviços de emergencia, principalmente como unidades móveis de policia.

(38)o vocabulo “canal” Significa uma parte do “spectrum” de radio sufficientemente extenso para pemùttir seu uso por uma éstação de radio corn fins de communicação. Comprehende os tres elementos definidos a continuação:

(1)A “faixa de frequencia de emissão”.

(2)O dobro da “tolerancia de frequencia” especificada.

(3)As “faixas de protecção de interferencias”, se requerem. 54 Stat. 2577

(39)a expresão “faixa de frequencia de emissão Significa que a faixa de frequencia de emissão é a faixa realmente occupada por esta emissão para a classe de transmissão e velocidade de signaes utilizados.

(40)a expresão “faixas de protecção de interferencia” Significa as faixas de frequencia addicionaes da faixa de frequencia de emissão e tolerancia de frequencia, que possam ser permittidas afim de que não haja interferencia entre estações que tenham assign ações de frequencias adjacentes. Em geral, esta disposição depende da selectividade do receptor e das características do transmissor.

(41)o vocabulo “preferentemente” Segundo está empregado em relação com cortas faixas da tábua de assignações deste accòrdo, significa que á medida em que se emprehendem instalações devidamente autorizadas dos serviços principaes, ellas terão a preferencia dos canaes disponíveis naquella faixa. Em cada uma destas faixas, a assignação de canaes para outros serviços differentes dos da assignação geral, se fará de maneira tal que se evite a interferencia indevida com estações existentes do serviço principal.

(42)estação de radiodiffusão de fac-simile Uma estação autorizada para transmittir imagens de objectes fixos para a impressão ou registro da recepção pelo publico em geral. Seccão 8.— Amadores. As seguintes disposições referentes a amadores foram acceitas por unanimidade, em additamento ás tábuas de assignações: 1.– Que a faixa de 1750 a 2050 Kc/s fique assignada para as emissões A–1 e A–3. 2.– Que estudadas as recommendações da Conferencia de Radio de Buenos Aires, Revisão do Rio de Janeiro, 1937, *e* e *f*, da Recommendação No. 10, convieram em modifical-as, sem que isto altere o espirito déllas, substituindo-as como segue: e) Que as Administrações indiquem a conveniencia de que as faixas de 1750 a 2050 Kc/s., e de 3500 a 4000 Kc/s., sejam utilizadas pelos amadores, preferentemente para as communicações á curta distancia. f) Que as Administrações recommendem que não se empregue as faixas de 7000 a 7300 Kc/s e de 14000 a 14400 Kc/s para communicações de estações de amadores á curta distancia. 3.– As frequencias comprehendidas entre 3500 a 4000 Kc/s., 7000 a 7300 Kc/s e 14000 a 14400 Kc/s., sejam disponíveis de accòrdo com a Tábua seguinte: 3500 a 3800 Kc/s para A–1 sómente. 3800 a 4000 “ “ A–1 e A–3 54 Stat. 2578 7000 a 7050 “ “ A–1 sómente. 7050 a 7150 “ “ A–1 e A–3 (A–3 sómente para a America Latina). 7150 a 7300 “ “ A–1 sómente. 14000 a 14100 “ “ A–1 sómente 14100 a 14300 “ “ A–1 e A–3 14300 a 14400 “ “ A–1 sómente. Poderá usar-se a emissão do typo A–1 em toda a faixa de frequencias comprehendida entre 14000 e 14400 Kc/s.– Os paizes latino-americanos, Canada e Terranova, poderão usar emissão typo A–3 nas frequencias comprehendidas entre 14100 e 14300 Kc/s. Os Estados Unidos de America operarão com emissões do typo A–3 entre 14150 e 14250 Kc/s, pelo menos até o dia 31 de Dezembro de 1939. 4.– As faixas de 1750 a 2050 Kc/s. 3500 a 4000 “ 7000 a 7300 “ 14000 a 14400 “ 28000 a 30000 “ 56000 a 60000 “ serão faixas de amadores. 5.– Com o objecto de fazer um melhor uso da faixa de 14 megacycles, no que se refere á radiotelephonia, e afim de evitar uma congestão indevida pela presença de principiantes não familiarizados com o uso de altas frequencias, se suggéré: que se exija um periodo sufficiente de prova para adquirir a experiencia necessaria e, além disso, um exame téchnico e pratico, antes de que se conceda permissão a um amador para usar afaixa de 14 megacycles, para a radiotelephonia. 6– As faixas do amadores assignadas recentemente não serão empregadas para nenhum typo de serviço de radiodiffusão, sejam fixos ou móveis. Seccão 9.— Mensagens de Terceira Pessoa Transmittidos por Amadores. Considerando que o Regulamento Geral de Radiocommunicações Annexo á Convenção Internacional de Telecommunicações de Madrid, dispõe que, a menos que haja sido modificado por accôrdos e speciaes entre os paizes interessados, se prohibe ás estações de amadores transmittir mensagens internacionaes que emanem de terceira pessoa; e Considerando que é evidente que se fomentaria a communhâo de interesses entre os povos de todas as Americas estimulando o intercambio, por estações de amadores e sem compensação alguma, de mensagens amistosos que emanem de nossos cidadãos; Resolve: a Conferencia Interamericana de Radio. Com o proposito de fomentar relações estreitas e amistosas entre os povos das Americas, as Administrações dos paizes contractantes54 Stat. 2579 cujas legislações internas o permitam, accôrdam que as estações de radio-amadores em seus respectivos paizes e suas posseções poderão effectuar intercambio internacional de mensagens procedentes de terceiras pessoas, desde que taes mensagens sejam de indole tal que normalmente não seriam transmittidas por nenhum outro meio existente de communicação electrica, e que por elles não se pague directa ou indirectamente compensação alguma. Seccão 10.— Serviço Internacional de Radiocommunicações Para Policia. 1.– Considerando as vantagens que se possam obter da coordinação das communicações de policia internacional, recommenda-se a todos os paizes que fazem parte deste convenio que autorizem estações radiotelegraphicas de policia o mais próximas aos seus limites com paizes contiguos para a transmissão de informações de emergencia, relativas a materias sobre a observancia das leis– Em geral, só se tratará daquellos mensagens de policia que perderíam seu valor pela lentidão e limitações de tempo de outros methodos de communicações. 2.– As estações occupadas na communicações do serviço internacional de policia farão uso normalmente das facilidades proporcionadas ao serviço nacional de policia; sempre que:

(a)as frequências de policia usadas primordialmente para communicações radiotelephónicas com unidades de policia movel não sejam usadas para communicações radiotelegraphicas;

(b)que as estações de differentes paizes próximas aos limites entre paizes possam ser autorizadas por seus administrações para trocar de ponto a ponto communicação radiotelephonica; e

(c)que as seguintes frequencias sejam usadas inicialmente tanto para a communicação radiotelegraphica de policia nacional como internacional: 2804 kc chamar 5195 kc chamar só de dia. 2808 kc operar 5135 kc operar só de dia. 2812 kc operar 5140 kc operar só de dia. 3.– As notificações referentes ás características de estações dedicadas ao serviço internacional de radio para policia, serão remettidas ao Escriptorío da União Internacional de Telecommunicações de Berna, Suissa, afim de que todas as estações que desejem intercommunicar-se possam manter-se informadas dos detalhes relativos ao funccion amento individual. 4.– Afim de assegurar a uniformidade na manipulação das mensagens, se seguirá o procedimento seguinte:

(a)Este serviço se ajustará, em geral, ás disposições do artigo XVI do Regulamento Geral de Radiocommunicações annexo ao Convenio Internacional de Telecommunicações de Madrid, 1932.

(b)Se fará amplo uso da Usta de abreviaturas constante do appendice 9 do Regulamento Geral de Radiocommunicações annexo ao Convenio Internacional de Telecommunicações de Madrid, 1932. Não se empregará linguagem corrente se uma abreviatura fôr sufficien54 Stat. 2580te. As indicações de serviço são as seguintes: P – Prioridade, para mensagens que tenham de ser enviados immediatamente prescindindo do numero dos outros mensagens depositados. As mensagens sem indicação de serviço, serão transmittidas na ordem em que sejam recebidas.

(c)As mensagens conterão o preambulo, texto e assignatura, como segue:

(1)Preambulo: O preambulo da mensagem consistirá no seguinte: número de ordem precedido pelas letras NR; indicações de serviço como sejam apropriadas; *check* (isto é a contagem de palavras de conformidade com o systema de contagem typo do telegramma, as letras “CK” seguidas por cifras que indicam o numero de palavras contidas no texto da mensagem); repartição e paiz de origem (sem abreviar); dia do mez e mez; hora do deposito; endereço.

(2)Texto: O texto poderá ser em linguagem corrente ou cifra.

(3)Assignatura: A assignatura incluirá o nome e titulo do remettente da mensagem. Seccão 11.— “standards” de intensidade de campo e relação de interferencias. standards of field strength and interference ratios 1.– Porquanto a Conferencia Interamericana de Radiocommunicações considerou cuidadosamente as diversas resoluções da Conferencia Téchnica Interamericana de Aviação, reunida em Lima em Setembro de 1937, e especialmente as Resoluções XIV, XVII e XVIII referidas a esta Conferencia, e 2.– Considerando: a) a grande importancia da radiocommunicação como auxilio a navegação aérea; o desenvolvimento phenomenal do tránsito aéreo e a maior expansão que certamente ha de ter no futuro; b) a precisão que exigem os serviços radioeléctricos de ajuda á navegação aérea com respeito á estabilidade das emissões emquanto as affecta a transmissão de trajectoria múltipla, a qual pode ser reduzida ao minimum escolhendo frequencias que estejam menos expostas aos effeitos das ondas reflectidas; c) o extremadamente limitada que é a gamma das frequencias que possuem as características de propagação necessárias mencionadas no considerando b) anterior; d) que as aeronaves em vôo dependem no absoluto do radio para a sua orientação e communicação; e) o grande número de aeronaves de todas partes do mundo que na actualidade empregam e têm continuar empregando em commum, o número limitado de frequências adequadas para ajudar a navegação aérea, o qual obriga a praticar a economia mais estricta no seu uso, de forma que seja possivel attender a todas com um mínimum de interferencia; 54 Stat. 2581 f) a normalização que portanto conviría effectuar para facilitar a navegação aérea internacional coordinando e no possível fazendo uniforme o apparelhamento e o procedimento de operação. g) que é possivel a uma só estação terrestre, um radiopharol de orientação, por exemplo, prestar simultaneamente ajuda para a navegação a um número praticamente illimitado de aeronaves; h) a grande responsabilidade que assumen os serviços radioeléctricos que ajudam a navegação aérea, ao prestar um serviço competente ás aeronaves, cuja segurança pode, em determinadas circunstancias, vir a depender por completo da recepção ininterrupta de signaes de navegação satisfactorios, e i) o curto prazo que tem havido para fazer estudos de engenharia desde o encerramento da Conferencia Téchnica Interamericana de Aviação reunida em Lima em Setembro de 1937; 3.– A Conferencia Interamericana de Radiocommunicações Resolve: a) Que, de accòrdo com as recommendações da Conferencia de Lima, os paizes representados nesta Conferencia preparem e troquem entre sí, ao mais tardar a primeiro de Junho de 1938, todos os dados pertinentes que possam utilizar-se na redacção das seguintes tábuas, as quaes serviriam de guia no que diz respeito á applicação dos principios de engenharia que aqui se expoem: Tábua I, que contenha uma lista dos diversos typos de serviços radioeléctricos de ajuda á navegação aérea que foram approvados para os pôr em operação. Tábua II, que especifique as intensidades de signal mínimas necessarias para a recepção satisfactoria das diversas clases de ajuda radioeléctrica á navegação aérea; dados que se usarão como base para determinar as áreas de serviço normal; Tábua III que especifique os valores admissíveis da intensidade de signal interferente dos diversos typos de ajuda radioeléctrica á navegação aérea expresando-se os mencionados valores em forma de relação entre signaes interferidos e signaes interferentes no contórno mínimo de signal de serviço; a) na mesma frequencia, b) 3 kc. fóra da frequencia e c) 6 kc. fóra da frequencia; b) Que é de esperar que os serviços radioeléctricos de ajuda á navegação aérea, especialmente os de radiodiffusão unilateral, como os radio-pharoes, mantenham as mais altas normas de segurança estabilidade e qualidade de emissão. c) Que, com o fim de economizar frequências, se assigne o número limitado de canaes adequados para os serviços radioeléctricos de ajuda á navegação aerea separando-os o menos possivel desde um ponto de vista prático, tomando em consideração o typo de serviço e a classe de emissão; e que, no possivel, todas as nações devem reservar as mesmas faixas para typos análogos de serviço, de maneira que se possa simplificar os receptores e que se logre por meio da normalização extender os limites geographicos de utilidade. 54 Stat. 2582 d) Que se podería convencionar o uso em commum de frequencias, para prover os meios necessários dentro das faixas autorizadas, mediante um convenio regional celebrado entre os paizes dentro de cujas fronteiras existam secções da área de interferencia das estações existentes segundo a tábua de relações de interferencias e signaes de serviço. e) Que a potencia irradiada pelas estações de ajuda á navegação aérea nas faixas de frequencias autorizadas devem geralmente limitarse aos valores compatíveis com a intensidade de signal necessaria normalmente dentro da área em que se deseje prestar serviço, a firn de reduzir ao mínimo a interferencia fóra de área de serviço *Nota*: Vide documento addicional apresentado pelos Estados Unidos de América com fins informativos. Annexo. Seccão 12.— Suppressão de Interferencias Causadas por Apparelhos Electricos 1.– Os apparelhos diathermicos, fomos de inducçáo, systemas de intercommunicação domestica mediante altas frequencias e outros apparelhos eléctricos que empregam correntes de radiofrequência como elemento essencial ao seu funccionamento, podem causar interferencia ás radiocommunicações. 2.– O uso de taes apparelhos é de muita importancia na therapeutica, cirurgia, industrias, etc. 3.– A irradiação da energia radioelectrica não é essencial para o funccionamento adequado dos apparelhos, e pode evitar-se ou controlar-se sem reduzir a utilidade de cada apparelho, para o fim que se emprega. 4.– A irradiação occorre geralmente no circuito de sabida, nos circuitos internos ou nas fontes de energia todos os quaes são elementos essenciaes. 5.– A magnitude da irradiação depende da frequencia ou frequencias de funccionamento, da potencia e do desenho, installação e funccionamento do apparelho. 6.– A irradiação que emana das fontes de energia pode evitar-se usando um filtro de linha adequado. A irradiação dos circuitos internos pode evitar-se usando caixas metálicas adequadas. A irradiação dos circuitos de sahida pode reduzir-se a um nivel em que não se cause interferencia ás radiocommunicações usando uma tela metalica sempre que o protector cubra todo o apparelho e suas dimmensões sejam taes que não se produzam grandes correntes parasitas. 7.– Em muitos casos pode ser que não seja pratico empregar tal protecção. 8.– Se pôde usar nos mencionados apparelhos qualquer frequência na porção util do “spectrum” de radio. No entanto, muitos dos apparelhos therapeuticos modernos, que causam a maior parte da interferencia a longa distancia, operam em frequências de 10,000 a 20,000 kilocyclos, aproximadamente. Quando se utilizam outras frequencias causa-se interferencia principalmente á recepção a curta distancia ou a distancia moderada. 54 Stat. 2583 9.– Nos casos em que não é pratico proteger todo o apparelho para controlar a irradiação, o unico meio para conseguir que as machinas funccionem sem causar interferencia é usar frequencias não assignadas a serviços de radio. 10. O apparelho therapeutico usual é essencialmente um emissor de radio do typo oscillante de autoexcitação, e emprega geralmcnte corrente de placa auto-rectificada. A causa da inestabilidade inherente aos circuitos oscilladores, ás grandes variações de voltagem durante cada cyclo da corrente subministrada á placa e aos usos differentes que pode dar-se ao circuito de sabida, a frequência em serviço varia durante a operação normal numa margem muito amplia, possivelmente um ou dois megacycles quando se opera em uma frequeneja aproximada de 15 megacyclos. 11.– Todas as machinas therapeuticas desenhadas para um mesmo serviço podem operar na mesma frequencia sem limitar sua utilidade, já que a irradiação emittida por outras machinas não affecta seu funccionamento. Necessitar-se-ia mais apparelhos e maiores despesas para poder funccionar em uma frequencia fixa, pois havería que ter contrôler automatico de frequencias afim de manter a frequencia em que se opera, com uma variação pelo menos de 1/20 de um por cento. Em 15 megacyclos isto representaría uma extensão de faixa de 15 Kc/s., o que corresponde praticamente a todo um canal de communicação. 12.– Conforme a informação mais acertada de que se dispõe, o funccionamento diathermico, devería restringir-se até que a sciencia alcance a tal ponto, em que os apparelhos possam ser desenhados até supprimir completamente as irradiações interferentes a tres frequencias, ou sejam, aproximadamente, 12, 25 e 50 megacyclos. 13.– Com respeito aos apparelhos taes como systemas de intercommunicação domestica e certos typos de fomos de inducção, assim como apparelhos análogos que empregam frequencias medias ou baixas, deveria exigir-se que limitem todo o possivel a geração de harmônicos e que facam a prova de rigor afim de ver que a irradiação não passe de um nivel determinado. 14.– Cada paiz contractante deverá promulgar o regulamento necessario para obrigar a que se protejam por completo e que se sujeitem a frequencias determinadas os apparelhos electrices que garem energia electrica de radiofrecuencia, como medida essencial a sua operação, mas que não se dedicam ás radiocommunicações. 15.– Inclue-se como annexo a este informe um documento sobre “a radio-interferencia por apparelhos electro-therapeuticos”, apresentado pelo Canada, o qual deve ser considerado como parte das disposições adoptadas sobre esta materia. Nota: Vide.—(O informe apresentado pelo Canada sobre “A Radio-interferencia por Apparelhos Electro-therapeuticos” encontra-se no Documento C.I.R./Doc. 43) Em fé do que os respectivos Delegados assignaram varios exemplares do presente Instrumento en espanhol, inglez, portuguez e fiancez que serão depositados nos archivos do Governo cubano, o qual encaminhará aos outros Governos contractantes uma copia authenticada em cada uma dessas linguas. 54 Stat. 2584 Feito na cidade de Havana, em 13 de Dezembro de 1937. *Argentina*: *Brasil*: José Roberto de Macedo-Soares. *Canadá*: Laurent Beaudry. C. P. Edwards. *Colombia*: Jorge Soto del Corral. Ricardo Gutierrez Lee y Rivero. *Cuba*: Wifredo Albanés y Peña. Andrés Asensio y Carrasco. Nicolás González de Mendoza y de la Torre. Alfonso Hernandez Catá y Galt. *Chile*: Emilio Edwards Bello. *República Dominicana*: Roberto Despradel. Máximo Lovatón P. *Estados Unidos de América*: T. A. M. Craven. *Guatemala*: Arturo Cóbar L. *Haití*: Justin Barau. *México*: Ignacio Galindo. Salvador Tayabas. Fernando Sánchez Ayala. Rubén Fuentes. *Nicaragua*: Guillermo Arguedas. *Panamá*: Ernesto B. Fábrega. *Perú*: Carlos A. Tudela. *Uruguay*: César Gorri. *Venezuela*: Alberto Smith. 54 Stat. 2585 ACCÔRDO INTERAMERICANO SOBRE RADIOCOMMUNICAÇÃO ANNEXO documento addicional com fins informativos De accòrdo com o suggerido a respeito de um intercambio de informação téchnica, a Conferencia Interamericana de Radiocommunicações tem em consideração os seguintes pontos, que serão proporcionados opportunamente pelo Governo dos Estados Unidos de América a todos os paizes americanos. 1.– Relação de todas as estações aeronáuticas que funccionam nos Estados Unidos da America sob a direcção do Departamento de Aviação Commercial do Ministério do Commercio. Desta relação constará a seguinte informação relativa a cada estação: Logar onde estiver installada e typo da estação. Direcção de todos os radio-pharoes de orientação. Letras de chamada. Frequencia de operação em kilocyclos. Signaes de identificação de estação. Posição e distancia respeito ao campo de aterrissagem mais proximo, incluindo a elevação exacta do referido campo sobre o nivel do mar. Horario de irradiações telephonicas de informação meteorologica e de avisos aos aviadores. 2.– Mappas nos quaes se designam a posição e alcance de todas estações de orientação, de informação meteorologica e de radiopharoes indicadores. 3.– Mappas do systema de communicacão terrestre que mantem o Ministério do Commercio mediante o “teletypewriter”, e estações de radio de ponto a ponto. 4.– Mappas das rotas do serviço aereo postal federal dos Estados Unidos da America. 5.– Tábuas com a sua correspondente interpretação graphics, nas que se indiquem a area de serviço normal e a area normal de interferencia de cada typo de estação orientadora. Estas tábuas deverão ter como base a presunção de valores definidos de signaes de serviço mínimo e as proporções maximas de interferencia, e estarão emendadas no que se refere ás variações na eficiencia da antenna emissora a todas as frequencias desde 200 até 400 kc. 6.– Curvas de attenuação baseadas nas medidas das estações existentes de radio-pharoes de orientação mostrando a mudança de intensidade da onda reflectida, com a frequencia e a distancia e o maximo e o54 Stat. 2586 minimo indicados para a attenuação terreste, tal como se tem determinado em regiões mui diversas entre sí do territorio continental dos Estados Unidos da America. 7.– Especificações pormenorizadas do funccionamento dos varios typos radioelectricos de ajuda á aviação estabelecidos pelo Departamento de Aviação Commercial dos Estados Unidos da América e approvados para ser postos em serviço. Es copia fiel de su original. [seal] Luis R. Miranda *Subsecretario de Estado* 54 Stat. 2587 ARRANGEMENT INTERAMERICAIN DE RADIOCOMMUNICATION. Section 1. Introduction Les Délégués des Gouvernements américains ci-dessous mentionnés, réunis en Conférence à la Havana, République de Cuba, du 1er. novembre au 13 décembre 1937, ont arreté l’Arrangement administratif suivant, qui entrera en vigueur le 1er. juillet 1938 pour les pays ou il aurait obtenu l’approbation du Gouvernement respectif, lequel devra la communiquer au Ministere d’Affaires Etrangères de Cuba. pays Argentine Chili Nicaragua Brésil Etats Unis d’Amérique Panama Canada Guatémala. Pérou Colombie Haiti République Dominicaine Cuba Méxique Uruguay Venézuela. Si un Etat désire mettre fin à cet arrangement, en tout ou en partie il pourra le faire au moyen d’une communication par écrit adressée au Gouvernement de Cuba, en en donnant les raisons un an avant la date à laquelle il désire y mettre fin. Le Gouvernement de Cuba devra communiquer cet avis aux autres Etats intéressés. Section 2. Attribution de Fréquences pour Divers Services Dans le Continent Américain. TABLEAU I 10–560 Kc./s. Fréquences. kc/s. 10–100 Fixes. 100–110 a) Fixes, b) mobiles. 110–125 Mobiles 125–150 Mobiles maritimes (réservés exclusivement à la correspondance publique) 150–160 Mobiles 160–200 a) Fixes, b) Mobiles, c) Aéronautiques. 200–285 Aéronautique et mobile, exception faite des postes commerciaux de navires. 285–315 Auront la priorité les radio-phares déstinés aux services maritimes. 315–320 Aéronautiques. 320–325 a) Aéronautiques. b) Mobiles non ouverts à la correspondance publique. 325–345 Aéronautiques. 345–365 a) Aéronautiques. b) Mobiles non réservés à la correspondance publique. 54 Stat. 2588 TABLEAU I—Continuée Fréquences. kc/s. 365–385 a) Radiogoniometrie, b) Mobiles, á condition de ne pas embrouiller la radiogoniométrie. Sont exclues les stations côtiéres qui emploient les ondes b) 385–400 Mobiles et aéronautiques. Auront la priorité les services maritimes, il est entendu que cette priorité concerne les services existants. 400–460 Mobiles 460–485 Mobiles A–1 et A–2 seulement. 485–515 Mobiles (Détrèsse, appels, etc.) 515–550 Services non ouverts a la correspondance publique, A–1 et A–2 seulement. Nota: 1.— La bande de fréquences comprises entre 200 et 400 kc/s. se réserveront en Amérique a l’aide de la navigation aérienne et à la transmissions de rapports météorologiques et d’autres rapports pour la protection des aéronefs en vol, qui ne reconnaîtront dans cette bande que la priorité que peuvent avoir les services maritimes. 2.— Quand, pour des raisons atmosphériques contraires ou à cause d’autres raisons techniques, on ne pourra pas employer les fréquences comprises entre 200 et 400 kc/s. dans les services déjà cités, on pourra recourir à des fréquences appropiées, en ayant soin de communiquer à tous les pays d’Amérique les fréquences choisies. TABLEAU II Attribution des Frequences Entre 550 et 1600 Kc. a la Radio-diffusion. 550–1600 Kc/s. Radio-diffusion. TABLEAU III. Attribution Générale de Fréquences aux Divers Services. 1600–4000 Kc/s. Fréquences. Kc/s. Zone de l’Amérique du Nord. Zone Centrale. Zone de l’Amérique du Sud.

(1)Il sera permis aux Pays de la Zone Centrale, situés au Nord de la Colombie, de réserver respectivement la bande de 2300 à 2350 kc/s. au service de radio-diffusion, d’accord avec une convention selon laquelle on ne pourra employer plus de deux fréquences par pays dans cette bande, fréquences séparées l’une de l’autre, avec une puissance appropiée et une antenne de direction. L’emploi de ces fréquences par ces pays ne devra causer aucune interférence aux autres services des Zones Nord et Sud, qui emploient actuellement, ces mêmes fréquences. 1600–1750 Fixes et Mobiles (Principalement pour la Police) Fixes et Mobiles y compris l’aéronautique. Fixes et Mobiles y compris l’aéronautique. 1750–2050 Amateurs. Amateurs. Amateurs. 2050–2100 Fixes et Mobiles. Fixes et Mobiles. Fixes et Mobiles. 2100–2200 Mobiles (Surtout stations de navires) Mobiles (Surtout stations de navires) Mobiles (Surtout stations de navires.) 2200–2300 Fixes et Mobiles. Fixes et Mobiles. Fixes et Mobiles. 2300–2395 Mobiles (Surtout pour la Police) Mobiles (Surtout pour la Police)

(1)Mobiles et Radio-diffusion. 2395–2400 Ondes générales d’éxpériences. Ondes générales d’éxpériences. Mobiles et Radio-diffusion. 2400–2500 Mobiles (Surtout pour la police) Mobiles (Surtout pour la police) Mobiles et Radio-diffusion. 2500–2600 Mobiles (Surtout stations cotieres) Mobiles (Surtout stations cotieres) Mobiles (Surtout stations cotieres) 2600–2735 Aéronautiques et Mobiles. Aéronautiques et Mobiles. Aéronautiques et Mobiles. 54 Stat. 2589 TABLEAU III—Continuée. Fréquences. Kc/s. Zone de l’Amérique du Nord. Zone Centrale. Zone de l’Amérique du Sud. 2735–2740 Mobiles (Surtout entre navires. Fréquence qui peut être atribuée: 2738 kc/s) Mobiles (Surtout entre navires. Fréquence qui peut être atribuée: 2738 kc/s) Mobiles (Surtout entre navires. Fréquence qui peut être atribuée: 2738 kc/s) 2740–2850 Fixes et Mobiles Fixes et Mobiles Fixes et Mobiles 2850–3000 Aéronautiques et Mobiles Aéronautiques et Mobiles Aéronautiques et Mobiles 3000–3065 Fixes et mobiles Fixes et mobiles Fixes et mobiles 3065–3100 Aéronautiques Aéronautiques Aéronautiques 3100–3110 Mobiles (Surtout la fréquence d’appel des aéronefs 3105 Kc.) Mobiles (Surtout la fréquence d’appel des aéronefs 3105 Kc.) Mobiles (Surtout la fréquence d’appel des aéronefs 3105 Kc.) 3110–3150 Mobiles Mobiles Mobiles 3150–3265 Fixes et Mobiles (Surtout Aeronautiques) Fixes et Mobiles (Surtout aéronautiques) Fixes et Mobiles (Surtout aéronautiques) 3265–3320 Fixes Fixes Fixes 3320–3440 Fixes et mobiles Fixes et mobiles Fixes et mobiles 3440–3485 Fixes et mobiles (surtout aéronautiques) Fixes et mobiles (surtout aéronautiques) Fixes et mobiles (surtout aéronautiques) 3485–3500 Ondes générales d’expériences Ondes générales d’expériences Ondes générales d’expériences 3500–4000 Amateurs Amateurs Amateurs TABLEAU IV 1 Attribution Générale de Fréquences aux Différents Services. (Voir la note spéciale ci-dessous) 4000–25000 Kc/s. Fréquences Kc/s. Services. 1 [Modifié par la révision du Caire, 1938 (Treaty Series 948).] 4000–5500 Fixes et Mobiles.

(1)5500–5570 Mobiles et Maritimes. 5570–5700 Aéronautiques. 5700–5900 Fixes. 5900–6000 Fixes

(2)6000–6150 Radio-diffusion

(3)6150–6675 Mobiles. (Fréquences internationale d’appel des services aéronautiques 6210 Kc.) 54 Stat. 2590 TABLEAU IV—Continuée Fréquences Kc/s. Services. 6675–7000 Fixes. 7000–7300 Amateurs. 7300–8200 Fixes. 8200–8550 Mobiles. 8550–8900 Fixes et Mobiles. 8900–9500 Fixes. 9500–9600 Radio-diffusion

(3)9600–9700 Fixes

(2)9700–11.000 Fixes. 11000–11.400 Mobiles. 11400–11.700 Fixes. 11700–11.900 Radio-Diffusion

(3)11900–12.300 Fixes. 12300–12.825 Mobiles. 12825–13.350 Fixes et Mobiles. 13350–14.000 Fixes. 14000–14.400 Amateurs. 14400–15.100 Fixes. 15100–15.350 Radio-diffusion

(3)15350–16.400 Fixes. 16400–17.100 Mobiles. 17100–17.750 Fixes et Mobiles. 17750–17.800 Radio-diffusion.

(3)17800–21.450 Fixes. 21450–21.550 Radio-diffusion

(3)21550–22.300 Mobiles. 22300–24.600 Fixes et Mobiles. 24600–25.000 Mobiles. Notes:

(1)*4500–5200 Kc*. Les Hautes Parties contractantes s’engagent individuellement a faire une étude spéciale de ces bandes de fréquences en les considérant comme une des solutions possibles pour la radio-diffusion nationale dans les pays de la Zone Centrale situés au sud de Panama Cette etude devrait être soumise à la considération de la Conférence du Caire, avec les recommendations appropriées basées sur les points suivants:

(a)Usage d’antennes dirigées dans les stations de radio-diffusion afin d’éviter des interférences aux services d’autres régions.

(b)Détermination de la puissance nocturne maximum pour les stations de radio-diffusion, dans cette bande de fréquence.

(c)L’amplitude totale de la bande de radio-diffusion entre 4500 et 5200 Kc. ne devra pas dépasser 300 Kc.

(2)*5900–6000 et 9600–9700 Kc/s*. La proposition présentée par le Brésil au sujet de l’assignation des bandes de fréquences de 5900 à 6000 Kc. et de 9600 à 9700 Kc. a la Radio-diffusion, sera étudiée avant l’inauguration de la Conférence du Caire, selon les principes exposés dans la suivante Nota

(3)di-dessous.

(3)*6000–25000 Kc/s*. Au moment de considérer les besoins du service de la Radio-diffusion dans la bande de fréquences de 6000 à 25000 Kc. la Conférence Interaméricaine de Radio-Communications a convenu appliquer les principes suivants à l’étude de ce probléme et de presenter à la Conférence de Radio-communications du Caire des recommandations basées sur ces principes. 54 Stat. 2591 1.– Accomplissement strict des dispositions du paragraphe 19 de 1’article 7 du Réglement Général de Radio-communications, annexé à la Convention Internationale de Télécommunications, qui a eu lieu à Madrid en 1932, et qui est ainsi rédigée." “Il est reconnu que les fréquences entre 6000 et 30000 Kc. (50 et 10 métrés) sont très éfficaces pour les communications de longue distance. Les Administrations s’éfforceront, autant qu’il leur sera possible, de réserver les fréquences de cette bande à ces communications, excepté quand leur emploi pour des communications à courtes distances, ou à distances moyennes, n’entraîne pas une cause d’interférences dans les communications à longue distance.” " 2.– Les voies de Radio-diffusion seront assignées principalement aux communications internationales de longue distance, et ensuite aux services nationaux de longue distance, surtout entre les pointa qui n’ont pas de services par fil. En tous cas, la fréquence devra etre la mieux adaptée à la distance en question. 3.– Les postes qui fonctionnent dans les bandes de Radio-diffusion réservées actuellement, et en cas de leur dérogation pour pouvoir preter un service local, devront etre transportés à des bandes de Radio-diffusion de fréquences plus basses, inférieures à 6000 Kc. 4.– Il ne serait pas prudent d’étendre les bandes de Radio-diffusion de hautes fréquences qui existent aujourd’hui, jusqu’à ce que l’on obtienne de tous les pays la promesse formelle de respecter strictement les tableaux d’assignation de fréquences qui s’adopteront à la Conférence du Caire. Sur ce sujet en attire l’attention sur le fait suivant, une étude de la documentation respective démontrerait que beau-coup de stations émetteuses, télégraphiques et téléphoniques emploient actuellement des fréquences comprises dans toute la gamme des hautes fréquences du spectre contrairement aux dispositions prévues par le Réglement Général de Radio-communications de Madrid. 5.– Afin de prêter un service opportun à la Radio-diffusion, d’accord avec les principes de génie reconnus bons, on a convenu. a) De pas employer une puissance inférieure à 5 Kw pour le service international de Radio-diffusion. b) D’employer des antennes dirigées dans tous les cas ou cela serait utile pour prêter un bon service à des pays ou à des régions déterminés, en raison de l’heure du jour, des heures que préféré le public pour la Radio-diffusion, de la fréquence qu’on emploie, etc. c) Que les bandes comprendront des divisions intérieures pour que l’on puisse donner des priorités aux différentes sortes de postes Radio-diffuseurs, en raison d’une puisance appropiée et de la qualité des émissions, du point de vue des principes de génie reconnues. 6.– L’usage en commun, des voies de Radio-diffusion à hautes fréquences, entre pays et continents du monde, offrira un sensible soulagement dans ces bandes de Radio-diffusion de hautes fréquences, si cet usage est basé sur des principes de génie. 7.– Les services actuels qui fonctionnent dans les bandes de fréquences autorisées n’en seront pas éliminés, à moins que l’on ne fournisse des fréquences appropiées pour les remplacer; par conséquent il est très important de remettre à la Conférence du Caire des recommendations contenant des voeux spécifiques sur ce sujet. 8.– Au moment de faire une modification quelconque dans les bandes autorisées actuellement, et en raison de leur dépendance avec la Radio comme moyen de communication et comme protection de la vie et de la propiété, on considérera très spécialement les services mobiles. 9.– Les recommandations pour des fréquences additionnelles de radio-diffusion qui seraient jugéesnécessaires seront basées sur des extensions des bandes actuelles, plutôt que sur la création de nouvelles bandes. *Note spéciale*: La décision prise a Caire au sujet des recommendations qui seront présentées conformément aux notes 1), 2) et 3) modifiera automatiquement l’attribution aux services du Tableau IV ci-dessus. 54 Stat. 2592 TABLEAU V Attributions Generale de Frequences aux Differents Services 25,000–30,000 Kc

(1)Disponible pour ce service, d’après ce qui a été stipulé dans l’article 7, paragraphe 1, du Reglement général de Radio-communications, annexé à la Convention Internationale de Madrid de 1932, à condition de ne causer aucune interférence au service international, à qui a été assignée cette bande de fréquences d’accord avec le Réglement déjà mentionné. 25,000–25,600 Radio-diffusion

(1)25,600–26,600 Radio-diffusion 26,600–27,000 Radio-diffusion

(1)27,000–28,000 a) Fixes. b) Mobiles. 28,000–30,000 Amateurs. TABLEAU VI Frequences Entre 30,000 et 300,000 Chaque pays communiquera aux autres pays américains intéressés dans le cas où une interférence pourrait surgir entre des pays, ou un accord serait désiré par ceux-ci, la situation, la puissance, la fréquence, et la classe de service de n’importe quelle station ou stations que l’on a l’intention d’exploiter dans la bande de fréquences supérieure à 30 mégacycles pour que l’on puisse arriver à un accord mutuel et au développement désiré. Ce tableau est accepté pour tracer un plan de recherches et d'usage expérimental de fréquences. 30.000–300.000 Kc. Fréquences. Kc/s. Zone d’Amérique du Nord. Zone Centrale. Zone d’Amérique du Sud. 30000–41000 Fixes et Mobiles Fixes et Mobiles. Fixes et Mobiles 41000–44000 Radio-diffusion Radio-diffusion Radio-diffusion 44000–56000 Télévision Télévision Télévision 56000–60000 Amateurs Amateurs Amateurs 60000–66000 Fixes et Mobiles Fixes et Mobiles Fixes et Mobiles 66000–72000 Télévision Télévision Télévisive 72000–78000 Fixes et Mobiles (Radiophares, Aéronautiques, Indicateurs) Fixes et Mobiles (Radiophares, Aéronautiques, Indicateurs) Fixes et Mobiles (Radiophares, Aéronautiques, Indicateurs) 78000–90000 Télévision Télévision Télévisive 90000–96,000 Fixes et Mobiles (Y compris les systèmes aéronautiques d’aterrissage à l’aveugle) Fixes et Mobiles (Y compris les systèmes aéronautiques d’aterrissage à l’aveugle) Fixes et Mobiles (Y compris les systèmes aéronautiques d’aterrissage à l’aveugle) 96000–108000 Télévision Télévision Télévisive 108000–112000 Fixes et Mobiles (Y compris les Radiophares, aéronautiques pour aterrissages à l’aveuglette, et pour localisation) Fixes et Mobiles (Y compris les Radiophares, aéronautiques pour aterrissages à l’aveuglette, et pour localisation) Fixes et Mobiles (Y compris les Radiophares, aéronautiques pour aterrissages à l’aveuglette, et pour localisation) 112000–118000 Amateurs Amateurs Amateurs 118000–123000 Fixes et Mobiles Fixes et Mobiles Fixes et Mobiles 123000–126000 Radiophares aéronautiques de balisage. Radiophares aéronautiques de balisage. Radiophares aéronautiques de balisage. 126000–132000 Aéronautiques. (Contrôle du trafic des aéreports) Aéronautiques. (Contrôle du trafic des aéreports) Aéronautiques. (Contrôle du trafic des aéreports) 132000–156000 Fixes et Mobiles Fixes et Mobiles Fixes et Mobiles 156000–168000 Radio-diffusion (Télévision) Radio-diffusion (Télévision) Radio-diffusion (Télévision) 168000–180000 Fixes et mobiles Fixes et mobiles Fixes et mobiles 180000–192000 Radio-diffusion (Télévision) Radio-diffusion (Télévision) Radio-diffusion (Télévision) 192000–204000 Fixes et Mobiles. Fixes et Mobiles Fixes et Mobiles 204000–216000 Radio-diffusion (Télévision) Radio-diffusion (Télévision) Radio-diffusion (Télévision) 216000–224000 Fixes et Mobiles Fixes et Mobiles Fixes et Mobiles. 54 Stat. 2593 TABLEAU VI—Continuée Fréquences. Kc/s. Zone d’Amérique du Nord. Zone Centrale. Zone d’Amérique du Sud. 224000–230000 Amateurs. Amateurs. Amateurs. 230000–234000 Fixes et Mobiles. Fixes et Mobiles. Fixes et Mobiles. 234000–246000 Radiodiffusion. (Télévision) Radiodiffusion. (Télévision) Radiodiffusion. (Télévision) 246000–258000 Fixes et Mobiles. Fixes et Mobiles. Fixes et Mobiles. 258000–270000 Radiodiffusion (Télévision) Radiodiffusion (Télévision) Radiodiffusion (Télévision) 270000–282000 Fixes et Mobiles. Fixes et Mobiles. Fixes et Mobiles. 282000–294000 Radiodiffusion. (Télévision) Radiodiffusion. (Télévision) Radiodiffusion (Télévision) 294000–300000 Fixes et Mobiles. Fixes et Mobiles. Fixes et Mobiles. Section 3 Frequences Assignables Basses bur les Emissions Radiotelegraphiques. En général, l’assignation de fréquences, dans la bande de 1600 a 3000 kilocycles, se fera par multiples intégraux de 4 kilocycles, et dans la bande de 3000 à 4000, por multiples de 5 Kc. intégranx. Les voies de communication d’une largeur de plus de 4 Kc/s. ou de plus de 5 kc/s pourront être assignées quand la largeur de bande autorissé de la transmission soit telle qu’il soit besoin d’un usage de ces voies plus larges. Par exemple: deux canaux télégraphiques adjacents pourront etre destines à un usage téléphonique dans ce cas la fréquence assignée à un poste devra être la fréquence moyenne de ces voies. Dans le tableau suivant apparaissent les fréquences qui devront être assignee aux postes. On pourra modifier ces valeurs dans les cas où ce soit en bénéfice de la séparation qui existe entre les fréquences. Les fréquences assignables sont les suivantes: 1600 1692 1784 1876 1968 2060 1604 1696 1788 1880 1972 2064 1608 1700 1792 1884 1976 2068 1612 1704 1796 1888 1980 2072 1616 1708 1800 1892 1984 2076 1620 1712 1804 1896 1988 2080 1624 1716 1808 1900 1992 2084 1628 1720 1812 1904 1996 2088 1632 1724 1816 1908 2000 2092 1636 1728 1820 1912 2004 2096 1640 1732 1824 1916 2008 2100 1644 1736 1828 1920 2012 2104 1648 1740 1832 1924 2018 2108 1652 1744 1836 1928 2020 2112 1656 1748 1840 1932 2024 2116 1660 1752 1844 1936 2028 2120 1664 1756 1848 1940 2032 2124 1668 1760 1852 1944 2038 2128 1672 1764 1856 1948 2040 2132 1676 1768 1860 1952 2044 2136 1680 1772 1864 1956 2048 2140 1684 1776 1868 1960 2052 2144 1688 1780 1872 1964 2056 2148 54 Stat. 2594 1 [Ce chiffre se lit “3385” dans les textes anglais, espagnol, et portugais.] 2 [Voir les textes anglais et portugais.] 2152 2364 2576 2788 3000 3265 2156 2368 2580 2792 3005 3270 2160 2372 2584 2796 3010 3275 2164 2376 2588 2800 3015 3280 2168 2380 2592 2804 3020 3285 2172 2384 2596 2808 3025 3290 2176 2388 2600 2812 3030 3295 2180 2392 2604 2816 3035 3300 2184 2396 2608 2820 3040 3305 2188 2400 2612 2824 3045 3310 2192 2404 2616 2828 3050 3315 2196 2408 2620 2832 3055 3320 2200 2412 2624 2836 3060 3325 2204 2416 2628 2840 3065 3330 2208 2420 2632 2844 3070 3335 2212 2424 2636 2848 3075 3340 2216 2428 2640 2852 3080 3345 2220 2432 2644 2856 3085 3350 2224 2436 2648 2860 3090 3355 2228 2440 2652 2864 3095 3360 2232 2444 2656 2868 3100 3365 2236 2448 2660 2872 3105 3370 2240 2452 2664 2876 3110 3375 2244 2456 2668 2880 3115 3380 2248 2460 2672 2884 3120 2285 1 2252 2464 2676 2888 3125 3390 2256 2468 2680 2892 3130 [3395] 2 2260 2472 2684 2896 3135 3400 2264 2476 2688 2900 3140 3405 2268 2480 2692 2904 3145 3410 2272 2484 2696 2908 3150 3415 2276 2488 2700 2912 3155 3420 2280 2492 2704 2916 3160 3425 2284 2496 2708 2920 3165 3430 2288 2500 2712 2924 3170 3435 2292 2504 2716 2928 3175 3440 2296 2508 2720 2932 3180 3445 2300 2512 2724 2936 3185 3450 2304 2516 2728 2940 3190 3455 2308 2520 2732 2944 3195 3460 2312 2524 2736 2948 3200 3465 2316 2528 2740 2952 3205 3470 2320 2532 2744 2956 3210 3475 2324 2536 2748 2960 3215 3480 2328 2540 2752 2964 3220 3485 2332 2544 2756 2968 3225 3490 2336 2548 2760 2972 3230 3495 2340 2552 2764 2976 3235 3500 2344 2556 2768 2980 3240 a 2348 2560 2772 2984 3245 4000 2352 2564 2776 2988 3250 Amateurs. 2356 2568 2780 2992 3255 2360 2572 2784 2996 3260 54 Stat. 2595 Section 4. Tolérance et Émissions Parasites.

(1)tableau de tolerance et d’instabilites. La Conférence Interaméricaine de Radio-Communications, Considérant: a) Que le progrès de la technique depuis la rédaction du Tableau inclus dans l’Appendice I du Réglement Général de Radio-Communication de Madrid, permet une réduction sensible, des chiffres concernant les tolérances et les instabilités qui y apparaisent. b) Que même dans le cas où il serait opportun de continuer l’application des tolérances et des instabilités que fixe le Réglement Général de Madrid pour les émetteurs actuellement en usage, on devrait imposer des conditions plus sévères aux émetteurs construits après la date indiquée dans le tableau ci-dessous; c) Qu’il serait bon d’obtenir des renseignements supplémentaires sur les tolérances et sur les instabilités qui peuvent s’appliquer actuellement dans la practique aux fréquences supérieures à 23.000 Kilocycles, qui pourraient être l’objet d’une réglementation internationale. Decide: 1.– Que le progrès de la téchnique en matière de stabilisation de fréquences est parvenu à un tel point, que tous les postes peuvent se maintenir dans les limites de tolérances et d’instabilités spécifiées dans le tableau ci-dessous annexé, et aussi coopérer dans la réduction d’interférences produites par la fluctuation des fréquences. 2.– Que ce tableau devrait remplacer celui qui apparaît dans l’Appendice I du Réglement Général de Madrid. 3.– Que la question de l’amélioration des conditions de tolérances et d’instabilité, devrait se maintenir dans l’Agenda et s’élargir jusqu’à comprendre des fréquences plus hautes que celles qui apparaissent dans le tableau suivant, d’accord avec la réglementation qui s’adoptera à la Conférence du Cairo; tableau révisé de tolérance de fréquences et d’instabilités. 1.– La tolérance de fréquences est le maximun de séparation admissible entre la fréquence assignée à un poste et la fréquence réelle d’émission. 2.– Cette séparation est produite par la combinaison des trois erreurs ci-dessous: a) L’erreur du Radio-Fréquencemétre ou de l’indicateur de fréquence employé. b) L’erreur faite en accordant le poste emetteur. c) Variations lentes de la fréquence de l’émetteur.

(3)Dans la tolérance de fréquences, on ne tient pas compte de la modulation.

(4)L’instabilité de fréquences est le maximum de séparation admissible, qui n’est causée que par l’erreur signalée dans le paragraphe c) antérieur. 54 Stat. 2596 Tableau de Tolérances de Fréquences et d’Instabilité. 1 Tolérances Bandes de Fréquences. Emetteurs actuellement enservice et en service Jusqu’au 1er. Jan. 1942, après cette date ils devront s’ajuster aux tolérances indiquées respectivament dans les colonnes 2 et 4. Nouveaux émetteurs installés après le lar. Janvier, 1939. Emetteurs actuellement enservice et en service Jusqu’au 1er. Jan. 1942 après cette date ils devront s’ajuster aux tolérances indiquées respectivament dans les colonnes 2 et 4. Nouveaux émetteurs installés après le lar. Janvier, 1939. 1 [Modifié par la révision du Caire, 1938 (Treaty Series 948).] A. De 10 à 550 Kc. (30.000 à 545 m.) a) Postes fixes. 0.1% 0.05% b) Postes terrestres. 0.1% 0.1% c) Postes mobiles qui employent les fréquences indiquées

(1)0.5% 0.1% d) Postes mobiles qui emploient une fréquence quelconque dans les bandes. 0.5% 0.1% e) Radio-Diffusion. 50 périodes 20 périodes B. De 550 à 1,600 Kc. (545 à 200 m.) a) Postes de radiodiffusion. 50 périodes 20 périodes C. De 1,600 à 6,000 Kc. (200 à 50 m.) a) Postes fixes. 0.03% 0.01% b) Postes terrestres. 0.04% 0.02% c) Postes mobiles qui employent les fréquences indiquées. I 1,500 à 3,500 Kc/s 0.1% 0.1% _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ II 3,500 à 6,000 Kc/s 0.1% 0.05% _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ d) Postes mobiles qui employent uno fréquence quelconque dans la bande; I 1,500 à 3,500 Kc/s _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 0.1% 0.07% II 3,500 à 6,000 Kc/s _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 0.1% 0.05% D.–De 6000 à 30000 (50 a 10 m.) a) Postes fixes. 0.02% 0.01% _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ b) Postes terrestres. 0.04% 0.02% _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ c) Postes mobiles qui employent les fréquences indiquées. 0.1% 0.05% _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ d) Postes mobiles qui employent une fréquence quelconque dans la bande. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 0.05% 0.02% e) Postes de Radio-Diffusion. 0.01% 0.005% _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 54 Stat. 2597

(1)On reconnaît le fait qu'il y a dans ce service un grand nombre d’emetteurs à étincelles, et a émetteurs simples auto-oscillateurs qui ne peuvent pas s’ajuster à cette condition. *Notes:—* 1.– Les Administrations s’éforceront de profiter des progrès de la téchnique, pour réduire progressivement les tolérances des fréquences et les limites d’instabilité. 2.– Il est entendu que les postes des bateaux qui opèrent dans des bandes communes, devront se conformer aux tolérances applicables aux postes terrestres, et devront aussi, respecter les dispositions de l’article 7, paragraph 117, du réglement général de Radio-Communications de Madrid. 3.– Le document ci-dessus exposé, a été approuvé d’accord avec l’avis No. 93 adoptée par la C.C.I.R. de Bucarest, avec les modifications des en-têtes des colonnes 1 et 3. II suppression d’emissions parasites Les Gouvernements participants sont d’accord pour exiger que les stations soumises à leur jurisdiction emploient des émetteurs qui soient, autant que possible, libres de toutes sortes d’émissions parasites. Ces rayonnements ne devront pas atteindre une intensité telle qu’elle soit cause d’interférences à l’égard d’appareils récepteurs de construction moderne, qui sont accordés hors de la bande de fréquence de l’émission nécessaire au type employé. Dans le cas de l’émission du type A–3 (radio-téléphonie) le transmetteur ne devra pas être modulé excessivement par rapport à sa capacité de modulation, à un point tel que cela soit cause d’une production de rayonnements parasites susceptibles d’interférences et en ce qui concerne la modulation d’amplitude, le pourcentage de modulation dans les crêtes fréquentes ne devra pas être inférieur à 75%. On devra prendre les précautions nécessaires pour que le transmetteur ne soit pas modulé en excès par rapport à sa capacité de modulation. On appelle rayonnement parasite, tout rayonnement d’un transmetteur qui se trouve hors de la bande de fréquence normale d’émission pour le type de transmission employé, en y comprennent toutes les productions d’harmoniques de modulations, claquements de manipulateurs, oscillations parasités ou autres effets transitoires. Section 5.— Ne pas Employer 333 Kc/s. Comme Frequence d’Appel Aeronautique En relation avec l’Article 7, paragraphe 11, du Réglement de Madrid, le fréquence de 333 Kc. ne devra pas s’employer comme fréquence internationale, d’appel dans le Service aéronautique dans le Continent américain, excepté dans des cas spéciaux, en rapport avec des vols transatlantiques. Section 6.— Trafic Sur 500 Kc. En relation avec l’article 19, Section 1, paragraphe 6-a du Réglement des Radiocommunications de Madrid, tout (le continent amé54 Stat. 2598ricain) en exceptant la Baie d’Hudson et les régions qui sont au nord, sera consideré comme région d’intense trafic, d’accord avec la définition dudit article.—Par conséquent, en exceptant la Baie de Hudson et les régions situées au Nord de cette Baie, le trafic dans les 500 Kc/.s devra se limiter à la transmission, d’appels de détresse de messages urgents et de securité, et de radiotélégrammes courts et isolés.– Section 7.— Definitions.11 [Modifié par la révision du Caire, 1938 (Treaty Series 948).] definition des termes. Les définitions des termes numérotés du No. 1 au nûméro 42 y compris, de la Section XII, Résolution No. 6 de Pacte Final de la Conférence qui a eu lieu à la Havane au mois de mars 1937, sont approuvées avec la resérve suivante tout changement provenant de la Conférence Internationale du Caire 1938, au sujet du vocabulaire de ces définitions devra remplacer automatiquement la présente rédaction.

(1)telecommunication: Toute communication télégraphique ou téléphonique de signaux signes, écrits, images sons de toutes sortes, par des conducteurs par radio, ou autres systèmes ou procèdes pour transmettre des signaux, qu’ils soient électriques ou optiques, (sémaphores)

(2)radiocommunication: Toute télécommunication au moyen d’ondes hertziennes.

(3)radiotelegramme: Télégramme provennant ou destiné à un station mobile, trasmis surtout son parcours, ou sur une de ses parties, par les voies de radio-communications du service mobile.

(4)correspondance publique: Toute télécommunication que les bureaux et les stations, doivent accepter pour être transmise, puisqu’ils on été mis à la disposition du public.

(5)exploitation privee: Tout particulier compagnie ou compagnie privée, qui ne soit pas une Institution ou une agence gouvernementale, reconnue par le Gouvernement intéressé, et qui exploite des installations de télécommunications destinées à un échange de correspondance publique.

(6)administration: Une Administration Gouvernementale.

(7)service international: Un service de télécommunication entre bureaux ou stations de pays différents ou entre stations du service mobile, en exceptant le54 Stat. 2599 cas ou celles ci ont la même nationalité et se trouvent dans les limites du pays auquel elles appartiennent. Un service de télécommunication intérieur ou national susceptible de causer des interférences à d’autres services au-dela des limites du pays, dans lequel il opéré sera [? considéré] comme service international du point de vue de l’interference.

(8)service restreint: Un service qui ne peut s’employer que par des personnes définies ou pour des fins spéciales.

(9)service mobile: Un service de radio-communications établi entre des stations mobiles et des stations terrestres, et par des stations mobiles communicant entre elles non compris les services spéciaux.

(10)station fixe: Station qui ne peut être transportée et qui communique au moyen de la radio-communication avec une ou plusieurs stations établies de la même manière.

(11)station terrestre: Une station qui ne peut être déplacée et qui effectue un service mobile.

(12)station cotiere: Station terrestre qui effectue un service avec des stations de navire. Ce peut être une station fixe qui effectue aussi des communications avec les postes des navires dans ce cas, on ne la considererà station côtiere que pendant le temps que dure son service avec les postes de navire.

(13)station aeronautique: Station terrestre qui fait son service en rélation avec les station d’aéronefs. Elle peut être aussi une station fixe qui établit également des communications avec les station d’aéronefs. Dans ce cas on ne le considererà comme stations aéronautique que pendant son temps de service avec les postes d’avions.

(14)station mobile: Une station susceptible de déplacement, et qui se déplace habituellement.

(15)station de bord: Station installée à bord, soit d’un navire qui n’est pas ancré en permanence, soit d’un avion.

(16)station de navire: Station à bord d’un navire qui n’est pas ancré en permanence. 54 Stat. 2600

(17)station d’aeronef: Station installé à bord de n’importe quel véhicule aérien.

(18)station de radiophare: Station spéciale dont les émissions sont destinées à permettre à une station de bord de déterminer sa position ou une direction en relation avec le poste de radiophare, et en certains cas, la distance qui la sépare de celui-ci.

(19)station radiogoniometrique: Station possédant des appareils spéciaux pour déterminer la direction des émissions des autres stations.

(20)station de radio-diffusion telephonique: Station qui fait un service de radio-diffusion téléphonique.

(21)station de radio-diffusion de television: Station autorisée à transmettre des images optiques représentant des objets fixes ou mobiles destinés à être reçues et reproduites simultanément par le public en général.

(22)station d’amateur: Station employée par un amateur, c’est à dire par une personne dûment autorisée, intéressée à la téchnique radio-électrique, dans un but uniquement personnel, et sans interêt pecuniaire.

(23)station d’experimentation privee: Station privé pour experiences destinées au développement de la technique ou de la science radio-électrique.

(24)station prive de radio-communications: Station privée qui n’accepte pas la correspondance publique et qui n’est autorisée que pour échanger avec d’autres “station privé” des communications concernant les propres affaires de celui ou de ceux qui en sont les bénéficiaires.

(25)frequence assignee a une station: La fréquence assignée a une station est la fréquence qui occupe le centre de la bande de fréquence dans laquelle la station est autorisée a travailler. En général cette fréquence est celle de l’onde porteuse.

(26)bande de frequences d’une emission La bande de fréquences d’une émission est la bande de fréquences réellement occuppée par cette émission, pour le type de la transmission et pour la vitesse des signaux employés. 54 Stat. 2601

(27)tolerance de frequence La tólérance de fréquence est le maximum de déviation admissible entre la fréquence assignée à un poste et la fréquence réelle de l’émission.

(28)puissance d’un emetteur radio-electrique: La puissance d’un émetteur radio-électrique est la puissance fournie a l’antenne.– Dans le cas d’un émetteur d’onde modulée, la puissance de l’antenne se caractérisera par deux chiffres, indiquant, l’un la valeur de la puissance de l’onde porteuse fournie à l’antenne, l’autre le pourcentage maximum réel de la modulation employée.

(29)service aeronautique: Un service de radio-communications effectué entre des stations d’aéronefs et des stations terrestres, ou entre des stations d’aéronefs Ce terme s’applique égalment aux services fixes et spéciaux de radio destinés à garantir la sûreté de la navigation aérienne.

(30)service fixe: Un service qui établit des communications radio-électriques de n’importe quelle sorte entre des points fixes, non compris les services de radio-diffusion et les services spéciaux.

(31)service special: Un service de télé-communications destiné spécialment aux besoins d’un service déterminé, d’intérêt général, et n’acceptent pas de correspondance publique par exemple: un service de radio-phare, un service de radiogoniométrie, de signaux horaires, de bulletins météorologiques réguliers pour prévenir les navigateurs, de messages de presse adressés a tous, d’avertissements médicaux, de consultations de médecins, de fréquences étalons, d’émissions faites dans un but scientifique, etc.–

(32)service de radio-diffusion telephonique Un service destiné à la diffusion d’émissions radio-téléphoniques, déstinées à être reçu par le public en général.

(33)service de radio-diffusion optique: Un service destiné a la diffusion d’images optiques, fixes ou mobiles, essentiellement destinées au public en général.

(34)service d’amateurs. Service de Radio-Communications effectué entre des stations d’amateurs.

(35)service mobile aérien Service de radio-communications effectué entre des porte-avions ou porteurs d’aéronefs, ou entre des porte-aéronefs. 54 Stat. 2602

(36)service general d’experimentation. Service de radio-communications effectué par des stations d’expérimentations destinées à des recherches ou au progrès de la Radio-Communication.

(37)service de police. Service de radio-communication effectué par des autorités policières, d’un Etat, d’une Province ou d’une Municipalité, en cas d’urgence, surtout quand il s’agit d’unités mobiles de police.

(38)le terme “voie”. Se rapporte à une partie du spectre de radio-communication suffisamment large pour permettre son emploi par un poste de radio-communication pour effectuer les communications. II comprend les trois éléments ci-dessous:

(1)la “bande de fréquence d’émission”.

(2)Le double de la tolérance de fréquence spécifiée”.

(3)Les “bandes de protection d’interférences” s’il en est besoin.

(39)l’expression “bandes de frequences d’emission”. Veut dire que la bande de fréquence d’émission est la bande réellement occuppée par cette émission pour le type de transmission et vitesse des signaux employés.

(40)l’expression “bandes de protection d’interference”: Se rapporte aux bandes de fréquence additionnelles à la bande de fréquence d’émission et de tolérance de fréquence, qui peuvent etre permises pour qu’il n’y ait pas d’interférence entre des stations qui ont des assignations de fréquences adjacentes. En général cette disposition dépend de la sélectivité du récepteur et des caractéristiques du transmetteur.

(41)le terme “principalement” Quand il s’emploie en relation avec certaines bandes de la table d’assignation de cet arrangement, il veut dire qu’a mesure que des installations, dûment autorisées des services principaux sont entreprises, elles auront la préférence sur les voies disponibles de cette bande. Dans chacune de ces bandes, l’assignation de voies pour d’autres services différents de ceux de l’assignation générale, se fera de telle sorte qu’on évitera l’interférence inadmissible avec les postes existants dans le service principal.

(42)stations de radio-diffusion de facsimil: Une station autorisé à transmettre des images d’objets fixes pour la transcription de la réception par le public en général. 54 Stat. 2603 Section 8.— Amateurs. On a pris par unanimité les dispositions suivantes, en annexe aux tableaux des assignations, en ce qui concerne les amateurs, 1.– Que la bande 1750 à 2050 kc/s. soit assignée aux émissions A–1 et A–3. 2.– Qu’après une étude des recommendations de la Conférence de Radio-communication de Buenos Ayres, révision de Rio de Janeiro de 1937, e et f, de la recommendation No. 10, on a décidé leur modification, sans en altérer le sens, et on les a remplacées par la rédaction suivante: e) Que les Administrations indiqueront la convenance d’utiliser les bandes de 1750 à 2050 Kc/s et de 3500 à 4000 Kc/s pour des services d'amateurs, de préférence pour des communications de courtes distances. f) Que les Administrations recommenderont de ne pas employer les bandes de 7000 à 7300 Kcs et de 14000 à 14400 Kcs. pour des communications de postes d’amateurs à courte distance. 3.– Les fréquences comprises entre 3500 et 4000 Kc/s., 7000 à 7300 Kc/s. et 14000 à 14400 Kc/s., s’emploireront en conformité avec le Tableau suivant: 3500 à 3800 Kc/s. pour A–1 seulement 3800 à 4000 Kc/s. “ A–1 et A–3 7000 à 7050 “ “ A–1 7050 à 7150 “ “ A–1 et A–3 (A–3 seulement pour l’Amérique latine) 7150 à 7300 Kc/s. pour A–1 seulement 14000 à 14100 “ “ A–1 14100 à 14300 “ “ A–1 et A–3 14300 à 14400 “ “ A–1 seulement. On pourra employer l’émission du Type A–1 dans toute la bande de fréquences comprise entre 14000 et 14400 Kc/s.– Les pays de L’Amérique latine, Canada et Terre Neuve, pourront employer une émission du Type A–3 dans les fréquences comprises entre 14100 et 14300 Kc/s.– Les Etats Unis d’Amérique emploiront des émissions du type A–3 entre 14150 et 14250 Kc/s., au moins jusqu’au 31 décembre 1939. 4.– Les bandes de 1750 à 2050 Kc/s. 3500 à 4000 “ 7000 à 7300 “ 14000 à 14400 “ 28000 à 30000 “ et 56000 à 60000 “ seront réservées aux amateurs. 54 Stat. 2604 3.– Afin de faire un meilleur usage de la bande de 14 mégacycles en ce qui concerne la radio-téléphonie, et pour éviter une congestion indue, causee par la présence de débutants non familiarisés à l’usage des hautes fréquences, on fait la suggestion suivante: qu’il soit éxigé un temps suffisamment long d’épreuve pour acquérir l’experience nécessaire, et aussi un examen téchnique et practique avant de donner la permission à un amateur d’employer la bande de 14 megacycles pour la radiotéléphonie. 6.– Les bandes d’amateurs attribuées réamment ne seront employées par aucun type de service de radio-diffusion, de service fixe, onde service mobile. Section 9.— Messages a des Tiers Emis par des Amateurs Considérant que le Réglement général de Radio-communications annexé a la Convention internationale de Radio-communications de Madrid, dispose qu’il est défendu aux stations d’amateurs d’émettre des messages internationaux qui sont fournis par des tiers, sauf dans les cas ou ceci a été modifié par des accords spéciaux entre les pays intéressés; et Considérant qu’il est évident que l’on encouragerait la communité d’intérêts entre les peuples de toutes les Amériques, en stimulant l’échange, par les stations d’amateurs et sans aucune rétribution, des messages amicaux qui émanent de nos citoyens; La Conférence Interaméricaine de Radio-communications: a convenu: Que dans le but de stimuler le relations étroites et amicales entre les peuples des Amériques, les Administrations des pays contractants dont les législations intérieures le permettent, conviennent que les stations d’amateurs de leurs pays respectifs et de leurs possesions pourront établir un échange international de messages provenant de tiers, dans les cas où ces messages soient tels qu’ils ne puissent etre transmis par aucun moyen existant de communication électrique, et que pour cette transmission il ne soit payé, directement ou indirectement aucune rétribution. Section 10.— Service International de Radio-Communications pour la Police. 1.– En considérant les avantages qu’on peut obtenir de la coordination des communications de police internationale, on recommande à tous les pays signataires de cette convention d’autoriser des stations radio-télégraphiques de police situées le plus près possible de leurs frontières avec les pays limitrophes pour la transmission d’informations d’urgence concernant l’observation des lois. En général il ne s’agira que de messages importants de police qui perdraient leur valeur à cause de la lenteur et des limitations de temps des autres méthodes de communications. 54 Stat. 2605 2.– Les stations destinées au service de communications internationales de police, emploiront normalement le facilités prévues pour le service national de police; dans tous les cas cependant: a) les fréquences de police employées principalement pour la communication radio-téléphonique avec des unités de police mobile ne seront pas employées pour des communications radio-télégraphiques; b) les stations de divers pays au voisinage des frontières entre pays pourront être autorisées par leurs administrations à échanger entre points fixes des communications radio-téléphoniques, et c) les fréquences suivantes seront d'abord employées pour la communication radio-télégraphique de la police nationale de meme que pour l’internationale: 2804 Kc/s onde d’appel 5195 Kc/s. onde d’appel (pendant le jour seulement) 2808 Kc/s onde de travail 5135 Kc/s. onde de travail (Pendant le jour seulement) 2812 Kc/s onde de travail 5140 Kc/s. onde de travail (pendant le jour seulement.) 3.– Les notifications concernant les renseignements de stations destinées au service de police internationale, se remettront au Bureau de l’Union Internationale de Télécommunications à Berne, Suisse pour que toutes les stations qui désirent communiquer entre elles puissent être renseignées sur les détails concernant le fonctionnement individuel. 4.– Afin d’assurer l’uniformité du maniement des messages, on suivra la procédure suivante:

(a)Ce service, se réglera en général sur les dispositions de l’article XVI du Réglement Général de Radio-communications, annexé à la Convention Internationale de Télécommunications de Madrid, 1932.

(b)On fera un usage complet de la liste des abréviations qui apparait dans l’appendice 9 du Réglement Général de Radio-communications annexé à la Convention Internationale de Télécommunications de Madrid, 1932. On n’emploiera pas le langage courant si une abréviation est suffisante. Les indications de service sont les suivantes: P.-Priorité, por messages qui deivent être transmis immédiatement sans tenir compte du numéro des autres messages déposés. Les messages qui ne contiennent aucune indication de service seront transmis dans l’ordre ils ont été recus.

(c)Les messages dans lequel auront un préambule, un texte et une signature de la manière suivante:

(1)*Préambule*: Le préambule du message sera: Un numéro d’ordre précédé des lettres NR; des indications appropriées de service; check (ceci est le compte des mots d’accord avec le système de compte standard du cable) les lettres CK suivies des chifres qui indiquent le nombre des paroles contenues dans le texte du message; le bureau et le pays d’origine (sans abréger); jour du mois et mois; heure de la déposition; adresse. 54 Stat. 2606

(2)*Texte*: Le texte pourra être établi en langage clair ou chiffré.

(3)*Signature*: La signature contiendra le nom et le titre de la personne qui a remis le message. Section 11.— Aide de la Radio Communication à la Navigation Aerienne. standards de l’intensité de champ et proportions d’interfèrence. 1.– La Conférence Interamericaine de Radio-communications ayant consideré soigneusement les diverses résolutions de la Conférence Téchnique Interaméricaine d’Aviation réunie à Lima au mois de Septembre 1937, et spécialement les résolutions XIV, XVII et XVIII, résolutions qui lui furent remises; et 2.– Considérant: a) la grande importance de l’aide prétée au trafic aérien par la Radio-Communication; le développement extraordinaire du trafic aérien et l’expansion beaucoup plus grande que celui-ci aura certainement dans l’avenir; b) la précision qu’exigent les services Radio-électriques d’aide à la navigation aérienne convemant la stabilité des émissions qui sont gênées par la transmission en trajectoires multiples, laquelle peut être réduite au minimum en choisissant des fréquences qui subissent l’influence des ondes réfléchies avec moins d’effet; c) la grande limitation de la gamme des fréquences qui possèdent les caractéristiques de propagation nécessaires, mentionnées dans la considération antérieure b); d) que les aéronefs en vol dépendent absolument des stations de Radio en ce qui concerne la navigation et les communications. e) le grand nombre d’aéronefs de toutes les parties du monde qui actuellement emploient et doivent continuer à employer en commun le nombre limité de fréquences appropiées à l’aide de la navigation aérienne; ce qui oblige à observer une économie tres stricte dans leur usage, pour qu’on puisse desservir tous les aéronefs avec un minimum d’interferénce; f) la normalisation, qu’il serait bon d’établir, pour faciliter d’après les considérations ci-dessus, la navigation aérienne internationale, en coordonnant, et autant que possible en rendant uniforme l’appareillage et la procédure d’exploitation. g) qu’un seul poste terrestre, un radio-phare d’orientation par exemple, peut prêter simultanément aide à un nombre presque illimité d’aéronefs en vol. h) la grande responsabilité des services radio-électriques, destinés à l’aide de la navigation aérienne, de desservir convenablement les aéronefs dont la sécurité en certaines circonstances dépend entièrement de la continuité de la réception des signaux de navigation; 54 Stat. 2607 i) le délai très bref qui a été donné pour faire des études techniques à partir de la clôture de la Conférence Technique Intéramericaine d’Aviation de Lima, du mois de septembre 1937. 3.– La Conférence Interaméricaine de Radio-Communications: a convenu a) Que, d’accord avec les recommendations de la Conférence de Lima, les pays représentés à cette Conference, prépareront et échangeront entre eux, au plus tard, le 1er. juin 1938, tous les renseignements susceptibles d’être utilisés pour la rédaction des tableaux suivants, qui serviront de guides en ce qui concerne l’application des principes techniques mentionnés ci-dessous: 1.– Tableau I. qui contiendra une liste des divers types de services radio-electriques d’aide a la navigation aérienne qui ont été approuvés pour être appliqués. 2.– Tableau II. qui spécifiera les intensités de signal minimum qui sont necessaires pour la réception satisfaisante des diverses classes d’aide radio-electrique à la navigation aérienne, ces renseignements qui seront employés comme base, pour déterminer les aires de service normal. 3.– Tableau III. qui spécifiera les valeurs admissibles, de l’intensité du signal interférant pour les divers types d’aide radio électrique à la navigation aérienne, en exprimant ces valeurs en forme de rapport entre les signaux interférés et les signaux interférants dans le contour minimum de signal de service; a) dans la même fréquence, b) 3 Kc. hors de la fréquence et c) 6 Kc. hors de la fréquence. b) Qu’il faut esperer que les services radio-électriques d’aide à la navigation aérienne, spécialement ceux de radio-diffusion unilatérale ainsi que les radio-phares, observeront les plus hautes regles de continuité de stabilité et de qualité d’emission: c) Que pour économiser des fréquences, on attribuera un nombre limité de voies appropiées aux services radio-électriques d’aide à la navigation aérienne en les séparant le moins qu’il est practiquent possible en tenant compte du type de service et de la classe d’émission; et qu’autant que possible toutes les nations devront réserver les mêmes bandes aux types analogues de service, de façon à pouvoir simplifier les récepteurs et à obtenir au moyen de la normalisation un agrandissement des limites géographiques d’utilité. d) Que l’usage en commun des fréquences pour fournir les services nécessaires dans les bandes autorisées, peut être réglé par un accord régional entre les pays qui ont à l’intérieur de leurs frontières, des sections de l’aire d’interférence des stations existantes d’après la table de relations d’interférences et de signaux de service. e) Que la puissance transmise par les postes d’aide à la navigation aérienne dans les bandes de fréquences autorisées, devront généralement se limiter aux valeurs compatibles avec l’intensité de signal dont54 Stat. 2608 on a besoin normalement, dans l’aire dans laquelle on a prévu le service, afin de réduire à un minimum l’interférence hors de l’aire de ce service. Note: Voir document additionnel presente par les Etats-Unis d’Amérique pour information (annexe) Section 12.— Suppression des Interférences Causées par des Appareils Électriques. 1.– Les appareils diathenniques, fours à induction, systèmes d’intercommunication domestique au moyen de hautes fréquences et autres appareils électriques qui emploient des courants de radio-fréquence comme élément essentiel de leur fonctionnement, peuvent causer des interférences aux radio-communications. 2.– L’usage de ces appareils est d’une grande importance en thérapeutique, chirugie, industrie etc. 3.– Le rayonnement de l’énergie radio-éléctrique n’est pas essentiel pour le fonctionnement appropié des appareils et on peut l’éviter ou le contrôler sans diminuer l’utilité de chaque appareil, pour le but auquel il est destiné.– 4.– Le rayonnement se produit généralement au circuit intérieur ou aux sources d’énergie, les-quels sont tous des éléments essentiels. 5.– La grandeur du rayonnement dépend de la fréquence ou des fréquences du fonctionnement, de la puissance et de la construction, de l’installation et du fonctionnement de l’appareil. 6.– Le rayonnement qui émane des sources d’énergie peut être evité en faisant usage d’un filtre de ligne approprié. Le rayonnement des circuits intérieurs peut s’eviter en employant des boîtes métalliques appropriées. Le rayonnement des circuits de sortie peut se réduire à un niveau au lequel il ne soit pas causé d’interférence aux radio-communications en employant un écran métallique, de telle façon que l’écran recouvre tout l’appareil, et que ses dimentions soient suffisantes pour dempêcher que des courants importants n’y prennent 7.– Il se peut que dans beaucoup de cas l’usage d’un tel écran ne soit pas pratique. 8.– On peut employer dans ces appareils une fréquence quelconque dans la partie utile du spectre de radio-communication. Cependant beaucoup d’appareils thérapeutiques modernes qui causent la plupart des interférences à longue distance, opèrent sur des fréquences de 10000 à 20000 Kc/s. approximativement. Quand on emploie d’autres fréquences on cause des interférences surtout à la réception à courte distance, ou à moyenne distance. 9.– Dans les cas où il n’est pas pratique d’employer l’écran sur tout l’appareil afin de contrôler le rayonnement, le seul moyen qui fasse que ces machines fonctionnent sans causer d’interférences est l’usage de fréquences qui ne soient pas assignées au service de radio-communication. 54 Stat. 2609 10.– L’appareil thérapeutique commun est essentiellement un émetteur du type oscillant par auto-excitation qui emploie généralement un courant de plaque auto-rectifié. A cause de l’instabilité inhérente aux circuits oscillateurs, aux grandes variations de voltages pendant chaque cycle du courant fourni à la plaque et aux divers usages que l’on peut donner au circuit de sortie, la fréquence varie pendant l’operation normale dans de très larges limites, vraissemblablement un ou deux mégacycles lorsqu’on opère sur une fréquence de près de 15 mégacycles. 11.– Toutes les machines thérapeutiques construites pour un même service peuvent opérer à la même fréquence sans limiter lur utilité, puisque le rayonnement émis par d’autres machines ne gêne en rien leur fonctionnement. Il faudrait des semblables appareils plus compliqués et de prix plus elevés pour pouvoir fonctionner sur une fréquence stable puisqu’on devrai installer un contrôle automatique de fréquences pou maintenir la fréquence sur laquelle on opère avec une variation d’au moins 1/20 de un pourcent. Sur 15 mégacycles, ce qui correspondrait pra-tiquement à un canal entier de communications. 12.– D’accord avec les meilleurs renseignements dont on dispose, on devrait restreindre les appareils diathérmiques jusqu’à ce que la science atteigne un progrès tel que les appareils puissent être faits de façon à supprimer complètement les rayonnements nuisibles à trois fréquences qui sont approximativement 12, 15, et 50 mégacycles. 13.– Au sujet des appareils comme les systèmes d’inter-communication domestique et comme certains types de fours à induction, ainsi qu’au sujet d’appareils analogues qui emploient des fréquences moyennes ou basses, on devrait exiger que la génération d’harmoniques soit limitée autant que possible, et qu’une épreuve de rigueur soit faite pour vérifier si le rayonnement ne dépasse pas un niveau determiné. 14.– Chaque pays contractant devra promulguer le réglement nécessaire pour exiger que les appareils éléctriques qui engendrent une énergie électrique de radio-fréquence, soient munis d’écrans et pour qu’ils se maintiennent à des fréquences déterminées, comme mesure essentielle de leur fonctionnement. Il s’agit des appareils qui ne s’emploient pas dans la radio-communications. 15.– Un rapport sur “la radio-interférence par les appareils électro-thérapeutiques”, qui a été présenté par le Canada et qui doit être considéré comme faisant partie des dispositions adoptées à ce sujet, est annexé au présent document. (“Radio-Interférence produite par des Appareils électro-thérapeutiques”. Rapport présenté par le Canada Document C. I. R. Doc. 43.) En foi de quoi, les Délégués respectifs ont signé des copies de cet instrument en espagnol, en anglais, en portuguais et en français qui seront déposées aux archives du Gouvernement de Cuba; ce Gouvernement en enverra une copie certifiée en chaque langue, aux autres Gouvernements contractants. 54 Stat. 2610 Fait a la Havane, République de Cuba, le 13 décembre 1937. ARGENTINE. BRESIL. José Roberto de Macedo-Soares. CANADA. Laurent Beaudry. C. P. Edwards. COLOMBIE. Jorge Soto del Corral. Ricardo Gutierrez Lee y Rivero. CUBA. Wifredo Albanés y Peña. Andrés Asensio y Carrasco. Nicolás González de Mendoza y de la Torre. Alfonso Hernandez Catá y Galt. CHILI. Emilio Edwards Bello. REPUBLIQUE DOMINICAINE. Roberto Despradel. Máximo Lovatón P. ETATS UNIS D’AMERIQUE. T. A. M. Craven. GUATEMALA. Arturo Cóbar L. HAITI. Justin Barau. MEXIQUE. Ignacio Galindo. Salvador Tayabas. Fernando Sánchez Ayala. Rubén Fuentes. NICARAGUA. Guillermo Arguedas. PANAMA. Ernesto B. Fábrega. PEROU. Carlos A. Tudela. URUGUAY. César Gorri. VENEZUELA. Alberto Smith. 54 Stat. 2611 ARRANGEMENT INTERAMERICAIN DE RADIO-COMMUNICATION. Document Additionel d’Information. D’accord avec la suggestion concernant un échange de rapports techniques, la Conférence intéraméricaine de Radio-communications considère les renseignements suivents, qui seront fournis par le Gouvernement des Etats Unis à tous les pays américains. 1.– Liste de toutes les stations aéronautiques qui se trouvent aux Etats Unis sous la direction du Bureau d’Aviation Commerciale du Ministère du Commerce. Dans cette liste apparaîtra le suivant rap-port sur chaque station: L’endroit ou il est situé et son type. La direction de tous les radio-phares d’orientation. Les lettres d’appel. La fréquence d’opération en kilocycles. Les signaux d’identification du poste. La position et la distance par rapport au champ d’aterrissage les plus proche en indiquant la hauteur exacte du champ au-dessus du niveau de la mer. L’horaire des irradiations téléphoniques de rapport météorologiques et d’avertissements aux aviateurs. 2.– Des cartes ou sont signalées la situation et la portés de toutes les stations d’orientation, de rapports météorologiques et de radio-phares indicateurs. 3.– Des cartes du systéme de communication terrestre que maintient le Ministère de Commerce au moyen du “télétypewriter”, et, des stations de radio-communications entre points fixes. 4.– Des cartes des routes du service postal aérien fédéral des Etats Unis d’Amérique. 5.– Des tableaux avec leur interprétation graphique ou correspondante ou sont signalées l’aire du service normal et l’aire normale d’interférence de chaque type de poste d’orientation. Ces Tableaux seront basés sur l’appréciation des valeurs définitives des signaux de service minimum, et les proportions maximum d’interferences, et seront corrigées en ce qui concerne les variations de l’efficacité de l’antenne d’émission à toutes les fréquences depuis 200 a 400 kilocycles. 6.– Des courbes d’atténuation qui seront basées sur les mesures des station actuellement existantes des radio-phares d’orientation et qui signaleront le changement d’intensité de l’onde réflechie avec la54 Stat. 2612 fréquence et la distance, et le maximum et le minimum indiqués pour l’atténuation terrestre, tels qu’ils ont été fixés dans des régions du territoire continental des Etats Unis, très différentes les unes des autres. 7.– Des spécifications détaillées sur le fonctionnement des divers types radio-électriques d’aide à l’aviation préparés par le Bureau d’Aviation des Etats Unis d’Amérique et approuvés pour être appliqués. Es copia fiel de su original. [seal] Luis R. Miranda *Subsecretario de Estado*. PROCLAMATIONS PROCLAMATIONS 2345 August 11, 1939 Regulations Relating to Migratory Birds and Certain Game Mammals Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america 54 Stat. 2615 Regulations Relating to Migratory Birds and Certain Game Mammals11This Proclamation affects Parts 1 and 2 of Title 50 of the Code of Federal Regulations. August 11, 1939[No. 2345] by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION WHEREAS the Secretary of the Interior, under authority and Preamble.direction of sections 3 and 4 of the Migratory Bird Treaty Act of July 3, 1918 (40 Stat. 755), as amended by the act of June 20, 1936, [16 U. S. C. §§ 703–711; Supp. V, §§ 703–709a](/us/usc/t16/s703–711/703–709a).49 Stat. 1555, the administration of which said act, as amended, was transferred to said Secretary on July 1, 1939, pursuant to the Reorganization Act of 1939 (Public No. 19— 76th Congress), has adopted [53 Stat. 561, 1434](/us/stat/53/561/1434).[5 U. S. C., Supp. V, §§ 133–133t](/us/usc/t5/s133–133t).and submitted to me regulations which he has determined to be suitable regulations permitting and governing

(1)the hunting, taking, capture, killing, possession, sale, purchase, shipment, transportation, carriage, exportation, and importation of migratory birds and parts, nests, and eggs thereof, included in the terms of the Convention between the United States and Great Britain for the protection of migratory birds concluded August 16, 1916, and the [39 Stat. 1702](/us/stat/39/1702).Convention between [39 Stat. 1702](/us/stat/39/1702).the United States and the United Mexican States for the protection of migratory birds and game mammals concluded February 7, 1936, [50 Stat. 1311](/us/stat/50/1311).and

(2)the exportation and importation to and from Mexico of game mammals, parts and products thereof, included in the aforesaid Convention between the United States and the United Mexican States, which said regulations are as follows: Migratory Bird Treaty Act Regulations Adopted by the Secretary of the Interior Under authority and direction of sections 3 and 4 of the Migratory Migratory Bird Treaty Act Regulations.[16 U. S. C . §§ 703–711; Supp. V, §§ 703–709a](/us/usc/t16/s703–711/703–709a).[53 Stat. 561, 1434](/us/stat/53/561/1434).[5 U. S. C., Supp. V, §§ 133–133t](/us/usc/t5/s133–133t).*Post*, pp. 2661, 2729.Bird Treaty Act of July 3, 1918 (40 Stat. 755), as amended by the act of June 20, 1936, 49 Stat. 1555, the administration of which said act as amended was transferred to the Secretary of the Interior on July 1, 1939, pursuant to the Reorganization Act of 1939 (Public No. 19–76th Congress), I, Oscar L. Chapman Acting, Secretary of the Interior, having due regard to the zones of temperature and to the distribution, abundance, economic value, breeding habits, and times and lines of migratory flight of migratory birds included in the terms of the Convention between the United States and Great Britain for the protection of migratory birds, concluded August 16, 1916, and the Convention between the United States and the United Mexican States for the protection of migratory birds and game mammals, concluded February 7, 1936, and having due regard to the laws of the [50 Stat. 1311](/us/stat/50/1311). 54 Stat. 2616United Mexican States relating to the exportation and importation of game mammals, and parts and products thereof, included m the terms of the said Convention between the United States and the United Mexican States and to the laws of the States and Territories and of the District of Columbia from and into which such mammals, parts, and products thereof, may be proposed to be exported or imported, and to the laws of the United States forbidding importation of certain live mammals injurious to the interests of agriculture and horticulture, have determined when, to what extent, and by what means it is compatible with the terms of said conventions and act to allow the hunting, taking, capture, killing, possession, sale, purchase, shipment, transportation, carriage, exportation, and importation of such birds and parts thereof and their nests and eggs, and the exportation and importation of such mammals to and from Mexico, and, in accordance with such determinations, do hereby adopt the following regulations as suitable regulations permitting and governing the hunting, taking, capture, killing, possession, sale, purchase, shipment, transportation, carriage, exportation, and importation of said migratory birds and parts, nests, and eggs thereof, and the exportation and importation of game mammals and parts and products thereof to and from Mexico: Regulation 1.— Definitions of Migratory Birds and Game Mammals “Migratory birds.”Migratory birds.—Migratory birds included in the terms of the conventions between the United States and Great Britain for the protection of migratory birds and between the United States and the United Mexican States for the protection of migratory birds and [30 Stat 1702](/us/stat/30/1702); [50 Stat. 1311](/us/stat/50/1311).game mammals, concluded, respectively, August 16, 1916, and February 7, 1936, are as follows: 1. Game birds. Game birds:

(a)Anatidae, or waterfowl, including brant, wild ducks, geese, and swans.

(b)Gruidae, or cranes, including little brown, sandhill, and whooping cranes.

(c)Rallidae, or rails, including coots, gallinules, and sora and other rails.

(d)Limicolae (Charadrii), or shore birds, including avocets, curlews, dowitchers, godwits, knots, oyster-catchers, phalaropes, plovers, sandpipers, snipe, stilts, surf birds, tumstones, willet, woodcock, and yellowlegs.

(e)Columbidae, or pigeons, including doves and wild pigeons. 2. Nongame birds. Insectivorous and other nongame birds: Cuckoos, flickers and other woodpeckers; nighthawks, or bullbats, chuck-will’s-widow, poorwills, and whippoorwills; swifts; hummingbirds; kingbirds, phoebes, and other flycatchers; homed larks; bobolinks, cowbirds, blackbirds, grackles, meadowlarks, and orioles; grosbeaks, finches, sparrows, and buntings; tanagers; martins and other swallows; waxwings; phainopeplas; shrikes; vireos; warblers; pipits; catbirds, mockingbirds, and thrashers; wrens ; brown creepers ; nuthatches; chickadees and titmice; kinglets and gnatcatchers ; robins and other thrushes; all other perching birds which feed entirely or chiefly on insects; and auks, auklets, bitterns, fulmars, gannets, grebes, guillemots, gulls, herons, jaegers, loons, murres, petrels, puffins, shearwaters, and terns. “Game mammals.”Game mammals.—Game mammals under the terms of the aforesaid convention between the United States and the United Mexican States include: Antelope, mountain sheep, deer, bears, peccaries, squirrels, rabbits, and hares. 54 Stat. 2617 Regulation 2.—*Post*, p. 2729. Definition of Terms For the purposes of these regulations, the following terms shall be construed, respectively, to mean and to include— Secretary.—Secretary of the Interior of the United States.“Secretary.” Chief of Bureau.—Chief, Bureau of Biological Survey, United “Chief of Bureau.”States Department of the Interior. Person.—Individual, club, association, partnership, or corporation, “Person.”any one or all, as the context requires. Take.—Hunt, kill, or capture, or attempt to hunt, kill, or capture.“Take.” Open season.—Time during which migratory game birds may “Open season”be taken. Transport.—Ship, carry, export, import, and receive or deliver for “Transport.”shipment, conveyance, carriage, exportation, or importation. Regulation 3.— Means by Which Migratory Game Birds May Be Taken The migratory game birds on which open seasons are specified in Means by which migratory game birds may be taken.regulation 4 of these regulations may be taken during such respective open seasons with bow and arrow or with a shotgun not larger than No.–10 gage fired from the shoulder, except as permitted by regulations 7, 8, 9, and 10 of these regulations, but they shall not be taken with or by means of any automatic-loading or hand-operated repeating shotgun capable of holding more than three shells, the magazine of which has not been cut off or plugged with a one-piece metal or wooden filler incapable of removal through the loading end thereof, so as to reduce the capacity of said gun to not more than three shells at one time in the magazine and chamber combined; they may be taken during the open season from land or water, with the aid of a dog, and from a blind, boat, or floating craft except sinkbox (battery), powerboat, sailboat, any boat under sail, and any craft or device of any kind towed by powerboat or sailboat; but nothing herein shall permit the taking of migratory game birds from or by means, aid, or use of an automobile or aircraft of any kind. Waterfowl (except for propagating, scientific, or banding purposes under permit issued pursuant to regulations 8 and 9 of these regulations) and mourning doves and white-winged doves are not permitted to be taken by means, aid, or use, directly or indirectly, of com, wheat, oats, or other grain or product thereof, salt, or any kind of feed whatsoever, placed, deposited, distributed, scattered, or otherwise put out whereby such waterfowl or doves are lured, attracted, or enticed, regardless of the distance intervening between any such grain, salt, or feed and the position of the taker, but it is not intended to forbid the taking of such birds attracted by growing or standing crops of grain or by harvested grainfields so long as such crops are not manipulated or such fields have not been harvested by man or his agencies so as to cause such grain to be placed, deposited, scattered, or otherwise put out, as aforesaid; and in the taking of waterfowl, the use, directly or indirectly, of live duck or goose decoys is not permitted, regardless of the distance intervening between any such live decoys and the position of the taker; nor shall anything in these regulations be deemed to permit the use of aircraft of any kind, or of a powerboat, sailboat, or other floating craft or device of any kind, for the purpose of concentrating, driving, rallying, or stirring up waterfowl and coots. A person over 16 years of age is not permitted to take migratory Federal migratory-bird hunting stamp.Persons over 16 years of age.Persons not over 16 years of ago.waterfowl unless at the time of such taking he has on his person an unexpired Federal migratory-bird hunting stamp, validated by his signature written across the face thereof in ink. Persons not over 16 years of age are permitted to take migratory waterfowl without such stamp. 54 Stat. 2618 Regulation 4.—*Post*, pp. 2662, 2730. Open Seasons on and Possession of Certain Migratory Game Birds Open seasons on and possession of certain migratory game birds.Waterfowl (except snow geese and brants in States bordering on the Atlantic Ocean, Ross’ geese, wood ducks, and swans), and coots, may be taken each day from 7 a. m. to 4 p. m., and rails and gallinules (other than coots), Wilson’s snipes or jacksnipes, woodcocks, mourning doves, white-winged doves, and band-tailed pigeons from 7 a. m. to sunset each day during the open seasons prescribed therefor in this regulation, and they may be taken by the means and in the numbers permitted by regulations 3 and 5 of these regulations, respectively, and when so taken may be possessed in the numbers permitted by regulation 5 any day in any State or Territory or in the District of Columbia during the period constituting the open season where taken and for an additional period of 10 days next succeeding said open season, but no such bird shall be possessed in a State or Territory or in the District of Columbia at a time when such State, Territory, or Roservation or sanctuaries.District prohibits the possession. thereof. Nothing herein shall be deemed to permit the taking of migratory birds on any reservation or sanctuary established under the Migratory Bird Conservation Act of [16 U. S. C. 715–715r; Supp. V, §§ 715d–1–715s](/us/usc/t16/s715–715r/715d–1–715s).February 18, 1929 (45 Stat. 1222), nor on any area of the United States set aside under any other law, proclamation, or Executive order for use as a bird, game, or other wildlife reservation, breeding ground, or refuge except insofar as may be permitted by the Secretary of the Interior under existing law, nor on any area adjacent to any such refuge when such area is designated as a closed area under the Migratory Bird Treaty Act. Waterfowl, Wilson's snipe or jacksnipe, and coot.Waterfowl, Wilson’s snipe or jacksnipe, and coot.—The open seasons on waterfowl (except snow geese and brant in States bordering on the Atlantic Ocean, Ross’ goose, wood duck, and swans), Wilson’s snipe or jacksnipe, and coot, in the several States and Alaska, shall be as follows, both dates inclusive: In Maine, Michigan; Minnesota, New Hampshire, North Dakota, Vermont, and Wisconsin, October 1 to November 14. In California, Colorado, Connecticut, Delaware, Idaho, Illinois (except coot in certain counties as hereinafter provided for), Indiana, Iowa, Kansas, Kentucky, Massachusetts, Missouri, Montana, Nebraska, Nevada, New Jersey, New York, including Long Island, Ohio, Oklahoma, Oregon, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, South Dakota, Utah, Washington, West Virginia, and Wyoming, October 22 to December 5. In Alabama, Arizona, Arkansas, Florida, Georgia, Louisiana, Maryland, Mississippi, New Mexico, North Carolina, South Carolina, Tennessee, Texas, and Virginia, November 15 to December 29. In southeastern Alaska from the 141st Meridian south to Dixon Entrance, October 1 to November 15; in Alaska south and west of the Naknek River and Naknek Lake and the Katmai National Monument to the westernmost boundary of the Aleutian Islands and east of this area to the 150th Meridian, November 16 to December 30; *Proviso*.Scoters.and in the remainder of Alaska, September 1 to October 15: *Provided*, That scoters, locally known as sea coots, may be taken in open coastal waters only, beyond outer harbor lines, in Maine and New Hampshire from September 15 to September 30, and in Connecticut, Massachusetts, and Rhode Island, from September 15 to October 14, and thereafter from land or water during the open seasons for other waterfowl in these States. In Illinois, the season on coot in Rock Island, Whiteside,. Lee, Do Kalb, Kane, Du Page, and Cook Counties, and all counties north thereof, shall be October 1 to December 5. 54 Stat. 2619 Rails and gallinules (except coot).—The open season on rails and Rails and galllnules (except coot).Sallinules (except coot) shall be from September 1 to November 30, both dates inclusive, except as follows: Alabama, November 20 to January 31. Louisiana, November 1 to January 31. Massachusetts, New York including Long Island, and Washington, October 22 to December 5. Wisconsin, October 1 to November 14. District of Columbia, no open season. Woodcock.—The open seasons on woodcock shall be as follows, Woodcock.both dates inclusive: That part of New York lying north of the tracks of the main line of the New York Central Railroad extending from Buffalo to Albany and north of the tracks of the main line of the Boston & Albany Railroad extending from Albany to the Massachusetts State line, and in Maine, Michigan, Minnesota, New Hampshire, North Dakota, Pennsylvania, Vermont, and Wisconsin, October 1 to October 31. That part of New York lying south of the line above described and in Indiana, Iowa, New Jersey, Ohio, and West Virginia, October 15 to November 14. That part of New York known as Long Island, November 1 to November 30. Arkansas, Delaware, Kentucky, Maryland, Oklahoma, and Virginia, November 15 to December 15. Connecticut, and Rhode Island, October 21 to November 20. Louisiana, January 1 to January 31. Massachusetts, October 20 to November 19. Missouri, November 10 to December 10. Mourning dove.—The open seasons on mourning dove shall be as Mourning dove.follows, both dates inclusive: Alabama, north of United States Highway No. 80, September 15 to October 14 and December 20 to January 31; south of said highway, November 20 to January 31. Georgia, in Troup, Merriwether, Pike, Lamar, Monroe, Jones, Baldwin, Washington, Jefferson, and Burke Counties, and all counties north thereof, September 15 to October 14 and December 20 to January 31; in remainder of State, November 20 to January 31. Mississippi, north of United States Highway No. 80, September 15 to October 14 and November 30 to January 11; south of said highway, October 15 to December 31. South Carolina, in Oconee, Pickens, and Greenville Counties, October 1 to October 31 and December 20 to January 31; in Edgefield, McCormick, Greenwood, Abbeville, Anderson, Laurens, Spartanburg, Cherokee, Union, Fairfield, Chester, and York Counties, September 1 to September 30 and December 20 to January 31; in remainder of State, November 20 to January 31. Arizona, California, Idaho, Kansas, Minnesota, Missouri, Nevada, New Mexico, Oklahoma, Tennessee, and Virginia, September 1 to November 15. Arkansas, and Delaware, September 15 to November 30. Florida (except in Dade, Broward, and Monroe Counties), November 20 to January 31. That part of Florida comprising Dade, Broward, and Monroe Counties, October 1 to November 15. Illinois, September 1 to September 30. Kentucky, September 1 to October 31. Louisiana, October 15 to December 31. Maryland, September 1 to September 30 and November 15 to December 31. 54 Stat. 2620 North Carolina, September 1 to September 30 and December 20 to January 31. Texas, in Yoakum, Terry, Lynn, Garza, Kent, Stonewall, Haskell, Throckmorton, Young, Jack, Wise, Denton, Collin, and Hunt Counties, and all counties north thereof, and in Parker, Tarrant, Dallas, Rockwall, Kaufman, Johnson, Hopkins, Delta, Franklin, and Ellis Counties, September 1 to October 31 ; in remainder of State, September 15 to November 15. White-winged dove.White-winged dove.—The open seasons on white-winged dove shall be as follows, both dates inclusive: Arizona, August 1 to September 15. Texas, in Yoakum, Terry, Lynn, Garza, Kent, Stonewall, Haskell, Throckmorton, Young, Jack, Wise, Denton, Collin, and Hunt Counties, and all counties north thereof, and in Parker, Tarrant, Dallas, Rockwall, Kaufman, Johnson, Hopkins, Delta, and Franklin Counties, September 1 to October 31; in remainder of State, September 15 to November 15. Band-tailed pigeon.Band-tailed pigeon.—The open seasons on band-tailed pigeon shall be as follows, both dates inclusive: Arizona, and New Mexico, October 1 to October 15. California, December 1 to December 15. Oregon, September 1 to September 15. Washington, September 16 to September 30. Regulation 5.—*Post*, p. 2732. Daily Bag and Possession Limits on Certain Migratory Game Birds Daily bag and possession limits.A person may take in any one day during the open seasons prescribed therefor in regulation 4 of these regulations not to exceed the following numbers of migratory game birds, which numbers shall include all birds taken by any other person who for hire accompanies or assists him in taking such birds; and when so taken these may be possessed in the numbers specified as follows: Ducks (except wood duck).—Ten in the aggregate of all kinds, of which not more than 3 of any one, or more than 3 in the aggregate, may be of the following species—canvasback, redhead, bufflehead, and ruddy duck; and any person at any one time may possess not more than 20 ducks in the aggregate of all kinds, of which not more than 6 of any one, or more than 6 in the aggregate, may be of the following species—canvasback, redhead, bufflehead, and ruddy duck. Geese and brant.Geese and brant (except snow geese and brant in States bordering on the Atlantic Ocean, and Ross’ goose).—Four in the aggregate of all kinds, and any person at any one time may possess not more than 8 in the aggregate of all kinds. Rails and gallinules.Rails and gallinules (except sora and coot).—Fifteen in the aggregate of all kinds, and any person at any one time may possess not more than 15 in the aggregate of all kinds. Sora.Sora.—Fifteen, and any person at any one time may possess not more than 15. Coot.Coot.—Twenty-five, and any person at any one time may possess not more than 25. Wilson’s snipe or jacksnipe.Wilson’s snipe or jacksnipe.—Fifteen, and any person at any one time may possess not more than 15. Woodcock.Woodcock.—Four, and any person at any one time may possess not more, than 8. Mourning dove and white-winged dove.Mourning dove and white-winged dove.—Fifteen in the aggregate of both kinds, and any person at any one time may possess not more than 15 in the aggregate of both kinds. Band-tailed pigeon.Band-tailed pigeon.—Ten, and any person at any one time may possess not more than 10. 54 Stat. 2621 The possession limits hereinbefore prescribed shall apply as well to Limits applicable to certain birds brought into U. S.ducks, geese, brants, rails, including coots and gallinules, Wilson’s snipes or jacksnipes, woodcocks, mourning doves, white-winged doves, and band-tailed pigeons taken in Canada, Mexico, or other foreign country and brought into the United States, as to those taken in the United States. Regulation 6.—*Post*, p. 2733. Shipment, Transportation, and Possession of Certain Migratory Game Birds Migratory game birds of a species on which open seasons are prescribed Shipment, transportation, and possession.by regulation 4 of these regulations, legally taken, and parts thereof, may be transported in or out of the State where taken during the respective open seasons in that State, and when legally taken in and exported from Canada or Mexico, and if from Mexico are accompanied by a Mexican export permit, may be transported into the United States during the open season in the Province, State, or District where killed, but not more than the number thereof permitted by regulation 5 of these regulations to be taken by one person in 1 day, or m 2 days in the case of ducks, geese, brants, and woodcocks shall be transported by any one person in 1 calendar week out of the State where taken or from Canada or Mexico into the United States; any such birds or parts thereof in transit during the open season may continue in transit such additional time immediately succeeding such open season, not to exceed 5 days, necessary to deliver the same to their destination, and may be possessed in any State, Territory, or District during the period constituting the open season where taken, and for an additional period of 10 days next succeeding said open season; and any package in which such birds or parts thereof are transported shall have the name and address of the shipper and of the consignee and an accurate statement of the numbers and kinds of birds or parts thereof contained therein clearly and conspicuously marked on the outside thereof; but no such birds or parts thereof shall be transported from any State or Territory or the District of Columbia to or through another State or Territory or the District of Columbia or to or through Canada or Mexico contrary to the laws of the State or Territory or the District of Columbia in which they were taken or from which they are transported; nor shall any such birds or parts thereof be transported into any State or Territory or the District of Columbia from another State or Territory or District of Columbia, or from Canada or Mexico, or from any State or Territory or the District of Columbia into any Province of the Dominion of Canada or into Mexico at a time, when any such State, Territory, District, or Province, or Mexico, into which they are transported, prohibits the possession or transportation thereof. Migratory game birds imported from countries other than Canada Imports from countries other than Canada and Mexico.and Mexico.—Migratory game birds of a species on which open seasons are prescribed by regulation 4 of these regulations, legally taken in and exported from a foreign country (other than Canada and Mexico, for which provision is hereinbefore made) may be transported to any State or Territory during the open season prescribed by said regulation 4 for such State or Territory on that species, and to the District of Columbia during the open season so prescribed for Maryland, and may be possessed in such State, Territory, or District for an additional period of 10 days immediately succeeding such open season, by any one person in 1 calendar week in numbers not exceeding those permitted by regulation 5 of these regulations to be taken by one person in 1 day, or in 2 days in the case of ducks, geese, brants, and woodcocks, if transportation and possession, of such birds are not prohibited by such State, Territory, or District and if transported in packages marked as hereinbefore provided in this regulation. 54 Stat. 2622 Regulation 7.— Taking of Certain Migratory Nongame Birds by Eskimos and Indians in Alaska In Alaska, Eskimos and Indians may take, in any manner and at any time, and may possess and transport, auks, anklets, guillemots, murres, and puffins and their eggs and skins for use of themselves and their immediate families for food and clothing. Regulation 8.—*Post*, p. 2733. Permits to Propagate Migratory Waterfowl 1. Permits to propagate migratory waterfowl. A person in possession of a valid, subsisting permit issued to him by a State, on its part, authorizing him to take therein migratory waterfowl or their eggs for propagating purposes, may take such birds or their eggs in such State for such purposes when authorized, by a permit issued to him by the Secretary, which permit may limit the species and numbers of birds or eggs that may be taken and the period during which and the locality in which they may be taken. Both permits shall be carried on the person of the permittee when he is taking migratory waterfowl or their eggs and shall be exhibited to any person requesting to see them. Waterfowl and their eggs so taken may be possessed by the permittee and may be sold and transported by him for propagating purposes to any person holding a permit issued by the Secretary m accordance with the provisions of this regulation. 2. A person in possession of a valid , subsisting permit issued to him by a State, on its part, authorizing him to possess, purchase, sell, and transport migratory waterfowl and their increase and eggs for propagating purposes, may possess, purchase, sell, and transport such waterfowl and their increase and eggs for such purposes when authorized by a permit issued to him by the Secretary; but may not purchase from or sell to any person not authorized by these regulations or by a permit issued thereunder to sell or purchase such waterfowl and their eggs; and migratory waterfowl, except the birds, and those hatched from the eggs, taken under paragraph 1 of this regulation, possessed under such permit, or as otherwise authorized by this regulation, may be killed by him at any time and in any manner (except that they may be killed by shooting only during the open season for waterfowl in the State where killed), and the carcasses, with heads and feet attached thereto, may be sold and transported by him to any person for actual consumption, or to the keeper of a hotel, restaurant, or boarding house, a dealer in meat or game, or a club, for sale or service to their patrons, who may possess such carcasses for actual consumption without a permit, but no such birds that have been killed shall be bartered, sold, or purchased unless each bird before attaining the age of 4 weeks shall have had removed from the web of one foot a portion thereof in the form of a V large enough to make a permanent, well-defined mark, which shall be sufficient to identify it as a bird raised in domestication under a permit. 3. Applications for permits. Applications for permits shall be addressed to the Secretary of the Interior, Washington, D. C., and must state the name and address of the applicant; the place where the propagating project is to be carried on; the area to be used in the project; the facilities the applicant has for properly caring for the waterfowl; the number of each species of waterfowl in his possession, and how, when, and where they were acquired; and, if the application is for a permit to take migratory waterfowl or their eggs, the species and the number of each species or of the eggs of each species proposed to be taken, and the specific locality where it is proposed to take them. No permit will be issued 54 Stat. 2623to take for propagation or to propagate migratory waterfowl on premises on any part of which the hunting or shooting of waterfowl is permitted. 4. Every permittee shall keep books and records that shall correctly Records and reports.set forth the number of each species of waterfowl and their eggs taken by him, if he holds a permit to take waterfowl, the number of each species of waterfowl and their eggs possessed on the date of the application for a permit, the number of each species reared and killed, the number of each species and their eggs sold and transported, the manner in which they were transported, the name and address of each person from or to whom waterfowl and eggs were purchased or sold, the number and species so purchased or otherwise acquired or sold and whether sold alive or dead, and the date of each transaction. Whenever requested by the Chief of the Bureau, the permittee shall submit to him such report of his operations under the permit as may be called for, and in any event shall file with the Secretary, on a form provided therefor, on or before January 10, a full report of his operations during the preceding calendar year. Failure to make the reports herein Penalty.provided for will be cause for revocation of the permit. 5. A permittee shall at all reasonable hours allow any authorized Inspection.employee of the United States Department of the Interior to enter and inspect the premises where operations are being carried on under this regulation and to inspect the books and records relating thereto. 6. No permit issued by the Secretary authorizes the taking, possession, State permits.sale, purchase, exchange, or transportation of migratory waterfowl or their eggs unless the permittee has in his possession while exercising any such privilege a valid, subsisting permit of equivalent tenor issued to him by the State in which he proposes to operate. No permit Mexican export permits.issued by the Secretary authorizes the transportation of migratory waterfowl or their eggs from Mexico into the United States unless such waterfowl or eggs are accompanied by a Mexican export permit. Permits are not transferable and are revocable at any time in the discretion of the Secretary. A permit revoked by the Secretary shall Revoked permits.be surrendered to him by the person to whom it was issued on demand of any employee of the United States Department of the Interior authorized to enforce the Migratory Bird Treaty Act. 7. A person may possess and transport, subject to the provisions of Transportation, etc, of live migratory waterfowl.paragraph 8 of this regulation, for his own use, without a permit, live migratory waterfowl now legally possessed or hereafter legally acquired by him, but he may not purchase or sell such waterfowl without a permit. A State or municipal game farm or city park may possess, purchase, sell, and transport live migratory waterfowl without a permit, but no such waterfowl shall be purchased from or sold to a person (other than such State or municipal game farm or city park) unless he has a permit. Feathers of wild ducks and wild geese legally Transportation, etc., of feathers.killed, and feathers of such birds seized and condemned by Federal or State game authorities, may be possessed, purchased, sold, and transported for use in making fishing flies, bed pillows, and mattresses, and for such similar commercial purposes, but not for millinery or ornamental purposes. 8. Every package in which migratory waterfowl or parts or eggs Marking of packages.thereof are shipped wholly within a State or Territory or the District of Columbia, or in Which such waterfowl or parts or eggs thereof are transported by any means whatever from one State, Territory, or the District of Columbia, to, into, or through another State, Territory, or the District of Columbia, or to a foreign country, shall be plainly and clearly marked, labeled, or tagged on the outside thereof to show the name and address of the consignor and consignee, the contents of the 54 Stat. 2624package, the number of the permit under authority of which it is shipped or transported and the purpose for which the waterfowl or eggs are being shipped or transported. Regulation 9.—*Post*, p. 2733. Permits to Collect Migratory Birds for Scientific Purpoes 1. Collections for scientific purposes. A person in possession of a valid, subsisting permit issued to him by a State, on its part, authorizing him to take therein migratory birds or their nests or eggs for scientific purposes may take such birds or their nests or eggs in such State for such purposes when authorized by a permit issued to him by the Secretary. Both permits shall be carried on his person when he is taking migratory birds, or their nests or eggs, thereunder, and shall be exhibited to any person requesting to see Restriction.them; but nothing herein shall be deemed to permit the taking of any migratory game bird during the open season therefor in any manner or by any means or at any time of the day not permitted by regulations 3 and 4 of these regulations. 2. Applications for permits. Applications for permits shall be addressed to the Secretary of the Interior, Washington, D. C., and must state the name and address of the applicant, his age, the State or Territory in which migratory birds or their nests or eggs are proposed to be taken, the purpose for which they are intended, information sufficient to show that such birds, nests, or eggs permitted to be taken will be devoted to scientific purposes, and the names and addresses of at least two well-known ornithologists, principals, or superintendents of educational or zoological institutions, officials or members of zoological or natural history organizations, or instructors in zoology in high schools, colleges, or universities, from whom may be obtained information respecting the applicant’s status as a scientific investigator. The applicant must furnish such other information touching his fitness to be entrusted with a permit as may be called for by the Secretary. 3. Effect of permit. A permit may limit the number and species of migratory birds or their nests or eggs that may be taken thereunder, and the places where, time when, and means by which they may be taken, and may authorize the holder thereof, when possessed of an equivalent State permit, to possess, purchase, sell, exchange, and transport migratory birds and their nests and eggs for scientific purposes but not to purchase or sell to any person not authorized by these regulations or by a permit issued thereunder to sell or purchase such birds, nests, or eggs, or it may limit the holder to one or more of these privileges. Public museums, zoological parks and societies, and public scientific and educational institutions may possess, purchase, sell, exchange, and transport migratory birds and their nests and eggs for scientific purposes, without a permit, but no such birds, nests, or eggs shall be taken without a permit or purchased from, sold to, or exchanged with a person not authorized by these regulations or by a permit issued thereunder to sell, purchase, or exchange them. Migratory birds found wounded or dead, in the wounding or killing of which the finder was not implicated, may be salvaged by him and possessed under permit issued by the Secretary upon such terms and conditions as shall be stated in the permit, but they may not be sold, purchased, bartered, or exchanged. The plumage and skins of migratory game birds legally taken may be possessed and transported by a person without a permit. 4. Taxidermists. A taxidermist, when authorized by a permit issued by the Secretary, may possess any migratory bird or nest or egg thereof delivered to him for mounting or other preparation by any person who has legally taken or legally possesses it and may transport such bird, nest, or egg in consummation of such purpose when likewise 54 Stat. 2625authorized by the State in which such permittee is operating. Every Books and records.such permittee shall keep books and records correctly setting forth the name and address of each person delivering each migratory bird or nest or egg thereof to him, together with the name of each species, the date of delivery, the disposition of each such bird, nest, or egg and the date thereof, and such books and records shall be available for inspection at all reasonable hours on request of any authorized representative of the Department of the Interior. 5. No permit issued by the Secretary authorizes the taking, possession, State permits.sale, purchase, exchange, or transportation of any migratory bird or nest or egg thereof unless the permittee has in his possession while exercising any such privilege a valid, subsisting permit of equivalent tenor issued to him by the State in which he proposes to operate. No permit issued by the Secretary authorizes the transportation Mexican export permits.of any migratory bird, or part, nest, or egg thereof from Mexico into the United States unless such bird, or part, nest, or egg is accompanied by a Mexican export permit. Permits are not transferable and are revocable at any time in the discretion of the Secretary. A permit revoked by the Secretary shall be surrendered Revoked permits.to him by the person to whom it was issued on demand of any employee of the United States Department of the Interior authorized to enforce the Migratory Bird Treaty Act. Whenever requested by the Reports.Chief of the Bureau, the permittee shall submit to him such report of his operations under the permit as may be called for, and in any event shall file with the Secretary, on a form provided therefor, on or before January 10, a full report of his operations during the preceding calendar year. Failure to make the reports herein provided for will Penalty.be cause for revocation of the permit. 6. Every package in which migratory birds or parts, nests, or eggs Marking of packages.thereof are shipped wholly within a State or Territory or the District of Columbia, or in which such birds, parts, nests, or eggs are transported by any means whatever from one State, Territory, or the District of Columbia, to, into, or through another State, Territory, or the District of Columbia, or to a foreign country for scientific purposes shall be plainly and clearly marked, labeled, or tagged, on the outside thereof to show the name and address of the consignor and consignee, the contents of the package, the number of the permit under authority of which it is transported, and that the specimens contained therein are for scientific purposes. Regulation 10.—*Post*, p. 2733. Permits to Kill Migratory Birds Injurious to Property Community injury.—When information is furnished the Secretary Community injury.that any species of migratory bird has become, under extraordinary conditions, seriously injurious to agriculture or other interests in any particular community, an investigation will be made to determine the nature and extent of the injury, whether the birds alleged to be doing the damage should be killed, and, if so, during what times and by what means. Upon his determination an appropriate order will be made. Specific injury.—Upon receipt by the Chief of the Bureau, or the Specific injury.regional director of the Bureau of Biological Survey in the region where the injury occurs, of information from the owner, tenant, or share cropper that migratory birds are injuring his crops or other property on the land on which he resides, together with a statement of the location of the land, the nature of the crops or property being injured, the extent of such injury, and the particular species of birds committing the injury, an investigation will be made and if it is determined from such investigation that the injury complained of is substantial 54 Stat. 2626and can be abated only by killing the birds, or so many thereof as may be necessary, a permit to kill the birds will be issued by said Chief of the Bureau or by the director if authorized by said Chief, in which permit, will be specified the time during which, the means and methods by which, and the person or persons by whom the birds may be killed, and the disposition to be made of the birds so killed, and such other restrictions as may be deemed necessary and appropriate in the *Proviso*.Restrictions.circumstances of the particular case: *Provided, however*, That in every permit issued as aforesaid, it shall be specified that no such birds shall be shot at or killed at any time or in any. manner not authorized by the laws of the State in which such permit is effective; and as to migratory waterfowl, that they shall not be shot at or killed

(1)from any blind, sink, pit, or any other device or means of concealment, natural or artificial, movable or stationary, whether on land or water;

(2)by means of any gun larger than No.–lO gage, or of any gun to which a silencer has been attached or otherwise affixed; and

(3)by the use of decoys of any description, or of traps or nets of any kind. Records and reports.Every person exercising any privilege provided for in this regulation shall keep an accurate record of all migratory birds killed by him and whenever requested by the Chief of the Bureau or by the regional director shall submit promptly, on a form provided by the Bureau for the purpose, a report correctly stating the species and the number of each species of migratory birds killed by him and in any event shall submit such report to the regional director on or before January Penalty.10 of each year. Failure to submit a report as required by this regulation will be sufficient cause for revocation of the permit or withdrawal of any privilege accorded any person failing to make the report. Regulation 11.— State Laws for the Protection of Migratory Birds Compliance with State laws, etc.; conditions.Nothing in these regulations or in any permit issued thereunder shall be construed to permit the taking, possession, sale, purchase, or transportation of migratory birds or parts, nests, or eggs thereof contrary to the laws and regulations of any State or Territory or the District of Columbia, made for the purpose of giving further protection to. migratory birds, their nests, and eggs, when such laws and regulations are not inconsistent with the conventions between the United States and any other country for the protection of migratory birds or with the Migratory Bird Treaty Act and do not extend the open seasons for such birds beyond the dates prescribed by these regulations. Regulation 12.— Transportation of Game Mammals to and From Mexico Exportation to Mexico.Game Mammals or parts or products thereof taken in and transported from a State., Territory, or the District of Columbia may be transported to Mexico, if the importation thereof is not prohibited by law or regulation of that country, upon presentation to the Certificate.collector of customs at the port of exit of the certificate of an official, warden, or other officer of the game department of such State, Territory, or District, that such game mammals or parts or products thereof, which must be listed in the certificate, were taken or acquired, and are being transported in compliance with the laws and regulations of such State, Territory, or District. Importation Into United States; permits.[36 Stat. 1137](/us/stat/36/1137).[18 U. S. C. § 391](/us/usc/t18/s391).Live game mammals authorized by a special permit issued by the Secretary of the Interior, pursuant to section 241 of the Penal Code, the administration of which section was in part transferred to said Secretary on July 1, 1939, pursuant to the Reorganization Act of 1939 54 Stat. 2627(Public No. 19— 76th Congress), to be imported, and the dead bodies [53 Stat. 561, 1434](/us/stat/53/1434).[51 U. S . C., Supp. V, §§ 133–133t](/us/usc/t51/s133–133t).of game mammals, or parts or products thereof, proceeding from Mexico, if accompanied by a Mexican export permit, may be transported into the United States, but their possession in any State or Territory or the District of Columbia will be subject to the laws of such State, Territory, or District. The Migratory Bird Treaty Act regulations approved July 30, 1937 Designated regulations revoked; exceptions.(50 Stat. 1844), and all amendments thereof are hereby revoked, but all regulations heretofore adopted and approved pursuant to said act closing areas of land and water or of land or water adjacent to migratory-bird sanctuaries, refuges, reservations, and breeding and feeding grounds to the taking of migratory birds, and all orders and permits heretofore made or issued pursuant to said act, and now in force, authorizing the killing or other disposition of certain species of migratory birds when injurious to crops and other property and interests, and the taking, possession, sale, purchase, exchange, or transportation of migratory birds and their nests and eggs for scientific purposes, and migratory waterfowl and their eggs for propagating purposes, are hereby continued and extended in full force and effect as regulations, orders, or permits adopted and approved or made or issued hereunder. IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I have hereunto subscribed my name and caused the seal of the Department of the Interior to be affixed, this 3rd day of August, 1939. OSCAR L. CHAPMAN *Acting Secretary of the Interior* AND WHEREAS upon consideration it appears that approval of the foregoing regulations will effectuate the purposes of the aforesaid Migratory Bird Treaty Act: NOW, THEREFORE, I, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, President Regulations approved and proclaimed.of the United States of America, do hereby approve and proclaim the foregoing regulations. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington this 11" day of August, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-nine, and [seal] of the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-fourth. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President Sumner Welles *Acting Secretary of State* 2346 August 21, 1939 Extending the Period for the Establishment of an Adequate Shipping Service for, and Deferring Extension of the Coastwise Laws to, Canton Island Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation Extending the Period for the Establishment of an Adequate Shipping Service for, and Deferring Extension of the Coastwise Laws to, Canton IslandAugust 21, 1939[No. 2346] by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION WHEREAS section 21 of the Merchant Marine Act, 1920 (ch. Preamble.[46 U. S. C. § 877; Supp. V, § 877](/us/usc/t46/s877).*Post*, pp. 2677, 2767.250, 41 Stat. 997), provides: " “That from and after February 1, 1922, the coastwise laws of the United States shall extend to the island Territories and possessions of the United States not now covered thereby, and the board is directed prior to the expiration of such year to have established adequate 54 Stat. 2628steamship service at reasonable rates to accommodate the commerce and the passenger travel of said islands and to maintain and operate such service until it can be taken over and operated and maintained upon satisfactory terms by private capital and enterprise: PROVIDED, That if adequate shipping service is not established by February 1, 1922, the President shall extend the period herein allowed for the establishment of such service in the case of any island Territory or possession for such time as may be necessary for the establishment of adequate shipping facilities therefor * * *”; " WHEREAS an adequate shipping service to accommodate the commerce and the passenger travel of Canton Island has not been established as provided in the aforesaid section; WHEREAS the extension of the coastwise laws of the United States to Canton Island, as provided in the aforesaid section, is dependent upon the establishment of such adequate shipping service; Canton Island.Period for establishing adequate shipping service for, extended.Extension of U. S. coastwise laws to, deferred.[41 Stat. 997](/us/stat/41/997).[40 U. S. C. § 877; Supp. V, § 877](/us/usc/t40/s877).NOW, THEREFORE, I, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, President of the United States of America, under and by virtue of the authority vested in me by section 21 of the Merchant Marine Act, 1920, do hereby declare and proclaim that the period for the establishment of an adequate shipping service for Canton Island is extended to January 1, 1940, and that the extension of the coastwise laws of the United States to Canton Island is deferred to January 1, 1940. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington this 21" day of August, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-nine and of [seal] the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-fourth. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President Sumner Welles *Acting Secretary of State* 2347 August 24, 1939 Closed area Under the Migratory Bird Treaty Act Maryland Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation Closed area Under the Migratory Bird Treaty Act MarylandAugust 24, 1939[No. 2347] by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION Preamble.[16 U. S. C. §§ 703–711; Supp. V, §§ 703–709a](/us/usc/t16/s703–711/703–709a).[63 Stat. 1431](/us/stat/63/1431).[6 U. S. C., Supp. V, § 133t (note)](/us/usc/t6/s133t).WHEREAS the Secretary of the Interior has submitted to me for approval the following regulation adopted by him on August 11, 1939, under authority of the Migratory Bird Treaty Act of July 3, 1918 (40 Stat. 755), and Reorganization Plan No. II, transmitted to the Congress May 9, 1939: Regulation Designating a Certain Part of Chesapeake Bay as the Susquehanna Migratory Waterfowl Closed Area, Maryland Susquehanna Migratory Waterfowl Closed Area, Md., regulation designating,*Post*, p. 2682.By virtue of and pursuant to the authority contained in section 3 of the Migratory Bird Treaty Act of July 3, 1918 (40 Stat. 755, 16 U. S. C. 704), and Reorganization Plan No. II, transmitted by the President to the Congress May 9, 1939, there is hereby designated as closed area in or on which pursuing, hunting, taking, capturing, or killing, or attempting to take, capture, or kill, migratory birds is not permitted, all that area 54 Stat. 2629of land and water of Chesapeake Bay, in Harford and Cecil Counties, Maryland, to be known as the Susquehanna Migratory Waterfowl Closed Area, bounded as follows: Beginning at a point in Chesapeake Bay on the west side Description.of Elk Neck, 440 yards distant from the shore line thereof, at latitude 39°30' N. ; thence in a southwesterly direction with a line parallel to and 440 yards distant from the shore on the west side of Elk Neck, to a point off Turkey Point, the southernmost extremity of Elk Neck, from which the navigation bell on said point bears S. 70° E. 2,400 feet distant (approximate); thence N. 62)½° W. (approximate) to a point in Chesapeake Bay 440 yards distant from the northeast side of Spesutie Island at Locust Point; thence north and west along the north shore of Spesutie Island and 440 yards distant therefrom, to a point opposite the center of Spesutie Narrows, and thence westerly and northerly and 1,000 yards distant from the east side of the channel lying close to the west shore, to the said latitude 39°30' N. (at a point 1,000 yards east of said channel); and thence due east to the place of beginning. AND WHEREAS upon consideration it appears that the foregoing regulation will tend to effectuate the purposes of the aforesaid Migratory Bird Treaty Act of July 3, 1918: NOW, THEREFORE, I, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, President Regulation approved and proclaimed.of the United States of America, under and by virtue of the authority vested in me by the aforesaid Migratory Bird Treaty Act of July 3, 1918, do hereby approve and proclaim the foregoing regulation of the Secretary of the Ulterior. IN WITNESS WHEREOF I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States of America to be affixed. ONE at the City of Washington this 24” day of August in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-nine, and [seal] of the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-fourth. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President Cordell Hull *Secretary of State* 2348 September 5, 1939 Proclaiming the Neutrality of the United States in the War Between Germany and France; Poland; and the United Kingdom, India, Australia and New Zealand. Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation Proclaiming the Neutrality of the United States in the War Between Germany and France; Poland; and the United Kingdom, India, Australia and New Zealand.September 5, 1939[No. 2348] by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION WHEREAS a state of war unhappily exists between Germany and Preamble.Existence of state of war.*Post*, pp. 2643, 2652, 2699, 2704, 2707 , 2764.France; Poland; and the United Kingdom, India, Australia and New Zealand. AND WHEREAS the United States is on terms of friendship and amity with the contending powers, and with the persons inhabiting their several dominions; AND WHEREAS there are nationals of the United States residing within the territories or dominions of each of the said belligerents, and carrying on commerce, trade, or other business or pursuits therein; 54 Stat. 2630 AND WHEREAS there are nationals of each of the said belligerents residing within the territory or jurisdiction of the United States, and carrying on commerce, trade, or other business or pursuits therein; AND WHEREAS the laws and treaties of the United States, without interfering with the free expression of opinion and sympathy, nevertheless impose upon all persons who may be within their territory and jurisdiction the duty of an impartial neutrality during the existence of the contest;. AND WHEREAS it is the duty of a neutral government not to permit or suffer the making of its territory or territorial waters subservient to the purposes of war; Designated acts forbidden; penalties.NOW, THEREFORE, I, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, President of the United States of America, in order to preserve the neutrality of the United States and of its citizens and of persons within its territory and jurisdiction, and to enforce its laws and treaties, and in order that all persons, being warned of the general tenor of the laws and treaties of the United States in this behalf, and of the law of nations, may thus be prevented from any violation of the same, do hereby declare and proclaim that by certain provisions of the act [35 Stat. 1088](/us/stat/45/1088).[18 U. S. C. chs. 1–15; Supp. V, chs. 3–15](/us/usc/t18/s1–15/3–1).[40 Stat. 217](/us/stat/40/217).approved on the 4th day of March, A. D. 1909, commonly known as the “Penal Code of the United States” and of the act approved on the 15th day of June, A. D. 1917, the following acts are forbidden to be done, under severe penalties, within the territory and jurisdiction of the United States, to wit: 1. Commissioned service. Accepting and exercising a commission to serve one of the said belligerents by land or by sea against an opposing belligerent. 2. Service as soldier, etc. Enlisting or entering into the service of a belligerent as a soldier, or as a marine, or seaman on board of any ship of war, letter of marque, or privateer. 3. Hiring services of another as soldier, etc. Hiring or retaining another person to enlist or enter himself in the service of a belligerent as a soldier, or as a marine, or seaman on board of any ship of war, letter of marque, or privateer. 4. Hiring another to enlist outside U. S. Hiring another person to go beyond the limits or jurisdiction of the United States with intent to be enlisted as aforesaid. 5. Intent to be entered into service. Hiring another person to go beyond the limits or jurisdiction of the United States with intent to be entered into service as aforesaid. 6. Retaining another to enlist outside U. S. Retaining another person to go beyond the limits or jurisdiction of the United States to be enlisted as aforesaid. 7. Intent to be entered into service. Retaining another person to go beyond the limits or jurisdiction of the United States with intent to be entered into service as aforesaid. Exception.[35 Stat. 1088](/us/stat/35/1088).[18 U. S. C. chs. 1–15; Supp. V, chs. 3–15](/us/usc/t18/s1–15/3–15).[40 Stat. 217](/us/stat/40/217).(But the said act of the 4th day of March, A. D. 1909, as amended by the act of the 15th day of June, A. D. 1917, is not to be construed to extend to a citizen or subject of a belligerent who, being transiently within the jurisdiction of the United States, shall, on board of any ship of war, which, at the time of its arrival within the jurisdiction of the United States, was fitted and equipped as such ship of war, enlist or enter himself or hire or retain another subject or citizen of the same belligerent, who is transiently within the jurisdiction of the United States, to enlist or enter himself to serve such belligerent on board such ship of war, if the United States shall then be at peace with such belligerent.) 8. Fitting out, etc., of vessels. Fitting out and arming, or attempting to fit out and arm, or procuring to be fitted out and armed, or knowingly being concerned in the furnishing, fitting out, or arming of any ship or vessel with intent that such ship or vessel shall be employed in the service of one of the said belligerents to cruise, or commit hostilities against the subjects, citizens, or property of an opposing belligerent. 54 Stat. 2631 9. Issuing or delivering a commission within the territory or jurisdiction Issuing of commission for vessel to serve belligerent.of the United States for any ship or vessel to the intent that she may be employed as aforesaid. 10. Increasing or augmenting, or procuring to be increased or Increasing force of armed vessel.augmented, or knowingly being concerned in increasing or augmenting, the force of any ship of war, cruiser, or other armed vessel, which at the time of her arrival within the jurisdiction of the United States was a ship of war, cruiser, or armed vessel in the service of a belligerent, or belonging to a national thereof, by adding to the number of guns of such vessel, or by changing those on board of her for guns of a larger caliber, or by the addition thereto of any equipment solely applicable to war. 11. Knowingly beginning or setting on foot or providing or preparing Expeditions, etc., from U. S. territory.a means for or furnishing the money for, or taking part m, any military or naval expedition or enterprise to be carried on from the territory or jurisdiction of the United States against the territory or dominion of a belligerent. 12. Despatching from the United States, or any place subject to the Carriage of certain materials, etc., to belligerent vessel.jurisdiction thereof, any vessel, domestic or foreign, which is about to carry to a warship, tender, or supply ship of a belligerent any fuel, arms, ammunition, men, supplies, despatches, or information shipped or received on board within the jurisdiction of the United States. 13. Despatching from the United States, or any place subject to the Despatching vessels suitable for warlike use.jurisdiction thereof, any armed vessel owned wholly or in part by American citizens, or any vessel, domestic or foreign (other than one which has entered the jurisdiction of the United States as a public vessel), which is manifestly built for warlike purposes or has been converted or adapted from a private vessel to one suitable for warlike use, and which is to be employed to cruise against or commit or attempt to commit hostilities upon the subjects, citizens, or property of a belligerent nation, or which will be sold or delivered to a belligerent nation, or to an agent, officer, or citizen thereof, within the jurisdiction of the United States, or, having left that jurisdiction, upon the high seas. 14. Despatching from the United States, or any place subject to the Despatching vessels equipped as ships of war, etc.jurisdiction thereof, any vessel built, armed, or equipped as a ship of war, or converted from a private vessel into a ship of war (other than one which has entered the jurisdiction of the United States as a public vessel), with any intent or under any agreement or contract, written or oral, that such vessel shall be delivered to a belligerent nation, or to any agent, officer, or citizen of such nation, or where there is reasonable cause to believe that the said vessel shall or will be employed in the service of such belligerent nation after its departure from the jurisdiction of the United States. 15. Taking, or attempting or conspiring to take, or authorizing the Taking out of port, etc., of vessels in violation of designated provisions.taking of any vessel out of port or from the jurisdiction of the United States in violation of the said act of the 15th day of June, A. D. 1917, as set forth in the preceding paragraphs numbered 11 to 14 inclusive. 16. Leaving or attempting to leave the jurisdiction of the United Interned persons leaving U. S. Jurisdiction, etc.States by a person belonging to the armed land or naval forces of a belligerent who shall have been interned within the jurisdiction of the United States in accordance with the law of nations, or leaving or attempting to leave the Emits of internment in which freedom of movement has been allowed, without permission from the proper official of the United States in charge, or wilfully overstaying a leave of absence granted by such official. 17. Aiding or enticing any interned person to escape or attempt to Aiding escape of interned person.escape from the jurisdiction of the United States, or from the limits of internment prescribed. 54 Stat. 2632 Designated uses of territorial waters not permitted.AND I do hereby further declare and proclaim that any frequenting and use of the waters within the territorial jurisdiction of the United States by the vessels of a belligerent, whether public ships or privateers for the purpose of preparing for hostile operations, or as posts of observation upon the ships of war or privateers or merchant vessels of an opposing belligerent must be regarded as unfriendly and offensive, and in violation of that neutrality which it is the determination of this government to observe; and to the end that the hazard and inconvenience of such apprehended practices may be avoided, I further proclaim and declare that from and after the fifth day of September instant, and so long as this proclamation shall be in effect, no ship of war or privateer of any belligerent shall be permitted to make use of any port, harbor, roadstead, or waters subject to the jurisdiction of the United States as a station or place of resort for any warlike purpose or for the purpose of obtaining warlike equipment; no privateer of a belligerent shall be permitted to depart from any port, harbor, roadstead, or waters subject to the jurisdiction of the United States; and no ship of war of a belligerent shall be permitted to sail out of or leave any port, harbor, roadstead, or waters subject to the jurisdiction of the United States from which a vessel of an opposing belligerent (whether the same shall be a ship of war or a merchant ship) shall have previously departed, until after the expiration of at least twenty-four hours from the departure of such last mentioned vessel beyond the jurisdiction of the United States. Time limit for departure of belligerent vessels; exception.If any ship of war of a belligerent shall, after the time this notification takes effect, be found in, or shall enter any port, harbor, roadstead, or waters subject to the jurisdiction of the United States, such vessel shall not be permitted to remain in such port, harbor, roadstead, or waters more than twenty-four hours, except in case of stress of weather, or for delay in receiving supplies or repairs, or when detained by the United States; in any of which cases the authorities of the port, or of the nearest port (as the case may be), shall require her to put to sea as soon as the cause of the delay is at an end, unless within the preceding twenty-four hours a vessel, whether ship of war or merchant ship of an opposing belligerent, shall have departed therefrom, in which case the time limited for the departure of such ship of war shall be extended so far as may be necessary to secure an interval of not less than twenty-four hours between such departure and that of any ship of war or merchant ship of an opposing belligerent which may have previously quit the same port, harbor, roadstead, or waters. Vessels for scientific, etc., purposes.Vessels used exclusively for scientific, religious, or philanthropic purposes are exempted from the foregoing provisions as to the length of time ships of war may remain in the ports, harbors, roadsteads, or waters subject to the jurisdiction of the United States. Limitation on number of belligerent ships in U. S. waters.The maximum number of ships of war belonging to a belligerent and its allies which may be in one of the ports, harbors, or roadsteads subject to the jurisdiction of the United States simultaneously shall be three. Ships of opposing belligerents, provisions for departure.When ships of war of opposing belligerents are present simultaneously in the same port, harbor, roadstead, or waters, subject to the jurisdiction of the United States, the one entering first shall depart first, unless she is in such condition as to warrant extending her stay. In any case the ship which arrived later has the right to notify the other through the competent local authority that within twenty-four hours she will leave such port, harbor, roadstead, or waters, the one first entering, however, having the right to depart within that time. If the one first entering leaves, the notifying shin must observe the prescribed interval of twenty-four hours. If a delay beyond twenty-four hours from the time of arrival is granted, the termination of the cause of delay will be considered the time of arrival in deciding the right of priority in departing. 54 Stat. 2633 Vessels of a belligerent shall not be permitted to depart successively from any port, harbor, roadstead, or waters subject to the jurisdiction of the United States at such intervals as will delay the departure of a ship of war of an opposing belligerent from such ports, harbors, road-steads, or waters for more than twenty-four hours beyond her desired time of sailing. If, however, the departure of several ships of war and merchant ships of opposing belligerents from the same port, harbor, roadstead, or waters is involved, the order of their departure therefrom shall be so arranged as to afford the opportunity of leaving alternately to the vessels of the opposing belligerents, and to cause the least detention consistent with the objects of this proclamation. All belligerent vessels shall refrain from use of their radio and signal Use of radio by belligerent vessels, limitation.apparatus while in the harbors, ports, roadsteads, or waters subject to the jurisdiction of the United States, except for calls of distress and communications connected with safe navigation or arrangements for the arrival of the vessel within, or departure from, such harbors, ports, roadsteads, or waters, or passage through such waters; provided that such communications will not be of direct material aid to the belligerent in the conduct of military operations against an opposing belligerent. The radio of belligerent merchant vessels may Sealing of radios by U. S. authorities.be scaled by the authorities of the United States, and such seals shall not be broken within the jurisdiction of the United States except by proper authority of the United States. No ship of war of a belligerent shall be permitted, while in any Limitation on supplies, etc.port, harbor, roadstead, or waters subject to the jurisdiction of the United States, to take in any supplies except provisions and such other things as may be requisite for the subsistence of her crew in amounts necessary to bring such supplies to her peace standard, and except such fuel, lubricants, and feed water only as may be sufficient, with that already on board, to carry such vessel, if without any sail power, to the nearest port of her own country; or in case a vessel is rigged to go under sail, and may also be propelled by machinery, then half the quantity of fuel, lubricants, and feed water which she would be entitled to have on board, if dependent upon propelling machinery alone, and no fuel, lubricants, or feed water shall be again supplied to Restriction.any such ship of war in the same or any other port, harbor, roadstead, or waters subject to the jurisdiction of the United States until after the expiration of three months from the time when such fuel, lubricants and feed water may have been last supplied to her within waters subject to the jurisdiction of the United States. The amounts of fuel, Basis for allotments.lubricants, and feed water allowable under the above provisions shall be based on the economical speed of the vessel, plus an allowance of thirty per centum for eventualities. No ship of war of a belligerent shall be permitted, while in any port, Repairs, restrictions.harbor, roadstead, or waters subject to the jurisdiction of the United States, to make repairs beyond those that are essential to render the vessel seaworthy and which in no degree constitute an increase in her military strength. Repairs shall be made without delay. Damages which are found to have been produced by the enemy’s fire shall in no case be repaired. No ship of war of a belligerent shall effect repairs or receive fuel, Authorization for repairs, etc.lubricants, feed water, or provisions, within the jurisdiction of the United States without written authorization of the proper authorities of the United States. Before such authorization will be issued, the Declaration by commander of vessel.commander of the vessel shall furnish to such authorities a written declaration, duly signed by such commander, stating the date, port, and amounts of supplies last received in the jurisdiction of the United States, the amounts of fuel, lubricants, feed water, and provisions on board, the port to which the vessel is proceeding, the economical speed of the vessel, the rate of consumption of fuel, lubricants, and feed water at such speed, and the amount of each class of supplies desired. 54 Stat. 2634 If repairs are desired, a similar declaration shall be furnished stating Inclusion of certificate.the cause of the damage and the nature of the repairs. In either case, a certificate shall be included to the effect that the desired services are in accord with the rules of the United States in that behalf. Provision of supplies, etc., by U. S. agencies prohibited.No agency of the United States Government shall, directly or indirectly, provide supplies nor effect repairs to a belligerent ship of war. Right of search; prizes.No vessel of a belligerent shall exercise the right of search within the waters under the jurisdiction of the United States, nor shall prizes be taken by belligerent vessels within such waters. Subject to any applicable treaty provisions in force, prizes captured by belligerent vessels shall not enter any port, harbor, roadstead, or waters under the jurisdiction of the United States except in case of unseaworthiness, stress of weather, or want of fuel or provisions; when the cause has disappeared, the prize must leave immediately, and if a prize captured by a belligerent vessel enters any port, harbor, roadstead, or waters subject to the jurisdiction of the United States for any other reason than on account of unseaworthiness, stress of weather, or want of fuel or provisions, or fails to leave as soon as the circumstances which justified the entrance are at an end, the prize with its officers and crew will be released and the prize crew will be interned. A belligerent Prize Court can not be set up on territory subject to the jurisdiction of the United States or on a vessel in the ports, harbors, roadsteads, or waters subject to the jurisdiction of the United States. Vessels operating under public control for hostile, etc., purposes.The provisions of this proclamation pertaining to ships of war shall apply equally to any vessel operating under public control for hostile or military purposes. Neutrality of persons within U. S. territory.AND I do further declare and proclaim that the statutes and the treaties of the United States and the law of nations alike require that no person, within the territory and jurisdiction of the United States, shall take part, directly or indirectly, in the said war, but shall remain at peace with all of the said belligerents, and shall maintain a strict and impartial neutrality. Applicability to Canal Zone; exception.*Post*, p. 2638.AND I do further declare and proclaim that the provisions of this proclamation shall apply to the Canal Zone except in so far as such provisions may be specifically modified by a proclamation or proclamations issued for the Canal Zone. Observance of laws, etc.AND I do hereby enjoin all nationals of the United States, and all persons residing or being within the territory or jurisdiction of the United States, to observe the law’s thereof, and to commit no act contrary to the provisions of the said statutes or treaties or in violation of the law of nations in that behalf. Misconduct of U. S. nationals, etc., protection denied.AND I do hereby give notice that all nationals of the United States and others who may claim the protection of this government, who may misconduct themselves in the premises, will do so at their peril, and that they can in no wise obtain any protection from the government of the United States against the consequences of their misconduct. Continuance in effect.This proclamation shall continue in full force and effect unless and until modified, revoked or otherwise terminated, pursuant to law. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. DONE at the city of Washington this fifth day of September in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-nine, and [seal] of the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-fourth. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President Cordell Hull *Secretary of State* 2349 August 11, 1939 Export of Arms, Ammunition, and Implements of War to France; Germany; Poland; and the United Kingdom, India, Australia and New Zealand Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation 54 Stat. 2635 Export of Arms, Ammunition, and Implements of War to France; Germany; Poland; and the United Kingdom, India, Australia and New ZealandAugust 11, 1939[No. 2345] by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION WHEREAS section 1 of the joint resolution of Congress approved Preamble.[50 Stat. 121](/us/stat/50/121).*Post*, p. 2672.May 1, 1937, provides in part as follows: " “Whenever the President shall find that there exists a state of war between, or among, two or more foreign states, the President shall proclaim such fact, and it shall thereafter be unlawful to export, or attempt to export, or cause to be exported, arms, ammunition, or implements of war from any place in the United States to any belligerent state named in such proclamation, or to any neutral state for transshipment to, or for the use of, any such belligerent state.” " AND WHEREAS it is further provided by section 1 of the said joint resolution that " “The President shall, from time to time by proclamation, defi-nitely enumerate the arms, ammunition, and implements of war, the export of which is prohibited by this section. The arms, ammunition, and implements of war so enumerated shall include those enumerated in the President’s proclamation Numbered 2163, of April 10, 1936, but shall not include raw materials or [49 Stat. 3503](/us/stat/49/3503).any other articles or materials not of the same general character as those enumerated in the said proclamation, and in the Convention for the Supervision of the International Trade in Arms and Ammunition and in Implements of War, signed at Geneva June 17, 1925.” " AND WHEREAS it is further provided by section 1 of the said joint resolution that " “Whoever, in violation of any of the provisions of this Act, shall export, or attempt to export, or cause to be exported, arms, ammunition, or implements of war from the United States shall be fined not more than $10,000 or imprisoned not more than five years, or both, and the property, vessel, or vehicle containing the same shall be subject to the provisions of sections 1 to 8, inclusive, title 6, chapter 30, of the Act approved June 15, 1917 (40 Stat. 223–225; U. S. C., 1934 ed., title 22, secs. 238–245).” " AND WHEREAS it is further provided by section 1 of the said joint resolution that " “In the case of the forfeiture of any arms, ammunition, or implements of war by reason of a violation of this Act, no public or private sale shall be required; but such arms, ammunition, or implements of war shall be delivered to the Secretary of War for such use or disposal thereof as shall be approved by the President of the United States.” " AND WHEREAS it is further provided by section 11 of the said joint resolution that" “The President may, from time to time, promulgate such rules and regulations, not inconsistent with law, as may be necessary and proper to carry out any of the provisions of this Act; and he may exercise any power or authority conferred on him by this Act through such officer or officers, or agency or agencies, as he shall direct.” " 54 Stat. 2636 Existence of state of war.NOW, THEREFORE, I, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, President of the United States of America, acting under and by virtue of the authority conferred on me by the said joint resolution, do hereby proclaim that a state of war unhappily exists between Germany and France; Poland; and the United Kingdom, India, Australia and New Citizens, etc., admonished to abstain from law violations.Zealand, and I do hereby admonish all citizens of the United States, or any of its possessions, and all persons residing or being within the territory or jurisdiction of the United States, or its possessions, to abstain from every violation of the provisions of the joint resolution above set forth, hereby made effective and applicable to the export of arms, ammunition, or implements of war from any place in the United States or any of its possessions to France; Germany; Poland; and the United Kingdom, India, Australia and New Zealand, or to any other state for transshipment to, or for the use of, France; Germany; Poland; and the United Kingdom, India, Australia and New Zealand. Articles to be considered arms, etc.And I do hereby declare and proclaim that the articles enumerated below shall be considered arms, ammunition, and implements of war for the purposes of section 1 of the said joint resolution of Congress: Category I

(1)Rifles and carbines using ammunition in excess of caliber .22, and barrels for those weapons;

(2)Machine guns, automatic or autoloading rifles, and machine pistols using ammunition in excess of caliber .22, and barrels for those weapons;

(3)Guns, howitzers, and mortars of all calibers, their mountings and barrels;

(4)Ammunition in excess of caliber .22 for the arms enumerated under

(1)and

(2)above, and cartridge cases or bullets for such ammunition; filled and unfilled projectiles for the arms enumerated under

(3)above;

(5)Grenades, bombs, torpedoes, mines and depth charges, filled or unfilled, and apparatus for their use or discharge;

(6)Tanks, military armored vehicles, and armored trains. Category II Vessels of war of all kinds, including aircraft carriers and submarines, and armor plate for such vessels. Category III

(1)Aircraft, unassembled, assembled, or dismantled, both heavier and lighter than air, which are designed, adapted, and intended for aerial combat by the use of machine guns or of artillery or for the carrying and dropping of bombs, or which are equipped with, or which by reason of design or construction are prepared for, any of the appliances referred to in paragraph

(2)below;

(2)Aerial gun mounts and frames, bomb racks, torpedo carriers, and bomb or torpedo release mechanisms. Category IV

(1)Revolvers and automatic pistols using ammunition in excess of caliber .22;

(2)Ammunition in excess of caliber .22 for the arms enumerated under

(1)above, and cartridge cases or bullets for such ammunition. Category V

(1)Aircraft, unassembled, assembled or dismantled, both heavier and lighter than air, other than those included in Category III;

(2)Propellors or air screws, fuselages, hulls, wings, tail units, and under-carriage units;

(3)Aircraft engines, unassembled, assembled, or dismantled. 54 Stat. 2637 Category VI

(1)Livens projectors and flame throwers;

(2)a. Mustard gas (dichlorethyl sulphide); b. Lewisite (chlorvinyldichlorarsine and dichlordivinylchlorarsine); c. Methyldichlorarsine; d. Diphenylchlorarsine; e. Diphenylcyanarsine; f. Diphenyl aminechlorarsine; g. Phenyldichlorarsine; h. Ethyldichlorarsine; i. Phenyldibromarsine; j. Ethyldibromarsine; k. Phosgene; l. Monochlormethylchlorformate; m. Trichlormethylchlorformate (diphosgene); n. Dichlordimethyl Ether; o. Dibromdimethyl Ether; p. Cyanogen Chloride; q. Ethylbromacetate; r. Ethyliodoacetate; s. Brombenzylcyanide; t. Bromacetone; u. Brommethylethyl ketone. Category VII

(1)Propellant powders;

(2)High explosives as follows: a. a. Nitrocellulose having a nitrogen content of more than 12%; b. b. Trinitrotoluene; c. c. Trinitroxylene; d. d. Tetryl (trinitrophenol methyl nitramine or tetranitro methylaniline); e. e. Picric acid; f. f. Ammonium picrate; g. Trinitroanisol; h. Trinitronaphthalene; i. Tetranitronaphthalene; j. Hexanitrodiphenylamine; k. Pentaerythritetetranitrate (Penthrite or Pentrite); l. Trimethylenetrinitramine (Hexogen or T4); m. Potassium nitrate powders (black saltpeter powder); n. Sodium nitrate powders (black soda powder); o. Amatol (mixture of ammonium nitrate and trinitrotoluene); p. Ammonal (mixture of ammonium nitrate, trinitrotoluene, and powdered aluminum, with or without other ingrediente); q. Sclmeiderite (mixture of ammonium nitrate and dinitronaphthalene, with or without other ingredients). And I do hereby enjoin upon all officers of the United States, Officers to prevent violations.charged with the execution of the laws thereof, the utmost diligence in preventing violations of the said joint resolution, and this my proclamation issued thereunder, and in bringing to trial and punishment any offenders against the same. And I do hereby delegate to the Secretary of State the power to Secretary of State empowered to promulgate rules, etc.exercise any power or authority conferred on me by the said joint resolution, as made effective by this my proclamation issued thereunder, and the power to promulgate such rules and regulations not inconsistent with law as may be necessary and proper to carry out any of its provisions. 54 Stat. 2638 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the Seal of the United States of America to be affixed. DONE at the city of Washington this fifth day of September, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-nine [seal] and of the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-fourth. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President Cordell Hull *Secretary of State* 2350 September 5, 1939 Prescribing Regulations Concerning Neutrality in the Canal Zone Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation Prescribing Regulations Concerning Neutrality in the Canal ZoneSeptember 5, 1939[No. 2350] by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION Preamble.*Ante*, p. 2629.WHEREAS a proclamation having been issued by me on the fifth day of September instant declaring the neutrality of the United States of America in the war now existing between Germany and France; Poland; the United Kingdom, India, Australia and New Zealand. AND WHEREAS the provisions of the said proclamation apply to the Canal Zone except in so far as such provisions may be modified by a proclamation issued for the Canal Zone; Modification of previous proclamation in application to Canal Zone.NOW, THEREFORE, I, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, President of the United States of America, do declare and proclaim that, from and after the fifth day of September instant, the said proclamation issued by me on the fifth day of September instant, in its application to the Canal Zone, is hereby modified as follows: 1. Time limit for departure of belligerent vessels. The limit of twenty-four hours prescribed by the above proclamation, with certain exceptions, as the maximum time a belligerent ship of war may remain within the jurisdiction of the United States shall apply to the total time such ship of war may remain in all the waters of the Canal Zone, except that the time required to transit the Canal shall be in addition to the prescribed twenty-four hours. Such transit shall be effected with the least possible delay in accordance with the Canal regulations in force, and only with such intermission as may result from the necessities of the service. 2. Limitation on number of belligerent ships tn Canal Zone waters. The maximum number of ships of war belonging to a belligerent and its allies which may be simultaneously in either terminal port and the terminal waters adjacent to such port shall be three. The maximum number of such vessels in all the waters of the Canal Zone simultaneously, including those in transit through the Canal, shall be six. 3. Ships of opposing belligerents, exception to provisions for departure. Belligerent ships of war, not carrying aircraft, departing from the jurisdiction of the Canal Zone from one of the terminal ports shall not be required to observe the prescribed interval of time between such departure and the departure from such jurisdiction of a vessel of an opposing belligerent from the other terminal port. 4. Basis for determining priority in departure. The time of original arrival of vessels within the jurisdiction of the Canal Zone, whether or not they transit the Canal, shall be used as the time of arrival in deciding the right of priority, between vessels of opposing belligerents, in departing from the jurisdiction of the Canal Zone. 54 Stat. 2639 5. If a belligerent ship of war which has left the waters of the Canal Loss of priority rights on return within one week.Zone, whether she has transited the Canal or not, returns within a period of one week after her departure, she shall lose all right of priority in departure from the Canal Zone, or in passage through the Canal, over vessels of an opposing belligerent which may enter those waters after her return and before the expiration of one week subsequent to her previous departure. In any such case, the time of departure of a Fixing of departure time by Canal authorities.vessel which has so returned shall be fixed by the Canal authorities, who may in so doing consider the wishes of the commander or master of a vessel or vessels of an opposing belligerent then present within the waters of the Canal Zone. 6. If it is wholly impossible, as determined by the Governor of the Repairs and supplies permitted; condition.Panama Canal, for a belligerent ship of war to effect repairs through, or to obtain fuel, lubricants, feed water, and provisions from, a private contractor within the Canal Zone or the Republic of Panama, the agencies of the United States administered by the Canal authorities may, in order to facilitate the operation of the Canal or its appurtenances, effect such repairs and furnish such supplies in accordance with the Canal regulations in force, but when repairs and supplies are Limitation.so obtained they shall be limited to such repairs and such amounts of fuel, lubricants, feed water, and provisions, with that already on board, as may be necessary to enable the vessel to proceed to the nearest accessible port, not an enemy port, in the general direction of her voyage, at which she can obtain further repairs or supplies necessary for the continuation of the voyage. The amounts of fuel, lubricants, Deduction of supplies from allowances.feed water, and provisions so received shall be deducted from the amounts otherwise allowed in ports, harbors, roadsteads, and waters subject to the jurisdiction of the United States, including the Canal Zone, during any time within a period of three months thereafter. No Fuel, etc., authorization by Canal authorities.public vessel of a belligerent shall receive fuel or lubricants while within the territorial waters of the Canal Zone except under written authorization of the Canal Authorities, specifying the amount of fuel and lubricants which may be received. Moreover, the repair facilities and docks belonging to the United States and administered by the Canal Authorities shall not be used by a public vessel of a belligerent, except when necessary in case of actual distress, and then only upon the order of the Canal Authorities, and only to the degree necessary to render the vessel sea-worthy. Any work authorized shall be done with the least possible delay. 7. In the Canal Zone, prizes shall be in all respects subject to the Rules for prizes.same rules as ships of war of the belligerents. AND I do further declare and proclaim that, from and after the Additional provisions.fifth day of September instant, the following additional provisions shall be effective in the Canal Zone: 1. No belligerent shall embark or disembark troops, munitions of Embarkation or disembarkation of troops, munitions, etc.war, or warlike materials in the Canal Zone, except when required by the Canal authorities, or in case of accidental hindrance of the transit. In such cases the Canal authorities shall be the judges of the necessity, and the transit shall be resumed with all dispatch. 2. No belligerent aircraft shall be navigated into, within, or through Navigation of belligerent aircraft.the air spaces above the territory or waters of the Canal Zone. 3. The enforcement of neutrality of the United States within the Enforcement of neutrality; administrative action.Canal Zone and administrative action in connection therewith shall be the responsibility of the Governor of the Panama Canal; and the military and naval forces stationed in the Canal Zone shall give him such assistance for this purpose as he may request; provided that, if an officer of the Army is designated to assume authority and jurisdiction 54 Stat. 2640over the operation of the Panama Canal as provided in Section 8 of Title 2 of the Canal Zone Code, such officer of the Army shall thereafter have such responsibility. Provisions deemed additional.AND I do further declare and proclaim that the provisions of this proclamation and the provisions of the proclamation of the fifth day of September instant are in addition to the “Rules and Regulations for the Operation and Navigation of the Panama Canal and Approaches Thereto, including all Waters under its jurisdiction” prescribed by Executive Order No. 4314, of September 25, 1925, as amended. Continuance in effect.This proclamation shall continue in full force and effect unless and until modified, revoked, or otherwise terminated pursuant to law. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. DONE at the city of Washington this fifth day of September, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-nine, [seal] and of the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-fourth. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President Cordell Hull *Secretary of State* 2351 September 5, 1939 Imposing Quotas on Imports of Cotton and Cotton Waste Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation Imposing Quotas on Imports of Cotton and Cotton WasteSeptember 5, 1939[No. 2351] by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION Preamble.*Post*, p. 2769.WHEREAS pursuant to section 22 of the Agricultural Adjustment Act of 1933 as amended by section 31 of the Act of August 24, 1935 (49 Stat. 750, 773), as amended by section 5 of the Act of February 29, 1936 (49 Stat. 1148, 1152), and as reenacted by section 1 of the Act [7 U. S. C., Supp. V, § 624](/us/usc/t7/s624).of June 3, 1937 (50 Stat. 246), I caused the United States Tariff Commission to make an investigation to determine whether cotton or cotton waste was being imported into the United States under such conditions and in sufficient quantities as to render or tend to render ineffective or materially interfere with the program undertaken with respect to cotton under the Soil Conservation and Domestic Allotment Act, as amended, or to reduce substantially the amount of any product processed in the United States from cotton; WHEREAS, in the course of the investigation, after due notice, a hearing was held, at winch parties interested were given opportunity to be present, to produce evidence, and to be heard, and in addition to the hearing, the Commission made such investigation as it deemed necessary for a full disclosure and presentation of the facts; and WHEREAS the Commission has made findings of fact and has transmitted to me a report of such findings and its recommendations based thereon, together with a transcript of the evidence submitted at the hearing, and has also transmitted a copy of such report to the Secretary of Agriculture: Findings as to cotton and cotton waste.NOW, THEREFORE, I, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, President of the United States of America, do hereby find, on the basis of such investigation and report, that cotton and cotton waste are being imported into the United States under such conditions and in sufficient quantities as to tend to render ineffective the program undertaken 54 Stat. 2641with respect to cotton under the Soil Conservation and Domestic [49 Stat. 163, 1148](/us/stat/49/163/1148).[16 U. S. C., Supp. V, ch. 3B](/us/usc/t16/s3B).Proclamation of annual quotas by countries.Allotment Act, as amended. Accordingly, I hereby proclaim that the total quantities of cotton and cotton waste originating in any of the countries named in the following tables which may he entered, or withdrawn from warehouse, for consumption in any year, commencing September 20, shall not exceed the quantities shown opposite each of said countries, which quantities I hereby find and declare shown by the investigation to be necessary to prescribe in order that the entry of cotton and cotton waste will not render or tend to render ineffective or materially interfere with the program undertaken with respect to cotton under the Soil Conservation and Domestic Allotment Act, as amended, or reduce substantially the amount of any product processed in the United States from cotton produced in the United States: Cotton (other than harsh or rough cotton of less than ½ inch in staple length Cotton; exceptions.and chiefly used in the manufacture of blankets and blanketing, and, other than linters): Annual quotas by countries of origin Country of origin Staple length Less than 1½ inches 1½ inches or more 1Other than Barbados, Bermuda, Jamaica, Trinidad, and Tobago. 2Other than Gold Coast and Nigeria. 3Other than Algeria, Tunisia, and Madagascar. Pounds Pounds Egypt and the Anglo-Egyptian Sudan 783, 816 43, 451, 566 Peru 247, 952 2, 056, 299 British India 2, 003, 483 64, 942 China 1, 370, 791 2, 626 Mexico 8, 883, 259 Brazil 618, 723 3, 808 Union of Soviet Socialist Republics 475, 124 Argentina 5, 203 435 Haiti 237 506 Ecuador 9,333 Honduras 752 Paraguay 871 Colombia 124 Iraq 195 British East Africa 2, 240 29, 909 Netherlands East Indies 71, 388 Barbados 12, 554 Other British West Indies 1 21, 321 30, 139 Nigeria 5,377 Other British West Africa 2 16, 004 2, 002 Algeria and Tunisia 1, 634 Other French Africa3 689 Total 14, 516, 882 45, 656, 420 54 Stat. 2642 Cotton waste, etc.Cotton card strips, comber waste, lap waste, sliver waste, and roving waste, whether or not manufactured or otherwise advanced in value: Annual quotas by countries Country of origin Total quota, provided, however, that not more than 33½ percent of the quotas shall be filled by cotton wastes other than card strips and comber wastes made from cottons of 1½ inches or more in staple length in the case of the following countries: United Kingdom Belgium France German Netherlands Italy Switzerland Pounds United Kingdom 4, 323, 457 Canada 239, 690 France 227, 420 British India 69, 627 Netherlands 68, 240 Switzerland 44, 388 Belgium 38, 559 Japan 341, 535 China 17, 322 Egypt 8, 135 Cuba 6, 544 Germany 76, 329 Italy 21, 263 Total 5, 482, 509 Quotas compared with imports for previous period.I find and declare that the total quantity of cotton or cotton waste which may be entered hereunder with respect to each of the countries named herein is not less than 50 per centum of the average annual quantity of cotton or cotton waste which was imported from each of such countries during the period from July 1, 1928, to June 30, 1933, both dates inclusive, and that during the period named no cotton or cotton waste originating in any foreign countries other than those Restriction.enumerated in the foregoing tables was imported into the United States. No cotton or cotton waste originating in any other foreign country, or originating in the United States, shall be permitted to be entered, or withdrawn from warehouse, for consumption during the effectiveness of this proclamation. “Cotton” and “cotton waste” defined.As used in this proclamation, except in the first paragraph, the word “cotton” does not include harsh or rough cotton having a staple of less than ½ of one inch in length and chiefly used in the manufacture of blankets and blanketing, nor cotton linters, and the words “cotton waste” include only card strips, and comber, lap, sliver, and roving wastes. Effective date.This proclamation shall become effective on the 20th day of September 1939. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. Done in the City of Washington this 5th day of September, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-nine, and of [seal] the Independence of the United States of America, the one hundred and sixty-fourth. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President Cordell Hull *Secretary of State* 2352 September 8, 1939 Proclaiming a National Emergency in Connection With the Observance, Safeguarding, and Enforcement of Neutrality and the Strengthening of the National Defense Within the Limits of Peace-Time Authorizations Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation 54 Stat. 2643 Proclaiming a National Emergency in Connection With the Observance, Safeguarding, and Enforcement of Neutrality and the Strengthening of the National Defense Within the Limits of Peace-Time AuthorizationsSeptember 8, 1939[No. 2352] by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION WHEREAS a proclamation issued by me on September 5, 1939, Preamble.*Ante*, p. 2629.proclaimed the neutrality of the United States in the war now unhappily existing between certain nations; and WHEREAS this state of war imposes on the United States certain duties with respect to the proper observance, safeguarding, and enforcement of such neutrality, and the strengthening of the national defense within the limits of peace-time authorizations; and WHEREAS measures required at this time call for the exercise of only a limited number of the powers granted in a national emergency: NOW, THEREFORE, I, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, President National emergency proclaimed.*Post*, p. 2711.of the United States of America, do proclaim that a national emergency exists in connection with and to the extent necessary for the proper observance, safeguarding, and enforcing of the neutrality of the United States and the strengthening of our national defense within the limits of peace-time authorizations. Specific directions Specific directions, etc., to be given.and authorizations will be given from time to time for carrying out these two purposes. IN WITNESS WHEREOF I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States of America to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington this eighth day of September, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-nine, [seal] and of the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-fourth. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President Cordell Hull *Secretary of State* 2353 September 8, 1939 Proclaiming the Neutrality of the United States in the War Between Germany, on the One Hand, and the Union of South Africa, on the Other Hand Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation Proclaiming the Neutrality of the United States in the War Between Germany, on the One Hand, and the Union of South Africa, on the Other HandSeptember 8, 1939[No. 2353] by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION WHEREAS a state of war unhappily exists between Germany, on Preamble.the one hand, and. the Union of South Africa, on the other hand; NOW, THEREFORE, I, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, President Provisions of previous proclamation made applicable to Union of South Africa.of the United States of America, in order to preserve the neutrality of the United States and of its citizens and of persons within its territory and jurisdiction, and to enforce its laws and treaties, and in order that all persons, being warned of the general tenor of the laws and treaties of the United States in this behalf, and of the law of nations, may thus be prevented from any violation of the same, do hereby declare and proclaim that all of the provisions of my proclamation of September 5, 1939, proclaiming the neutrality of the United *Ante*, p. 2629.States in a war between Germany and France; Poland; and the United Kingdom, India, Australia and New Zealand apply equally in respect to the Union of South Africa. 54 Stat. 2644 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the Seal of the United States of America to be affixed. DONE at the city of Washington this 8th day of September, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-nine, and of [seal] the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-fourth. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President Cordell Hull *Secretary of State* 2354 September 8, 1939 Export of Arms, Ammunition, and Implements of War to the Union of South Africa Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation Export of Arms, Ammunition, and Implements of War to the Union of South AfricaSeptember 8, 1939[No. 2354] by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION Preamble.[50 Stat. 121](/us/stat/50/121).*Post*, p. 2672.WHEREAS section 1 of the joint resolution of Congress approved May 1, 1937, amending the joint resolution entitled “Joint resolution providing for the prohibition of the export of arms, ammunition, and implements of war to belligerent countries; the prohibition of the transportation of arms, ammunition, and implements of war by vessels of the United States for the use of belligerent states; for the registration and licensing of persons engaged in the business of manufacturing, exporting, or importing arms, ammunition, or implements of war; and restricting travel by American citizens on belligerent ships during [49 Stat. 1081, 1152](/us/stat/49/1081/1152).war”, approved August 31, 1935, as amended February 29, 1936, provides m part as follows: " “Whenever the President shall find that there exists a state of war between, or among, two or more foreign states, the President shall proclaim such fact, and it shall thereafter be unlawful to export, or attempt to export, or cause to be exported, arms, ammunition, or implements of war from any place in the United States to any belligerent state named in such proclamation, or to any neutral state for transshipment to, or for the use of, any such belligerent state.” " AND WHEREAS it is further provided by section 1 of the said joint resolution that" “The President shall, from time to time, by proclamation, extend such embargo upon the export of arms, ammunition, or implements of war to other states as and when they may become involved in such war.” " Provisions of previous proclamation made applicable to Union of South Africa.*Ante*, p. 2635.NOW, THEREFORE, I, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, President of the United States of America, acting under and by virtue of the authority conferred upon me by the said joint resolution, do hereby proclaim that all of the provisions of my proclamation of September 5, 1939, in regard to the export of arms, ammunition, and implements of war to France; Germany; Poland; and the United Kingdom, India, Australia, and New Zealand, hence forth apply to the Union of South Africa. Officers to prevent violations.And I do hereby enjoin upon all officers of the United States, charged with the execution of the laws thereof, the utmost diligence in preventing violations of the said joint resolution, and this my proclamation issued thereunder, and in bringing to trial and punishment any offenders against the same. 54 Stat. 2645 And I do hereby delegate to the Secretary of State the power to exercise Secretary of State empowered to promulgate rules, etc.any power or authority conferred on me by the said joint resolution, as made effective by this my proclamation issued thereunder, and the power to promulgate such rules and regulations not inconsistent with law as may be necessary and proper to carry out any of its provisions. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the Seal of the United States of America to be affixed. DONE at the city of Washington this 8th day of September, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-nine, and of [seal] the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-fourth. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President Cordell Hull *Secretary of State* 2355 September 6, 1939 Enlarging the Chattahoochee National Forest—Georgia Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation Enlarging the Chattahoochee National Forest—GeorgiaSeptember 6, 1939[No. 2355] by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION WHEREAS certain lands adjacent to the Chattahoochee National Preamble.Forest within the State of Georgia have been acquired or may hereafter be acquired by the United States under authority of the act of March 1 1911, c. 186, 36 Stat. 961 (U. S. C., title 16, sec. 516), as amended by the act of June 7, 1924, 43 Stat. 653 (U. S. C., title 16, sec. 515); and WHEREAS it appears that the said lands are suitable for national-forest purposes and that it would be in the public interest to reserve them as a part of the Chattahoochee National Forest: NOW, THEREFORE, I, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, President Chattahoochee National Forest, Ga., lands added.of the United States of America, under and by virtue of the power vested in me by section 24 of the act of March 3, 1891, 26 Stat. 1095, 1103 (U. S. C., title 16, sec. 471), and the act of June 4, 1897, 30 Stat. 34, 36 (U. S. C., title 16, sec. 473), and the above-mentioned act of March 1, 1911, as amended, do proclaim

(1)that all lands of the United States within the area hereinafter described, and shown on the diagram attached hereto and made a part hereof, are hereby added to and reserved as part of the Chattahoochee National Forest in the State of Georgia, and that all lands within such area which may hereafter Administration of lands acquired.be acquired by the United States under authority of the aforesaid act of March 1,1911, as amended, shall upon acquisition of title thereto become, and be administered as, part of the said Chattahoochee National Forest: Lying and being on the watersheds of Armuchee and Mill Description.Creeks, the Chattooga and Oostanaula Rivers, tributaries of the Coosa River and Chickamauga Creek, a tributary of the Tennessee River, in Catoosa, Chattooga, Floyd, Gordon, Walker, and Whitfield Counties, Georgia; Beginning at the intersection of Georgia Highways #2 and #95, at the western foot of Taylor Ridge, approximately six miles east of LaFayette, Georgia; Thence, northeastwardly, along Georgia Highway #95, approximately one and three-quarter miles to its intersection with the county road to Ringgold; 54 Stat. 2646 Thence, northeastwardly along the county road to Ringgold, crossing the Walker-Catoosa County Line, approximately thirteen and one-half miles to the intersection of said road with the center of south Chickamauga Creek, on the south edge of Ringgold; Thence, southeastwardly with the center of South Chickamauga Creek, crossing the N. C. & St. L. Railroad three times, approximately three miles to the mouth of East Chickamauga Creek; Thence, southwardly, along the center of East Chickamauga Creek crossing the N. C. & St. L. Railroad three times, four and a half miles to its intersection with the county road up Dogwood Valley; Thence, southwardly along the county road up Dogwood Valley, crossing the Catoosa-Whitfield County Line, approximately four and one-half miles to its intersection with the Trickum-Nickaj ack Gap Road; Thence, westwardly, along the Nickajack Gap Road, approximately one-quarter of a mile to its intersection with a county road to the south; Thence, southwardly, along the county road, approximately two and three-quarter miles to its intersection with the Georgia Highway #2; Thence, southwardly along Georgia Highway. #2, approximately two and one-half miles to its intersection with the Whitfield-Walker County Line; Thence, east with the Whitfield-Walker County Line approximately two and one-half miles to its intersection with the county road down Mill Creek; Thence, northeastwardly and then northwardly along the county road down Mill Creek, approximately seven and one-half miles to its intersection with U. S. Highway #41, Georgia Highways #2 and #3 near Rocky Face; Thence, southeastwardly along U. S. Highway #41, Georgia Highways #2 and #3, crossing Mill Creek,, approximately one and three-quarter miles to its intersection with a county road to the south; Thence, southwardly along the county road to the south, crossing the Southern Railroad and Swamp Creek, approximately eleven and one-quarter miles to Carbondale; Thence, southwardiv, continuing along the county road, crossing the Southern Railroad twice, and crossing Blue Spring Creek, passing the Whitfield-Gordon County Line, approximately three and a quarter miles to Hill City; Thence, southwestwardly, continuing along the county road, approximately two and one-quarter miles to its intersection with Georgia Highway #143; Thence, southwardly along Georgia Highway #143, approximately one-half mile to its intersection with a county road to the southwest; Thence, southwestwardly and then southwardly, along the county road, crossing Snake and Bow Creeks, approximately nine miles to its intersection with the county road between Reeves and Curry ville; Thence, southwestwardiv along the county road to Curryville, approximately one-half mile to its intersection with the county road to Everett Springs; Thence, northwestwardly, along the county road to Everett Springs, crossing Rocky and Johns Creeks and the Gordon-Floyd 54 Stat. 2647County Line, approximately five and one-quarter miles to its intersection with the county road between Everett Springs and Rosedale; Thence, southwardly, along the county road, approximately four miles to Rosedale; Thence, southwestwardly along the county road, crossing Muck and Lovejoy Creeks, approximately three miles to Floyd Springs; Thence, southwardly along the paved county road, approximately one mile to its intersection with a county road from the southwest; Thence, southwestwardly, along the county road, approximately two miles to its intersection with the county road up Armuchee Creek; Thence, northwestwardly, along the county road up Armuchee Creek, approximately two and three-quarter miles to its intersection with the Floyd-Chattooga County Line; Thence, southwestwardly along the county line, crossing Armuchee Creek, approximately one-third of a mile to its intersection with the county road up Sand Mountain; Thence, southwestwardly along the county road, approximately one and three-quarter miles to its intersection with U. S. Highway #27, Georgia Highway #1, one-third of a mile northwest of Crystal Springs; Thence, southeastwardly, with U. S. Highway #27, Georgia Highway #1, one-third of a mile to Crystal Springs, Georgia; Thence, southwardly and then southwestwardly, along the county road up Big Texas Valley approximately ten miles to its intersection with the old Kitchen Gap Road, from the northwest; Thence, northwestwardly along the old Kitchen Gap Road, crossing the Floyd-Chattooga County fine at the top of Simms Mountain, approximately one and three quarter miles to its intersection with the Holland-Rome County Road; Thence, northwardly, along the county road, approximately three quarters of a mile to its intersection with the Central of Georgia Railroad at Holland, Georgia; Thence, northeastwardly along the Central of .Georgia Railroad, approximately one mile to its intersection with the county road to Summerville, Georgia; Thence, northwestwardly and then northwardly along the county road, approximately two miles to its intersection with the county road to Gore, Georgia; Thence, northwardly along the county road to Summerville, approximately two and one-half miles to its intersection with an old county road along the western foot of Taylor Ridge; Thence, northeastwardly along the county.road and the foot of Taylor Ridge, approximately five miles to its intersection with U. S. Highway #27, Georgia Highway #1; Thence, northeastwardly, along the county road known as the Old Alabama Road, approximately seven and one-half miles to its intersection with the Trion-Subligna Comity Road; Thence, northeastwardly, continuing along the county road known as the Old Alabama Road, crossing the Chattooga-Floyd County Line and Cane Creek, approximately ten and one-half miles to its intersection with Georgia Highway #2 at Naomi; Thence, northeastwardly, along Georgia Highway #2, approximately one and one-half miles to the point of beginning; CONTAINING a total of 231,500 acres, be the same more or less. 54 Stat. 2648 IN WITNESS W HEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington this sixth day of September, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-nine, and [seal] of the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-fourth. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President Cordell Hull *Secretary of State* 2356 September 6, 1939 Cache National Forest—Idaho and Utah Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation Cache National Forest—Idaho and UtahSeptember 6, 1939[No. 2356] by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION Preamble.WHEREAS it appears that the public lands in the hereinafter-described area, in Utah, within a grazing district established by the Secretary of the Interior April 8, 1935, under the provisions of [43 U. S. C., Supp. V, § 315](/us/usc/t43/s315).section 1 of the act of June 28, 1934 (ch. 865, 48 Stat. 1269; 43 U. S. C. 315), lie within a watershed forming a part of the Cache National Forest and can best be administered in connection with such national forest: Cache National Forest, Idaho and Utah, lands added.NOW, THEREFORE, I, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, President of the United States of America, by virtue of the authority vested in me by section 13 of the aforesaid act of June 28, 1934 (43 U. S. C. 315L), section 24 of the act of March 3, 1891 (26 Stat. 1103), as amended (16 U. S. C. 471), and the act of June 4, 1897 (30 Stat. 36; 16 U. S. C. 473), do proclaim that the following-described lands are hereby placed within and made a part of the Cache National Forest, and that such lands shall be subject to all the laws and regulations relating to national forests: Description.*Salt Lake Meridian* T. 10 N., R. 1 W., sec. 4, W½; secs. 5 to 8, inclusive; sec. 9, W½, SE½; secs. 16 to 21, inclusive; sec. 22, W½; sec. 26, S½; sec. 27, W½; SE½; secs. 28 to 36, inclusive; T. 11 N., R. 1 W., sec. 7, W½; sec. 18, W½E½, W½; secs. 19, 29, 30, 31, and 32; sec. 33, W½W½; T. 10 N., R. 2 W., secs. 1, 2, and 3; sec. 4, E½E½; secs. 10 to 14, inclusive; sec. 15, NE½; sec. 23, N½, SE½; secs. 24 and 25; sec. 36, E½;54 Stat. 2649 T. 11 N., K. 2 W., sec. 1, W½ SE½; secs. 2 to 4 and secs. 9 to 16, inclusive; sec. 21, N½, SE½ secs. 22 to 27, inclusive; sec. 28, E½W½ sec. 33, E½E½ secs. 34, 35, and 36; T. 12 N., R. 2 W., secs. 26 to 28 and secs. 33 to 35, inclusive; sec. 36, SW½; aggregating 43,331.83 acres. The reservation made by this proclamation shall, as to all lands Prior rights not affected.to which legal rights have been acquired under any of the public-land laws or which are reserved for any public purpose, be subject to, and shall not interfere with or defeat such legal rights or prevent the use for such public purpose of lands so reserved, so long as such rights are legally maintained or such reservation remains in force. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington this sixth day of September, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-nine, and [seal] of the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-fourth. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President Cordell Hull *Secretary of State* 2357 September 6, 1939 Shawnee National Forest—Illinois Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation Shawnee National Forest—IllinoisSeptember 6, 1939[No. 2357] by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION WHEREAS certain lands within the State of Illinois have been Preamble.acquired or are in process of acquisition by the United States of America under the authority of the act of March 1, 1911, 36 Stat. 961, 962 (U. S. C., title 16, sec. 516), as amended by the act of June 7, 1924, 43 Stat. 653 (U. S. C., title 16, sec. 515), the act of March 31, 1933, c. 348, 48 Stat. 22 (U. S. C., title 16, sec. 585), the National [16 U. S. C., Supp. V, § 585 (note)](/us/usc/t16/s585).Industrial Recovery Act, approved June 16, 1933 (48 Stat. 195, 202, U. S. C., title 40, sec. 403), the Emergency Relief Appropriation Act of 1935, approved April 8, 1935, 49 Stat. 115, and Title III of the Bankhead-Jones Farm Tenant Act, approved July 22, 1937 (50 [50 Stat 525](/us/stat/50/525).[7 U. S. C., Supp. V, § 1010–1013](/us/usc/t7/s1010–1013).Stat. 522, U. S. C., title 7, sec. 1010); and WHEREAS it appears that it would be in the public interest to give such lands, together with any intermingled public lands, a national-forest status: NOW, THEREFORE, I, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, President Shawnee National Forest, III., establishment.of the United States of America, under and by virtue of the power vested in me by section 24 of the act of March 3, 1891,26 Stat. 1095,1103 (U. S. C., title 16, sec. 471), the act of June 4, 1897; 30 Stat. 34, 36 (U. S. C., title 16, sec. 473), and the acts above mentioned, do proclaim

(1)that there are hereby reserved and set apart as the Shawnee National Forest all lands of the United States within the areas hereinafter described and shown on the diagram attached hereto 54 Stat. 2650Administration lands acquired.of and made a part hereof, and

(2)that all lands within such boundaries which are now in process of acquisition by the United States under authority of any of the above-mentioned acts shall upon acquisition of title become and be administered as part of said Forest:Description. *Third Principal Meridian* T. 8 S., R. 3 W., secs. 18 to 20, inclusive; secs. 29 to 33, inclusive. T. 8 S., R. 4 W., secs. 4 to 11, inclusive; secs. 13 to 28, inclusive; N½ sec. 29; N½ sec. 34, secs. 35 and 36. T. 8 S., R. 5 W., secs. 1 and 2; all that part of secs. 3, 4, and 9 lying in Jackson County; secs. 10 to 15, inclusive; all that part of sec. 16 lying in Jackson County; N½ of secs. 22 and 23; sec. 24. T. 9 S., R. 7 E., secs. 34 to 36, inclusive. T. 9 S., R. 8 E., SW½ sec. 26; S½ of secs. 27 and 28; secs. 31 to 34, inclusive; W½ sec. 35. T. 9 S., R. 2 W., secs. 19 and 20; secs. 29 to 32, inclusive. T. 9 S., R. 3 W., secs. 1 to 11, inclusive; secs. 13 to 36, inclusive. T. 9 S., R. 4 W., secs. 1, 2, and 12; all that part of the S½ sec. 35 lying east of the Mississippi River; NE½ and all that part of the S½ of sec. 36 lying east of the Mississippi River. T. 10 S., R. 5 E., secs. 23 to 26, inclusive; secs. 31 to 36, inclusive. T. 10 S., R. 6 E., secs. 19 to 36, inclusive. T. 10 S., R. 7 E., all. T. 10 S., R. 8 E., secs. 3 to 10, inclusive; secs. 13 to 36, inclusive. T. 10 S., R. 9 E., all that part of sec. 13 lying west of the Ohio River; sees. 14 to 23, inclusive; all that part of sec. 24 lying west of the Ohio River; secs. 25 to 36, inclusive. T. 10 S., R. 10 E., all that part of secs. 19, 30, and 31 lying west of the Ohio River. T. 10 S., R. 1 W., secs. 7 to 36, inclusive. T. 10 S., R. 2 W., secs. 5 to 36, inclusive. T. 10 S., R. 3 W., secs. 1 to 29, inclusive; E.½ sec. 30, and SE½ of sec. 32; secs. 33 to 36, inclusive. T. 10 S., R. 4 W., all that part of secs. 1, 11, 12, 13, and 14 lying east of the Mississippi River. T. 11 S., R. 1 E., all. T. 11 S., R. 4 E., secs. 1 and 2; secs. 11 to 14, inclusive; secs. 23 to 26, inclusive; secs. 35 and 36. Tps. 11 8., Rs. 5, 6, 7, 8, and 9 E., all. T. 11 S., R. 10 E., all that part lying west of the Ohio River. T. 11 S., R. 1 W., secs. 1 to 15, inclusive ; secs. 22 to 27, inclusive; secs. 34 to 36, inclusive. T. 11 S., R. 2 W., secs. 1 to 12, inclusive; secs. 14 to 23, inclusive; secs. 26 to 35, inclusive. T. 11 S., R. 3 W., secs. 1 to 4, inclusive; secs. 9 to 16, inclusive; NE,½ and S½ of sec. 17; N½ and SE½ of sec. 20; secs.21 to 28, inclusive; NEX sec. 29; E½ sec. 33; secs. 34 to 36, inclusive. T. 12 S., R. 3 E., secs. 1, 12, and 13. T. 12 S., R. 4 E., secs. 1 to 18, inclusive; secs. 23 to 26, inclusive; secs. 35 and 36. Tps. 12 S., Rs. 5, 6, and 7 E., all. 54 Stat. 2651 Tps. 12 S., Rs. 8 and 9 E., all that part lying north of the Ohio River. T. 12 S., R. 10 E., all that part lying north and west of the Ohio River. T. 12 S., R. 2 W., secs. 2 to 11, inclusive; secs. 14 to 23, inclusive; secs. 26 to 35, inclusive. T. 12 S., R. 3 W., secs. 1, 2, 3, and 12. T. 13 S., R. 4 E., secs. 1 and 2; secs. 11 to 14, inclusive; secs. 23 to 26, inclusive; secs. 35 and 36. Tps. 13 S., Rs. 5 and 6 E., all. T. 13 S., R. 7 E., all that part lying northeast and west of the Ohio River. T. 13 S., R. 8 E., all that part lying north of the Ohio River. T. 13 S., R. 2 W., secs. 2 to 5, inclusive; secs. 8 to 11, inclusive; secs. 14 to 17, inclusive; secs. 19 to 36, inclusive. T. 14 S., R. 5 E., all. T. 14 S., R. 6 E., all that part lying west of the Ohio River. T. 14 S., R. 1 W., secs. 7 to 9, inclusive ; secs. 16 to 18, inclusive. T. 14 S., R. 2 W., all. T. 14 S., R. 3 W., secs. 12 to 15, inclusive; secs. 21 to 28, inclusive; secs. 33 to 36, inclusive. T. 15 S., R. 5 E., secs. 1 to 18, inclusive. T. 15 S., R. 6 E., all. T. 15 S., R. 7 E., all that part lying west of the Ohio River. T. 15 S., R. 1 W., all that part of secs. 7, 18, 19, and 30 lying west of the Cache River, and that part of sec. 31 lying west and south of the Cache River. T. 15 S., R. 2 W., all. T. 15 S., R. 3 W., all that part lying east of the Mississippi River. T. 16 S., R. 1 W., all that part of secs. 6, 7, and 18 lying west of the Cache River. T. 16 S., R. 2 W., secs. 1, 2, and 11; all that part of secs. 12 and 13 lying west of the Cache River; sec. 14. The reservation made by this proclamation shall as to all lands Rights, etc., reserved.which are at this date legally appropriated under the public-land laws or reserved for any public purpose other than classification, be subject to and shall not interfere with or defeat legal rights under such appropriation, or prevent the use for such public purpose of lands so reserved, so long as such appropriation is legally maintained or such reservation remains in force. IN WITNESS WHEREOF I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington this sixth day of September, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-nine, and [seal] of the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-fourth. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President Cordell Hull *Secretary of State* 2358 September 8, 1939 World’s Fair, New York City Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation 54 Stat. 2652 World’s Fair, New York CitySeptember 8, 1939[No. 2358] by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION Preamble.WHEREAS there is now in progress at New York City a World’s Fair for the purpose of celebrating the one hundred and fiftieth anniversary of the inauguration of the first President of the United States of America and of the establishment of the national government in the city of New York; and WHEREAS it has been made evident that through the medium of the World’s Fair at New York peaceful intercourse between nations is promoted, and the exchange of ideas, experience, and technical knowledge between many parts of the earth has been encouraged; and WHEREAS, especially at the present time, it is fitting and proper that the ideal of peaceful intercourse be firmly maintained as offering the only ultimate hope towards progress and peace; and WHEREAS a Joint Resolution of Congress, approved June 15, [49 Stat. 1516](/us/stat/49/1516).1936, reads in part as follows: Resolved by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled, That the President of the United States be, and he is hereby, authorized and respectfully requested by proclamation, or in such manner as he may deem proper, to invite foreign countries and nations to such proposed world’s fair with a request that they participate therein.”; AND WHEREAS by proclamation dated the sixteenth day of [50 Stat. 1796](/us/stat/50/1796).November, 1936, in compliance with the aforesaid Joint Resolution, I invited the participation of the nations in this World’s Fair, and many nations are presently participating therein: Invitation to nations to continue participation during 1940, etc.NOW, THEREFORE, I, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, President of the United States of America. in compliance with the aforesaid Joint Resolution of Congress, do invite the nations presently participating in the said World’s Fair to continue their participation therein during the calendar year 1940, or such part thereof as may seem appropriate. IN WITNESS WHEREOF I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States of America to be affixed. DONE at the city of Washington this 8th day of September in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-nine, and of [seal] the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-fourth. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President Cordell Hull *Secretary of State* 2359 September 10, 1939 Proclaiming the Neutrality of the United States in the War Between Germany, on the One Hand, and Canada, on the Other Hand Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation Proclaiming the Neutrality of the United States in the War Between Germany, on the One Hand, and Canada, on the Other HandSeptember 10, 1939[No. 2359] by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION Preamble.WHEREAS a state of war unhappily exists between Germany, on the one hand, and Canada, on the other hand; Provisions of previous proclamation made applicable to Canada.NOW, THEREFORE, I, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, President of the United States of America,, in order to preserve the neutrality of the United States and of its citizens and of persons 54 Stat. 2653within its territory and jurisdiction, and to enforce its laws and treaties, and in order that all persons, being warned of the general tenor of the laws and treaties of the United States in this behalf, and of the law of nations, may thus be prevented from any violation of the same, do hereby declare and proclaim that all of the provisions of my proclamation of September 5, 1939, proclaiming the neutrality *Ante*, p. 2629.of the United States in a war between Germany and France; Poland; and the United Kingdom, India, Australia and New Zealand apply equally in respect to Canada. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the Seal of the United States of America to be affixed. DONE at the city of Washington this 10th day of September, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-nine, [seal] and of the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-fourth. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President Cordell Hull *Secretary of State* 2360 September 10, 1939 Export of Arms, Ammunition, and Implements of War to Canada Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation Export of Arms, Ammunition, and Implements of War to CanadaSeptember 10, 1939[No. 2360] by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION WHEREAS section 1 of the joint resolution of Congress approved Preamble.[50 Stat. 121](/us/stat/50/121).*Post*, p. 2672.May 1, 1937, amending the joint resolution entitled “Joint resolution providing for the prohibition of the export of arms, ammunition, and implements of war to belligerent countries the prohibition of the transportation of arms, ammunition, and implements of war by vessels of the United States for the use of belligerent states; for the registration and licensing of persons engaged in the business of manufacturing, exporting, or importing arms, ammunition, or implements of war; and restricting travel by American citizens on belligerent ships during war”, approved August 31, 1935, as amended February 29, [49 Stat. 1081, 1152](/us/stat/49/1081/1152).1936, provides in part as follows: " “Whenever the President shall find that there exists a state of war between, or among, two or more foreign states, the President shall proclaim such fact, and it shall thereafter be unlawful to export, or attempt to export, or cause to be exported, arms, ammunition, or implements of war from any place in the United States to any belligerent state named in such proclamation, or to any neutral state for transshipment to, or for the use of, any such belligerent state.” " AND WHEREAS it is further provided by section 1 of the said joint resolution that" “The President shall, from time to time, by proclamation, extend such embargo upon the export of arms, ammunition, or implements of war to other states as and when they may become involved in such war.” " NOW, THEREFORE, I, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, President Provisions of previous proclamation made applicable to Canada.of the United States of America, acting under and by virtue of the authority conferred upon me by the said joint resolution, do hereby proclaim that all of the provisions of my proclamation of September 5, 1939, in regard to the export of arms, ammunition, and *Ante*, p. 2635.implements of war to France; Germany; Poland; and the United Kingdom, India, Australia, and New Zealand, henceforth apply to Canada. 54 Stat. 2654 Officers to prevent violations.And I do hereby enjoin upon all officers of the United States, charged with the execution of the laws thereof, the utmost diligence in preventing violations of the said joint resolution, and this my proclamation issued thereunder, and in bringing to trial and punishment any offenders against the same. Secretary of State empowered to promulgate rules, etc.And I do hereby delegate to the Secretary of State the power to exercise any power or authority conferred on me by the said joint resolution, as made effective by this my proclamation issued thereunder, and the power to promulgate such rules and regulations not inconsistent with law as may be necessary and proper to carry out any of its provisions. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the Seal of the United States of America to be affixed. DONE at the city of Washington this 10th day of September, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-nine, [seal] and of the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-fourth. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President Cordell Hull *Secretary of State* 2361 September 11, 1939 Suspension of Operation of Title II of the Sugar Act of 1937 Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation Suspension of Operation of Title II of the Sugar Act of 1937September 11, 1939[No. 2361] by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION Preamble.[50 Stat. 903](/us/stat/50/903).[7 U. S. C., Supp. V, ch. 34](/us/usc/t7/s34).*Post*, p. 2676.WHEREAS section 509 of the Sugar Act of 1937 provides, in part: " “Whenever the President finds and proclaims that a national economic or other emergency exists with respect to sugar or liquid sugar, he shall by proclamation suspend the operation of Title II or III above, which he determines, on the basis of such findings, should be suspended, and, thereafter, the operation of any such title shall continue in suspense until the President finds and proclaims that the facts which occasioned such suspension no longer exists. * * * ”; " WHEREAS the outbreak of war among major European countries has resulted in excessive and harmful speculation in sugar and rapidly rising prices to consumers, which conditions are accentuated by the marketing limitations imposed under title II of the Act; and WHEREAS such increased prices of sugar will not accrue to the benefit of the majority of producers by reason of the sale of much of their current crop before the outbreak of the war: Suspension of operation of title II of Sugar Act of 1937.NOW, THEREFORE, I, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, President of the United States of America, acting under and by virtue of the authority vested in me by the foregoing provision of the Sugar Act of 1937, do hereby find and proclaim that a national economic emergency exists with respect to sugar, and do by this proclamation suspend the operation of title II of that Act. DONE at the City of Washington this 11th day of September in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-nine, and [seal] of the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-fourth. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President Cordell Hull *Secretary of State* 2362 September 11, 1939 Mark Twain National Forest—Missouri Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation 54 Stat. 2655 Mark Twain National Forest—MissouriSeptember 11, 1939[No. 2362] by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION WHEREAS certain lands within the State of Missouri have been Preamble.acquired or are in process of acquisition by the United States under authority of the act of March 1, 1911, c. 186, 36 Stat. 961, 962 (U.S.C., title 16, sec. 516), as amended by the act of June 7, 1924, 43 Stat. 653 (U. S. C., title 16, sec. 515), the act of March 31, 1933, c. 348, 48 Stat. 22 (U. S. C., title 16, sec. 585), the National Industrial Recovery Act, [16 U. S. C., Supp. V, § 585 (note)](/us/usc/t16/s585).approved June 16, 1933, 48 Stat. 195, 202 (U. S. C., title 40, sec. 403), and the Emergency Relief Appropriation Act of 1935, approved April 8, 1935, 49 Stat. 115; and WHEREAS it appears that it would be in the public interest to give such lands, together with certain intermingled public lands, a national-forest status: NOW, THEREFORE, I, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, President Mark Twain National Forest, Mo., establishment.of the United States of America, under and by virtue of the authority vested in me by section 24 of the act of March 3, 1891, 26 Stat. 1095, 1103 (U. S. C., title 16, sec. 471), the act of June 4, 1897, 30 Stat. 34, 36 (U. S. C., title 16, sec. 473), and the acts above mentioned, do proclaim

(1)that there are hereby reserved and set apart as the Mark Twain National Forest all lands of the United States within the area hereinafter described, and shown on the diagram attached hereto and made a part hereof, and

(2)that all lands within Administration of lands acquired.such area which are now in process of acquisition by the United States under authority of any of the above-mentioned acts shall upon the acquisition of title thereto become and be administered as part of the said Mark Twain National Forest: *Fifth, Principal Meridian*Description Tps. 21 N., Rs. 23, 24, 25, 26, and 27 W., all north of the Missouri State Line. T. 22 N., R. 17 W., secs. 1 to 18, inclusive. T. 22 N., R. 18 W., secs. 1 to 18, inclusive. Tps. 22 N., Rs. 23, 24, 25, and 26 W., all. Tps. 23 N., Rs. 15, 16, 17, and 18 W., all. T. 23 N., R. 23 W., secs. 19 to 36, inclusive. T. 23 N., R. 24 W., secs. 19 to 36, inclusive. Tps. 23 N., Rs. 25, and 26 W., all. Tps. 24 N., Rs. 10, 11, 15, 16, 17, 18, and 19 W., (fractional) all. Tps. 25 N., Rs. 9, 10, and 11 W., all. T. 25 N., R. 16 W., secs. 18 to 21, inclusive; and secs. 28 to 33, inclusive. T. 25 N., R. 17 W., secs. 13 to 36, inclusive. T. 25 N., R. 18 W., secs. 4 to 9, inclusive; and secs. 13 to 36, inclusive. Tps. 25 N., Rs. 19 and 20 W., all. Tps. 26 N., Rs. 9, 10, and 11 W., all. T 26 N., R. 12 W., secs. 1 to 24, inclusive.54 Stat. 2656 T. 26 N., R. 18 W., secs. 4 to 9, inclusive; secs. 16 to 21, inclusive; and secs. 28 to 33, inclusive. T. 26 N., R. 19 W., secs. 1 to 3, inclusive; secs. 10 to 15, inclusive; and secs. 19 to 36, inclusive. T. 26 N., R. 20 W., secs. 19 to 36, inclusive. Tps. 27 N., Rs. 10, 11, and 12 W., all. T. 31 N., R. 12 W., secs. 4 to 9, inclusive; secs. 16 to 21, inclusive; and secs. 28 to 30, inclusive. T. 31 N., R. 13 W., secs. 1 to 3, inclusive; secs. 10 to 15, inclusive; and secs. 22 to 25, inclusive. Tps. 32 N., Rs. 10, 11, and 12 W., all. T. 32 N., R. 13 W., secs. 1 to 18, inclusive; secs. 22 to 27, inclusive; and secs. 34 to 36, inclusive. T. 33 N., R. 9 W., sec. 6. Tps. 33 N., Rs. 10, 11, 12, and 13 W., all. T. 34 N., R. 9 W., secs. 4 to 9, inclusive; secs. 16 to 21, inclusive; and secs. 28 to 33, inclusive. Tps. 34 N., Rs. 10, 11, 12, and 13 W., all. Tps. 35 N., Rs. 10, 11, 12, and 13 W., all. T. 36 N., R. 9 W., all. T. 36 N., R. 10 W., secs. 1 to 3, inclusive; secs. 10 to 15, inclusive; secs. 22 to 27, inclusive; and secs. 34 to 36, inclusive. T. 37 N., R. 9 W., all. T. 37 N., R. 10 W., secs. 1 to 3, inclusive; secs. 10 to 15, inclusive; secs. 22 to 27, inclusive; and secs. 34 to 36, inclusive. Rights, etc., served. The reservation made by this proclamation shall as to all lands which are at this date legally appropriated under the public-land laws or reserved for any public purpose other than classification, be subject to and shall not interfere with or defeat legal rights under such appropriation, or prevent the use for such public purpose of land so reserved, so long as such appropriation is legally maintained or such reservation remains in force. IN WITNESS WHEREOF I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington this 11" day of September, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-nine, [seal] and of the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-fourth. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President Cordell Hull *Secretary of State* 2363 September 11, 1939 Clark National Forest—Missouri Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation 54 Stat. 2657 Clark National Forest—MissouriSeptember 11, 1939[No. 2363] by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION WHEREAS certain lands within the State of Missouri have been Preamble.acquired or are in process of acquisition by the United States of America under authority of the act of March 1, 1911, c. 186, 36 Stat. 961 (U. S. C., title 16, sec. 516), as amended by the act of June 7, 1924, 43 Stat. 653 (U. S. C., title 16, sec. 515), the act of March 31, 1933, c. 348, 48 Stat. 22 (U. S. C., title 16, sec. 585), the National [16 U. S. C., Supp. V, § 585 (note)](/us/usc/t16/s585).Industrial Recovery Act, approved June 16, 1933, 48 Stat. 195, 202 (U. S. C., title 40, sec. 403), and the Emergency Relief Appropriation Act of 1935, approved April 8, 1935, 49 Stat. 115; and WHEREAS it appears that it would be in the public interest to give such lands, together with certain intermingled public lands, a national-forest status: NOW, THEREFORE, I, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, President Clark National Forest, Mo., establishment.of the United States of America, under and by virtue of the power vested in me by section 24 of the act of March 3, 1891, 26 Stat. 1095, 1103 (U. S. C., title 16, sec. 471), the act of June 4, 1897, 30 Stat. 34, 36 (U. S. C., title 16, sec. 473), and the acts above mentioned, do proclaim

(1)that there are hereby reserved and set apart as the Clark National Forest all lands of the United States within the area hereinafter described, and shown on the diagram attached hereto and made a part hereof, and

(2)that all lands within such area which Administration of lands acquired.are now in process of acquisition by the United States under authority of any of the above-mentioned acts shall upon the acquisition of title thereto become and be administered as part of the said Clark National Forest: *Fifth Principal Meridian*Description. T. 23 N., R. 1 E., all. T. 23 N., R. 2 E., secs. 4 to 9, inclusive; and secs. 16 to 18, inclusive. T. 23 N., R. 1 W., all. T. 24 N., R. 1 E., all. T. 24 N., R. 2 E., secs. 4 to 9, inclusive; secs. 16 to 21, inclusive; and secs. 28 to 33, inclusive. Tps. 24 N., Rs. 1, 2, and 3 W., all. T. 25 N., R. 1 E., all. T. 25 N., R. 2 E., secs. 19 .to 21, inclusive; and secs. 28 to 33, inclusive. T. 25 N., R. 4 E., secs. 1 to 5, inclusive; secs. 8 to 17, inclusive; secs. 22 to 27, inclusive; and secs. 34 to 36, inclusive. T. 25N.,R. 5 E., all. T. 25 N., R. 6 E., secs. 1 to 18, inclusive, and sec. 24. T. 25 N., R. 7 E., sec. 3, W½ secs. 4 to 9, inclusive; sec. 10, NW¼; sec. 16, NW½; and sees. 17 to 19, inclusive. Tps. 25 N., Rs. 1, 2, 3, and 4 W., all. T. 25 N., R. 5 W., secs. 1 to 3, inclusive; secs. 10 to 15, inclusive; secs. 22 to 27, inclusive; and secs. 34 to 36, inclusive. Tps. 26 N., Rs. 3, 4, 5, and 6 E., all.54 Stat. 2658 T. 26 N., R. 7 E., secs. 7 to 11, inclusive; secs. 12, and 13, all that part west of St. Francis River; secs. 14 to 23, inclusive; sec. 24, all that part west of the St. Francis River; sec. 25, all that part north of St. Francis River; secs. 26 to 34, inclusive; and sec. 35, NW½. T. 26 N., R. 1 W., secs. 1 to 11, inclusive; sec. 12, SW½; sec. 13, SW½; secs. 14 to 23, inclusive; sec.24, NW½ and S½; and secs. 25 to 36, inclusive. Tps. 26 N., Rs. 2, 3, and 4 W., all. T. 26 N., R. 5 W., secs. 1 to 3, inclusive; secs. 10 to 15, inclusive; secs. 22 to 27, inclusive; and secs. 34 to 36, inclusive. Tps. 27 N., Rs. 3, 4, 5, and 6 E., all. Tps. 27 N., Rs. 1, and 2 W., secs. 19 to 36, inclusive. Tps. 27 N., Rs. 3, and 4 W., all. Tps. 28 N., Rs. 4, 5, and 6 E., all. T. 30 N., R. 2 W., secs. 4 to 9, inclusive; secs. 16 to 21, inclusive; and secs. 28 to 33, inclusive. T. 30 N., R. 3 W., all. T. 30 N., R. 4 W., secs. 1 to 4, inclusive; secs. 9 to 16, inclusive; secs. 21 to 28, inclusive; and secs. 33 to 36, inclusive. T. 31 N., R. 2 W., secs. 5 to 8, inclusive; secs. 17 to 20, inclusive; and secs. 29 to 32, inclusive. T. 31 N., R. 3 W., all. T. 31 N., R. 4 W., secs. 1 to 5, inclusive; secs. 8 to 17, inclusive; secs. 20 to 29, inclusive; and secs. 32 to 36, inclusive. T. 32 N., R. 1 E., secs. 4 to 9, inclusive; secs. 16 to 21, inclusive; and secs. 28 to 33, inclusive. Tps. 32 N., Rs. 4, 5, 6, 7, and 8 E., all. Tps. 32 N., Rs. 1, 2, 3, and 4 W., all. T. 33 N., R. 1 E., secs. 4 to 9, inclusive; secs. 16 to 21, inclusive; and secs. 28 to 33, inclusive. Tps. 33 N., Rs. 4, 5, and 8 E., all. Tps. 33 N., Rs. 1, 2, 3, and 4 W., all. Tps. 34 N., Rs. 1,2, 4, 5, 6, 7, and 8 E., all. T. 34 N., R. 9 E., secs. 4 to 9, inclusive; secs. 16 to 21, inclusive; secs. 28 to 33, inclusive. Tps. 34 N., Rs. 1, 2, and 3 W., all. T. 34 N., R. 4 W., sec. 1, Lot 1, W½ Lot 2, Lots 6, and 7 of NE½; Lots 1, 2, 5, 6, and 7 of NW½; and 8½; sec. 2, Lots 1, 2, and W½ Lot 3 of NE½; Lots 1, 2, and W½ Lot 3 of NW½; and 8½; sec. 3, Lots 1, 2, 3, and 4 of NE½; and S½; sec. 4, Lots 1, and 2 of NE¼; and S½; sec. 5, W½ Lot 4, W½ Lot 5 of NE¼; Lots 1, 2, 3, and E½ Lot 4 of NW½; and S½; sec. 6, Lots 1, 2, 3, 4, and W½ Lot 5 of NE¼; Lots 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, and 7 of NW¼; and S½; secs. 7 to 36, inclusive. T. 35 N., R 1 E., all. T. 35 N., R. 2 E., secs. 19 to 21, inclusive; and secs. 28 to 33, inclusive. T. 35 N., R. 4 E., all. T. 35 N., R. 7 E., secs. 1 to 4, inclusive; secs. 9 to 16, inclusive; secs. 21 to 28, inclusive; secs. 33 to 36, inclusive. T. 35 N., R. 8 E., all. Tps. 35 N., Rs. 1, 2, and 3 W., all. 54 Stat. 2659 T. 35 N., R. 4 W., sec. 36, S½. T. 36 N., R. 1 E., all. Tps. 36 N., Rs. 1, and 2 W., all. T. 36 N., R, 3 W., secs. 1 to 4, inclusive; secs. 9 to 16, inclusive; secs. 21 to 28, inclusive; and secs. 33 to 36, inclusive. T. 37 N., R. 1 E., ail. Tps. 37 N., Rs. 1, and 2 W., all. T. 37 N., R. 3 W., secs. 1 to 4, inclusive; secs. 9 to 16, inclusive; secs. 21 to 28, inclusive; and secs. 33 to 36, inclusive. T. 38 N., R. 1 E., secs. 19 to 21, inclusive; and secs. 28 to 33, inclusive. T. 38 N., R. 1 W., secs. 19 to 36, inclusive. T. 38 N., R. 2 W., secs. 19 to 36, inclusive. T. 38 N., R. 3 W., secs. 19 to 36, inclusive. The reservation made by this proclamation shall as to all lands Rights, etc., reserved.which are at this date legally appropriated under the public-land laws or reserved for any public purpose other than classification, be subject to and shall not interfere with or defeat legal rights under such appropriation, or prevent the use for such public purpose of lands so reserved, so long as such appropriation is legally maintained or such reservation remains in force. IN WITNESS WHEREOF I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington this 11" day of September, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-nine, and [seal] of the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-fourth. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President Cordell Hull *Secretary of State* 2364 September 11, 1939 Gold Star Mother’s Day—1939 Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation Gold Star Mother’s Day—1939September 11, 1939[No. 2364] by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION WHEREAS the preamble to Public Resolution 123, 74th Congress, Preamble.[36 U. S. C., Supp. V, §§ 147, 148](/us/usc/t36/s147/148).approved June 23, 1936 (49 Stat. 1895), recites: " “Whereas the service rendered the United States by the American mother is the greatest source of the country’s strength and inspiration; and “Whereas we honor ourselves and the mothers of America when we revere and give emphasis to the home as the fountainhead of the state; and “Whereas the American mother is doing so much for the home and for the moral and spiritual uplift of the people of the United States and hence so much for good government and humanity; and “Whereas the American Gold Star Mothers suffered the supreme sacrifice of motherhood in the loss of their sons and daughters m the World War;” " AND WHEREAS the said Public Resolution 123 provides: " “That the President of the United States is hereby authorized and requested to issue a proclamation calling upon the Government officials to display the United States flag on all Government buildings, and 54 Stat. 2660the people of the United States to display the flag and to hold appropriate meetings at their homes, churches, or other suitable places, on the last Sunday in September, as a public expression of the love, sorrow, and reverence of the people of the United States for the American Gold Star Mothers. “Sec. 2. That the last Sunday in September shall hereafter be designated and known as ‘Gold Star Mother’s Day’, and it shall be the duty of the President to request its observance as provided for in this resolution.” " Gold Star Mother’s Day.Observance of Sunday, September 24, 1939, as.NOW, THEREFORE, I, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, President of the United States of America, under and by virtue of the authority vested in me by the aforesaid public resolution, do request the observance of Sunday, September 24, 1939, as Gold Star Mother’s Day, do direct the officials of the Government to have the flag of the United States displayed on all Government buildings, and do call upon the people of the United States to display the flag and to observe Gold Star Mother’s Day in their homes, churches, and other suitable places as a public expression of their love and reverence for the American Gold Star Mothers. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States of America to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington this 11" day of September, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-nine, and of [seal] the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-fourth. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President Cordell Hull *Secretary of State* 2365 September 13, 1939 Convening the Congress in Extra Session Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation Convening the Congress in Extra SessionSeptember 13, 1939[No. 2365] by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION Preamble.WHEREAS public interests require that the Congress of the United States should be convened in extra session at twelve o’clock, noon, on Thursday, the Twenty-first day of September, 1939, to receive such communication as may be made by the Executive; Convening Congress In extra session, September 21, 1939.NOW, THEREFORE, I, Franklin D. Roosevelt, President of the United States of America, do hereby proclaim and declare that an extraordinary occasion requires the Congress of the United States to convene in extra session at the Capitol in the City of Washington on Thursday, the Twenty-first day of September, 1939, at twelve o’clock, noon, of which all persons who shall at that time be entitled to act as members thereof are hereby required to take notice. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and caused to be affixed the great seal of the United States. DONE at the City of Washington this 13th day of September, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-nine, and [seal] of the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-fourth. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President Cordell Hull *Secretary of State* 2366 September 26, 1939 Fire Prevention Week—1939 Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation 54 Stat. 2661 Fire Prevention Week—1939September 26, 1939[No. 2366] by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION WHEREAS, in spite of efforts to curtail the number of accidental Preamble.fires in the United States, many lives are still lost each year as a result of fires which could have been prevented; and WHEREAS the damage caused by fires in this country during 1937 has been estimated at approximately $254,000,000, and the estimate for 1938 is in excess of $265,000,000; and WHEREAS a redoubled effort is necessary in order to lessen the serious menace to safety of life and the enormous waste of property that result from destructive fires: NOW, THEREFORE, I, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, President Fire Prevention Week.Designation of week beginning October 8, 1939, as.of the United States of America, do hereby proclaim and designate the week beginning October 8, 1939, as Fire Prevention Week, and I request the appropriate public authorities, civic groups, educators, and others to cooperate in bringing to the attention of all the people the importance of taking measures to eliminate fire hazards, to abolish dangerous practices and procedures which may lead to the occurrence of needless fires, and to maintain a special alertness in every situation in which a destructive fire may occur. IN WTTNESS WHEREOF I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States of America to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington this 26" day of September in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-nine, and of [seal] the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-fourth. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President Cordell Hull *Secretary of State* 2367 September 28, 1939 Amendment of Regulations Relating to Migratory Birds Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation Amendment of Regulations Relating to Migratory Birds11This Proclamation affects Parts 1 and 2 of Title 50 of the Code of Federal Regulations. September 28, 1939[No. 2367] by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION WHEREAS the Secretary of the Interior, under authority and Preamble.direction of section 3 of the Migratory Bird Treaty Act of July 3, 1918 (40 Stat. 755), as amended by the act of June 20, 1936, 49 Stat. [16 U. S. C. § 704; Supp. V, § 704](/us/usc/t16/s704).1555, the administration of which, as amended, was transferred to the said Secretary by Reorganization Plan No. II, submitted to the Congress on May 9, 1939, has adopted and submitted to me a regulation amending Regulation 4 of the Regulations approved by Proclamation [53 Stat. 1431](/us/stat/53/1431).[5 U. S. C., Supp. V, § 133t (note)](/us/usc/t5/s133t).*Ante*, p. 2615.No. 2345 of August 11, 1939, which he has determined to be a suitable regulation permitting and governing the hunting, taking, capture, killing, possession, sale, purchase, shipment, transportation, carriage, exportation, and importation of migratory birds and parts, nests, and eggs thereof, included in the terms of the Convention between the United States and Great Britain for the protection of migratory birds concluded August 16, 1916, and the Convention be-[39 Stat. 1702](/us/stat/39/1702). 54 Stat. 2662tween the United States and the United Mexican States for the protection of migratory birds and game mammals concluded February 50 Stat. 1311.7, 1936, which said amendatory regulation is as follows: Amendment of Migratory Bird Treaty Act Regulations Adopted by the Secretary of the Interior Migratory Bird Treaty Act Regulations, amendment.[16 U. S. C. § 704; Supp. V, § 704](/us/usc/t16/s704).[53 Stat. 1431](/us/stat/53/1431).[5 U. S. C., Supp. V, § 133t (note)](/us/usc/t5/s1335).Under authority and direction of section 3 of the Migratory Bird Treaty Act of July 3, 1918 (40 Stat. 755), as amended by the act of June 20, 1936, 49 Stat. 1555, the administration of which, as amended, was transferred to the Secretary of the Interior by Reorganization Plan No. II, submitted to the Congress on May 9, 1939, I. E. K. Burlew Acting Secretary of the Interior, having due regard to the zones of temperature and to the distribution, abundance, economic value, breeding habits, and times and lines of migratory flight of migratory birds included in the terms of the Convention between the United States and Great Britain for the protection of migratory birds, [39 Stat. 1702](/us/stat/39/1702).concluded August 16, 1916, and the Convention between the United States and the United Mexican States for the protection of migratory [50 Stat. 1311](/us/stat/50/1311).birds and game mammals, concluded February 7, 1936, have determined when, to what extent, and by what means it is compatible with the terms of said conventions and act to allow the hunting, taking, capture, killing, possession, sale, purchase, shipment, transportation, carriage, exportation, and importation of such birds and parts thereof and their nests and eggs, and the exportation and importation of such mammals to and from Mexico, and, in accordance with such determinations, do hereby adopt the following amendment of the Regulations relating to migratory birds and certain game mammals approved *Ante*, p. 2615.and proclaimed August 11, 1939 (4 F. R. 3621 DI), as a suitable regulation permitting and governing, the hunting, taking, capture, killing, possession, sale, purchase, shipment, transportation, carriage, exportation, and importation of said migratory birds and parts, nests, and eggs thereof: Waterfowl, Wilson’s snipe or Jacksnipe, and coot, open seasons, etc.*Ante*, p. 2618; *post*, p. 2730.The second and third paragraphs of the Subtitle “Waterfowl, Wilson’s snipe or jacksnipe, and coot” of Regulation 4, “Open Seasons on and Possession of Certain Migratory Game Birds”, are amended to read as follows: In Maine, Michigan, Minnesota, Montana, New Hampshire, North Dakota, Vermont, and Wisconsin, October 1 to November 14. In California, Colorado, Connecticut, Delaware, Idaho, Illinois (except coot in certain counties as hereinafter provided for), Indiana, Iowa, Kansas, Kentucky, Massachusetts, Missouri, Nebraska, Nevada, New Jersey, New York, including Long Island, Ohio, Oklahoma, Oregon, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, South Dakota, Utah, Washington, West Virginia, and Wyoming, October 22 to December 5. IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I have hereunto subscribed my name and caused the seal of the Department of the Interior to be affixed, this 27th day of September, 1939. E. K. Burlew *Acting Secretary of the Interior*. AND WHEREAS upon consideration it appears that approval of the foregoing amendatory regulation will effectuate the purposes of the aforesaid Migratory Bird Treaty Act: Amendatory regulation approved and proclaimed.NOW, THEREFORE, I, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, President of the United States of America, do hereby approve and proclaim the foregoing amendatory regulation. 54 Stat. 2663 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington this 28" day of September, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-nine, [seal] and of the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-fourth. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President Cordell Hull *Secretary of State* 2368 October 4, 1939 General Pulaski’s Memorial Day Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation General Pulaski’s Memorial DayOctober 4, 1939[No. 2368] by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION WHEREAS we do honor to ourselves and our nation in honoring Preamble.those sons of foreign nations who assisted in the establishment of the United States of America; and WHEREAS one of these whose names we hold in high esteem is Count Casimir Pulaski, who met death on October 11, 1779, in consequence of his exploits in the assault upon Savannah; and WHEREAS the Seventy-sixth Congress, by Public Resolution 29, [53 Stat. 1045](/us/stat/53/1045).approved on July 15, 1939, provided: " “That the President of the United States of America is authorized to issue a proclamation calling upon officials of the Government to display the flag of the United States on all governmental buildings on October 11, 1939, and inviting the people of the United States to observe the day in schools and churches, or other suitable places, with appropriate ceremonies in commemoration of the death of General Casimir Pulaski.” " NOW, THEREFORE, I, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, President General Pulaski’s Memorial Day.Observances October 11, 1939, as.of the United States of America, do direct that the flag be displayed upon all Government buildings on October 11, 1939, as a mark of respect to the memory of General Casimir Pulaski, and do hereby invite the people of the United States to observe that day as General Pulaski’s Memorial Day and to participate with appropriate ceremonies in schools and churches or other suitable places in the commemoration of General Pulaski’s death on October 11, one hundred and sixty years ago. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States of America to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington this 4” day of October, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-nine, and of [seal] the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-fourth. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President Cordell Hull *Secretary of State* 2369 October 16, 1939 Armistice Day Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation 54 Stat. 2664 Armistice DayOctober 16, 1939[No. 2369] by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION Preamble.WHEREAS twenty-one years ago, on November 11, 1918, the nations then engaged in the World War agreed to an armistice terminating hostilities; and WHEREAS Senate Concurrent Resolution 18, Sixty-ninth Congress, passed June 4, 1926 (44 Stat. 1982), reads in part: " “That the President of the United States is requested to issue a proclamation calling upon the officials to display the flag of the United States on all Government buildings on November 11 and inviting the people of the United States to observe the day in schools and churches, or other suitable places, with appropriate ceremonies expressive of our gratitude for peace and our desire for the continuance of friendly relations with all other peoples” " [6 U. S. C., Supp. V, § 87a](/us/usc/t6/s87a).and the act approved May 13, 1938 (52 Stat. 351), provides that “the 11th day of November in each year, a day to be dedicated to the cause of world peace and to be hereafter celebrated and known as Armistice Day, is hereby made a legal public holiday”; and WHEREAS, in the tragic situation in which the world finds itself today, with the destructive forces of war once again unleashed, it is appropriate for the people of the United States to reflect upon that hour of November 11, 1918, when the voices of war were silenced, and to look forward even now to a time when a just and enduring peace shall be established among all the peoples of the earth; Armistice Day.Observance of November 11, 1939, as.NOW, THEREFORE, I, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, President of the United States of America, do hereby direct that on November 11, 1939, the flag of the United States be displayed on all Government buildings, and I invite the people of the United States to observe the day in schools and churches, or other suitable places, with appropriate ceremonies. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States of America to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington this 16th day of October, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-nine, and [seal] of the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-fourth. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President Cordell Hull *Secretary of State* 2370 October 16, 1939 Closed Area Under the Migratory Bird Treaty Act Virginia Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation 54 Stat. 2665 Closed Area Under the Migratory Bird Treaty Act VirginiaOctober 16, 1939[No. 2370] by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION WHEREAS the Secretary of the Interior has submitted to me for Preamble.approval the following regulation adopted by him on October 4, 1939, under authority of the Migratory Bird Treaty Act of July 3, 1918 (40 [16 U. S. C. § 704: Supp. V, § 704](/us/usc/t16/s704).[53 Stat. 1431](/us/stat/53/1431).5 U. S. C., Supp. V, § 133t (note).Stat. 755), and Reorganization Plan No. II, transmitted to the Congress May 9, 1939: Regulation Designating as Closed Area Certain Lands and Waters Adjacent to the Back Bay Migratory Waterfowl Refuge, Virginia By virtue of and pursuant to the authority contained in section Back Bay Migratory Waterfowl Refuge, Va.Regulation designating certain lands and waters adjacent to. as closed area.3 of the Migratory Bird Treaty Act of July 3, 1918 (40 Stat. 755, 16 U. S. C. 704), and Reorganization Plan No. II, transmitted by the President to the Congress May 9, 1939, there is hereby designated as closed area in or on which pursuing, hunting, taking, capturing, or killing, or attempting to take, capture, or kill, migratory birds is not permitted, all areas of land and water adjacent to the Back Bay Migratory Waterfowl Refuge, in Princess Anne County, Virginia, not now owned by the United States within the following-described exterior boundary: Beginning at a point S. 34°02' E., 35.18 chains, from Description.U. S. C. & G. S. Triangulation Station “Club”, and about one-half mile south of the Little Island Coast Guard Station, on the Atlantic Ocean shore, marked with a U. S. Biological Survey standard concrete post; Thence along the Atlantic Ocean shore, with the meanders thereof, S. 23°58' E., 36.61 chains; S. 18°50' E., 10.24 chains; S. 24°52' E., 10.24 chains; S. 24°07' E., 10.57 chains; S. 25°15' E., 10.43 chains; S. 24°59' E., 11.61 chains; S. 24°32' E., 24.70 chains; S. 24°01' E., 11.15 chains; S. 22°26' E., 11.64 chains; S. 20°07' E., 14.49 chains; S. 22°15' E., 23.54 chains; S. 19°20' E., 12.11 chains; S. 22°37' E., 23.71 chains; S. 22°51' E., 22.14 chains; S. 18°44' E., 10.62 chains; S. 24°19' E., 11.05 chains; S. 17°52' E., 10.90 chains; S. 19°22' E., 11.05 chains; S. 17°56' E., 10.68 chains; S. 14°40' E., 22.66 chains; S. 19°57' E., 12.19 chains; S. 17°02' E., 9.79 chains; S. 20°26' E., 7.51 chains, to a point;54 Stat. 2666 Thence inland, S. 87°59' W., 97.21 chains, to a point on the east shore of Sand Bay; Thence in Sand Bay, West, to a point 22.73 chains east of the eastern edge of the Ragged Islands; Southerly, with a line parallel to, and easterly 22.73 chains distant from, the eastern edge of the Ragged Islands; West, 22.73 chains, to the southernmost point of the Ragged Islands; Thence in Back Bay, Northwesterly, approximately 190.00 chains, to the south-western extremity of Haul Over Island at Rocky Point; Thence in Red Head Bay, Northeasterly, approximately 16.00 chains, to the north-western extremity of Haul Over Island, near North Point on said island; Northeasterly, approximately 78.00 chains, to Heaven Point on the Ragged Islands; Northwesterly, approximately 42.00 chains, to the south-western extremity of a marshy island lying southwest of Long Island, and immediately north of Little Narrows; Northerly, approximately 37.00 chains, to a point on the western edge of a marshy Island lying west of Long Island, and east of Great Narrows; Thence across Great Narrows, Westerly, approximately 23.00 chains to a point on the eastern edge of a marshy island bounded by Great Cove, Great Narrows, Red Head Bay, and Long Point Creek; Thence along the eastern edge of said island with the meanders thereof, S. 34°47' W., 3.43 chains; S. 13°21' E., 2.80 chains; S. 12°59' W., 2.70 chains; S. 6°45' E., 3.80 chains; S. 27°28' W., 4.00 chains; S. 2°26' E., 2.73 chains; S. 24°00' W., 1.12 chains; S. 41°31' E., 1.88 chains; S. 56°11' W., 1.44 chains; S. 30°42' W., 3.09 chains; S. 56°50' W., 2.90 chains, to a point on the southeastern extremity of said island; Thence in Red Head Bay, Westerly, approximately 34.00 chains, to the southwestern extremity of Long Point Island; Northwesterly, approximately 43.00 chains, to a point on East Head Bay Point, at the entrance to Head Bay Cove; Thence across Head Bay Cove, Northwesterly, approximately 11.00 chains, to a point on West Head Bay point; Thence across marsh, N. 80°35' W., 43.24 chains, to a point in the line between marsh and fast land; Thence between marsh and fast land, N. 23°17' E., 11.16 chains; N. 16°29' W., 11.90 chains; N. 1°57' W., 2.35 chains; N. 12°58' E., 6.95 chains;54 Stat. 2667 N. 2°04' E., 2.05 chains; N. 25°44' W., 2.47 chains; N. 7°38' E., 10.63 chains; N. 25°14' W., 0.56 chain, to a point; Thence across marsh, S. 73°22' E., 34.50 chains; S. 74°04' E., 16.02 chains; N. 8°00' E., 5.92 chains, to a point on the west shore of Cedar Creek Cove; Thence along west shore of said Cove, Northerly, approximately 2.50 chains, to a point; Thence across marsh, N. 8°00' E., 5.83 chains; N. 18°35' W., 4.68 chains, to a point on the southeast shore of Sylvesters Cove; Thence along the shore of Sylvesters Cove, with the meanders thereof, N. 22°39' E., 2.56 chains; N. 82°05' E., 2.44 chains; S. 78°03' E., 3.32 chains, to a point on the west bank at the mouth of ditch connecting said cove and Cedar Creek Cove; Thence across said ditch, Northeasterly, approximately 0.50 chain, to a point on the south shore of Shipps Bay; Thence in Shipps Bay, Northeasterly, approximately 19.00 chains, to a point on the north bank at the mouth of Kemps Creek, at Shipps Bay; Thence along the shore of Shipps Bay with the meanders thereof, N. 22°06' E., 5.39 chains; N. 39°34' E., 1.75 chains; N. 60°47' E., 9.07 chains; N. 28°05' E., 2.80 chains; N. 36°40' E., 3.07 chains; N. 1°27' E., 2.61 chains; N. 12°15' E., 1,74 chains; N. 89°05' E., 5.82 chains; Thence in Shipps Bay, Northeasterly, approximately 35.00 chains, to the north-western extremity of Augers Island Bend; Northeasterly, approximately 25.00 chains, to the most northerly point of Walkers Island Point; Northeasterly, approximately 102.00 chains, to the most northerly point of Long Island at the mouth of Deep Creek; Thence across Deep Creek, Easterly, approximately 22.00 chains, to a point on the east shore at the mouth of Deep Creek at Shipps Bay; Thence across marsh and sand flats, East, 25.22 chains, to the point of beginning. AND WHEREAS upon consideration it appears that the foregoing regulation will tend to effectuate the purposes of the aforesaid Migratory Bird Treaty Act: NOW, THEREFORE, I, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, President Regulation approved and proclaimed.of the United States of America, under and by virtue of the authority vested in me by the aforesaid Migratory Bird Treaty Act, do hereby approve and proclaim the foregoing regulation of the Secretary of the Interior. 54 Stat. 2668 IN WITNESS WHEREOF I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States of America to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington this sixteenth day of October in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-nine, [seal] and of the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-fourth. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President Cordell Hull *Secretary of State* 2371 October 18, 1939 Use of Ports or Territorial Waters of the United States by Submarines of Foreign Belligerent States Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation Use of Ports or Territorial Waters of the United States by Submarines of Foreign Belligerent StatesOctober 18, 1939[No. 2371] by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION Preamble.*Post*, p. 2673.WHEREAS section 8 of the Joint Resolution approved August 31, 1935, as amended by the Joint Resolution approved May 1, 1937 (50 Stat. 127; U. S. C., Sup. IV, title 22, sec. 245e), provides: " “Whenever, during any war in which the United States is neutral, the President shall find that special restrictions placed on the use of the ports and territorial waters of the United States by the submarines or armed merchant vessels of a foreign state, will serve to maintain peace between the United States and foreign states, or to protect the commercial interests of the United States and its citizens, or to promote the security of the United States, and shall make proclamation thereof, it shall thereafter be unlawful for any such submarine or armed merchant vessel to enter a port or the territorial waters of the United States or to depart therefrom, except under such conditions and subject to such limitations as the President may prescribe. Whenever, in his judgment, the conditions which have caused him to issue his proclamation have ceased to exist, he shall revoke his proclamation and the provisions of this section shall thereupon cease to apply.” " WHEREAS there exists a state of war between Germany and France; Poland; and the United Kingdom, India, Australia, Canada, New Zealand, and the Union of South Africa; WHEREAS the United States of America is neutral in such war; Finding.NOW, THEREFORE, I, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, President of the United States of America, acting under and by virtue of the authority vested in me by the foregoing provision of section 8 of the Joint Resolution approved August 31, 1935, as amended by the Joint Resolution approved May 1, 1937, do by this proclamation find that special restrictions placed on the use of the ports and territorial waters of the United States, exclusive of the Canal Zone, by the submarines of a foreign belligerent state, both commercial submarines and submarines which are ships of war, will serve to maintain peace between the United States and foreign states, to protect the commercial interests of the United States and its citizens, and to promote the security of the United States; Use of U. S. ports or territorial waters restricted.AND I do further declare and proclaim that it shall hereafter be unlawful for any submarine of France; Germany; Poland; or the United Kingdom, India, Australia, Canada, New Zealand, or the 54 Stat. 2669Union of South Africa, to enter ports or territorial waters of the United States, exclusive of the Canal Zone, except submarines of the Exception.said belligerent states which are forced into such ports or territorial waters of the United States by *force majeure*; and in such cases of *force majeure*, only when such submarines enter ports or territorial waters of the United States while running on the surface with conning tower and superstructure above water and flying the flags of the foreign belligerent states of which they are vessels. Such submarines may depart from ports or territorial waters of the United States only while running on the surface with conning tower and superstructure above water and flying the flags of the foreign belligerent states of which they are vessels. AND I do hereby enjoin upon all officers of the United States, Officers to prevent violations.charged with the execution of the laws thereof, the utmost diligence in preventing violations of the said joint resolution, and this my proclamation issued thereunder, and in bringing to trial and punishment any offenders against the same. This proclamation shall continue in full force and effect unless and Continuance in effect.until modified, revoked or otherwise terminated, pursuant to law. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the Seal of the United States of America to be affixed. DONE at the city of Washington this 18" day of October, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-nine, and of [seal] the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-fourth. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President Cordell Hull *Secretary of State* 2372 October 28, 1939 Enlarging the Black Canton of the Gunnison National Monument Colorado Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation Enlarging the Black Canton of the Gunnison National Monument ColoradoOctober 28, 1939[No. 2372] by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION WHEREAS it appears that certain lands adjoining the Black Preamble.Canyon of the Gunnison National Monument in Colorado are required for the proper care, protection and management of the objects of scientific interest situated on lands within the said monument; and WHEREAS it appears that it would be in the public interest to reserve the aforesaid lands as a part of the said monument: NOW, THEREFORE, I, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, President Black Canyon of the Gunnison National Monument, Colo., lands added.of the United States of America, under and by virtue of the authority vested in me by the act of June 8, 1906 (ch. 3060,34 Stat. 225; U. S. C., title 16, sec. 431), do proclaim that, subject to all valid existing rights, the following-described lands in Colorado are hereby added to and made a part of the Black Canyon of the Gunnison National Monument: *New Mexico Principal Meridian*Description. T. 49 N., R. 7 W., sec. 2, SW½ sec. 3, lots 1, 2, 7 and 8; sec. 5, lots 4, 5 and 12; sec. 6, lots 1, 2, 7, 8, 9 and 10;54 Stat. 2670 T. 50 N., R. 7 W., sec. 19, SW½NE½; sec. 31, SE½; T. 50 N., R. 8 W., sec. 8, All; sec. 9, W½ sec. 14, S½SW½; sec. 15, SE½SW½, W½SW½; S½SE½; sec. 16, NW½, E½SE½, NW½SE½; sec. 17, E½NE½, NW½NE½; sec. 22, N½NE½; sec. 23, NW½; sec. 35, NW½NE½, N½NW½; containing 2760 acres more or less. Warning against unauthorized acts.Warning is hereby expressly given to all unauthorized persons not to appropriate, injure, destroy, or remove any feature of this monument and not to locate or settle upon any of the lands thereof. Supervision, etc.The Director of the National Park Service, under the direction of the Secretary of the Interior, shall have the supervision, management, and control of this monument as provided in the act of Congress entitled “An Act To establish a National Park Service, and for other [16 U. S. C., Supp. V, §§ 1, 2](/us/usc/t16/s1/2).purposes,” approved August 25, 1916 (ch. 408, 39 Stat. 535; U. S. C., title 16, secs. 1 and 2), and acts supplementary thereto or amendatory thereof. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington this 28” day of October, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-nine, and of [seal] the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-fourth. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President Cordell Hull *Secretary of State* 2373 October 31, 1939 Thanksgiving Day—1939 Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation Thanksgiving Day—1939October 31, 1939[No. 2373] by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION Thanksgiving Day.Designation of Thursday, November 23, 1939, as.I, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, President of the United States of America, do hereby designate Thursday, the twenty-third of November 1939, as a day of general thanksgiving. More than three centuries ago, at the season of the gathering in of the harvest, the Pilgrims humbly paused in their work and gave thanks to God for the preservation of their community and for the abundant yield of the soil. A century and a half later, after the new Nation had been formed, and the charter of government, the Constitution of the Republic, had received the assent of the States, President Washington and his successors invited the people of the Nation to lay down their tasks one day in the year and give thanks for the blessings that had been granted them by Divine Providence. It is fitting that we should continue this hallowed custom and select a day in 1939 to be dedicated to reverent thoughts of thanksgiving. Our Nation has gone steadily forward in the application of democratic processes to economic and social problems. We have faced the specters of business depression, of unemployment, and of widespread agricultural distress, and our positive efforts to alleviate these conditions 54 Stat. 2671have met with heartening results. We have also been permitted to see the fruition of measures which we have undertaken in the realms of health, social welfare, and the conservation of resources. As a Nation we are deeply grateful that in a world of turmoil we are at peace with all countries, and we especially rejoice in the strengthened bonds of our friendship with the other peoples of the Western Hemisphere, Let us, on the day set aside for this purpose, give thanks to the Ruler of the Universe for the strength which He has vouchsafed us to carry on our daily labors and for the hope that lives within us of the coming of a day when peace and the productive activities of peace shall reign on every continent. IN WITNESS W HEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States of America to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington this 31st day of October, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-nine, and of [seal] the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-fourth. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President Cordell Hull *Secretary of State* 2374 November 4, 1939 Proclamation of a State of War Between Germany and France; Poland; and the United Kingdom, India, Australia, Canada, New Zealand and the Union of South Africa Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation Proclamation of a State of War Between Germany and France; Poland; and the United Kingdom, India, Australia, Canada, New Zealand and the Union of South AfricaNovember 4, 1939[No. 2374] by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION WHEREAS section 1 of the joint resolution of Congress approved Preamble.*Ante*. p. 4.[22 U. S. C., Supp. V, § 245 j](/us/usc/t22/s245/j).November 4, 1939, provides in part as follows: " “That whenever the President, or the Congress by concurrent resolution, shall find that there exists a state of war between foreign states, and that it is necessary to promote the security or preserve the peace of the United States or to protect the lives of citizens of the United States, the President shall issue a proclamation naming the states involved; and he shall, from time to time, by proclamation, name other states as and when they may become involved in the war.” " AND WHEREAS it is further provided by section 13 of the said *Ante*, p. 11.[22 U. S. C., Supp. V, § 245j–12](/us/usc/t22/s245j–12).joint resolution that" “The President may, from time to time, promulgate such rules and regulations, not inconsistent with law as may be necessary and proper to carry out any of the provisions of this joint resolution; and he may exercise any power or authority conferred on him by this joint resolution through such officer or officers, or agency or agencies, as he shall direct.” " NOW, THEREFORE, I, FRANKTAN D. ROOSEVELT, President Proclamation of state of war between designated powers.of the United States of America, acting under and by virtue of the authority conferred on me by the said joint resolution, do hereby proclaim that a state of war unhappily exists between Germany and France; Poland; and the United Kingdom, India, Australia, Canada, New Zealand and the Union of South Africa, and that it is necessary to promote the security and preserve the peace of the United States and to protect the lives of citizens of the United States. 54 Stat. 2672 Officers to prevent violations.And I do hereby enjoin upon all officers of the United States, charged with the execution of the laws thereof, the utmost diligence in preventing violations of the said joint resolution and in bringing to trial and punishment any offenders against the same. Delegation of powers to Secretary of State.And I do hereby delegate to the Secretary of State the power to exercise any power or authority conferred on me by the said joint resolution, as made effective by this my proclamation issued thereunder, which is not specifically delegated by Executive order to soma other officer or agency of this Government, and the power to promulgate such rules and regulations not inconsistent with law as may be necessary and proper to carry out any of its provisions. Revocation of designated proclamations.*Ante*, pp. 2635, 2644, 2653.And I do hereby revoke my proclamations nos. 2349, 2354 and 2360 issued on September 5, 8, and 10, 1939, respectively, in regard to the export of arms, ammunition, and implements of war to France; Germany; Poland; and the United Kingdom, India, Australia and New Zealand; to the Union of South Africa; and to Canada. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the Seal of the United States of America to be affixed. DONE at the city of Washington this fourth day of November, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-nine, and [seal] of the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-fourth, at 12.04 p. m. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President Cordell Hull *Secretary of State* 2375 November 4, 1939 Use of Poets or Territorial Waters of the United States by Submarines of Foreign Belligerent States Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation Use of Poets or Territorial Waters of the United States by Submarines of Foreign Belligerent StatesNovember 4, 1939[No. 2375] by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION Preamble.*Ante*, p. 9.[22 U. S. C., Supp. V, Â§ 245j–10](/us/usc/t22/s245j–10).*Post*, pp. 2699, 2705, 2707, 2764.WHEREAS section 11 of the Joint Resolution approved November 4, 1939, provides: " “Whenever, during any war in which the United States is neutral, the President shall find that special restrictions placed on the use of the ports and territorial waters of the United States by the submarines or armed merchant vessels of a foreign state, will serve to maintain peace between the United States and foreign states, or to protect the commercial interests of the United States and its citizens, or to promote the security of the United States, and shall make proclamation thereof, it shall thereafter be unlawful for any such submarine or armed merchant vessel to enter a port or the territorial waters of the United States or to depart therefrom, except under such conditions and subject to such limitations as the President may prescribe. Whenever, in his judgment, the conditions which have caused him to issue his proclamation have ceased to exist, he shall revoke his proclamation and the provisions of this section shall thereupon cease to apply, except as to offenses committed prior to such revocation.” " WHEREAS there exists a state of war between Germany and France; Poland; and the United Kingdom; India, Australia, Canada, New Zealand, and the Union of South Africa; WHEREAS the United States of America is neutral in such war; 54 Stat. 2673NOW, THEREFORE, I, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, President Finding.of the United States of America, acting under and by virtue of the authority vested in me by the foregoing provision of section 11 of the Joint Resolution approved November 4, 1939, do by this *Ante*, p. 9.proclamation find that special restrictions placed on the use of the ports and territorial waters of the United States, exclusive of the Canal Zone, by the submarines of a foreign belligerent state, both commercial submarines and submarines which are ships of war, will serve to maintain peace between the United States and foreign states, to protect the commercial interests of the United States and its citizens, and to promote the security of the United States; AND I do further declare and proclaim that it shall hereafter be Use of U.S. ports or territorial waters restricted.unlawful for any submarine of France; Germany; Poland; or the United Kingdom, India, Australia, Canada, New Zealand, or the Union of South Africa, to enter ports or territorial waters of the United States, exclusive of the Canal Zone, except submarines of the Exception.said belligerent states which are forced into such ports or territorial waters of the United States by *force majeure*; and in such cases of *force majeure*, only when such submarines enter ports or territorial waters of the United States while running on the surface with conning tower and superstructure above water and flying the flags of the foreign belligerent states of which they are vessels. Such submarines may depart from ports or territorial waters of the United States only while running on the surface with conning tower and superstructure above water and flying the flags of the foreign belligerent states of which they are vessels. AND I do hereby enjoin upon all officers of the United States, Officers to prevent violations.charged with the execution of the laws thereof, the utmost diligence in preventing violations of the said joint resolution, and this my proclamation issued thereunder, and in bringing to trial and punishment any offenders against the same. AND I do hereby revoke my Proclamation No. 2371 issued by me Revocation of previous proclamation.*Ante*, p. 2568.on October 18, 1939, in regard to the use of ports or territorial waters of the United States by submarines of foreign belligerent states. This proclamation shall continue in full force and effect unless and Continuance in effect.until modified, revoked or otherwise terminated, pursuant to law. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the Seal of the United States of America to be affixed. DONE at the city of Washington this fourth day of November, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-nine, [seal] and of the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-fourth, at 12.04 p. m. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President Cordell Hull *Secretary of State* 2376 November 4, 1939 Enlarging the Black Canton of the Gunnison National Monument Colorado Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation Definition of Combat AreasNovember 4, 1939[No. 2376] by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION WHEREAS section 3 of the joint resolution of Congress approved Preamble.*Ante*, p. 7.[22 U. S. C., Supp. V, § 245j–2](/us/usc/t22/s245j–2).*Post*, pp. 2693, 2708.November 4, 1939, provides as follows: " “(a) Whenever the President shall have issued a proclamation under the authority of section 1 (a), and he shall thereafter find that the protection of citizens of the United States so requires, 54 Stat. 2674he shall, by proclamation, define combat areas, and thereafter it shall be unlawful, except under such rules and regulations as may be prescribed, for any citizen of the United States or any American vessel to proceed into or through any such combat area. The combat areas so defined may be made to apply to surface vessels or aircraft, or both. “(b) In case of the violation of any of the provisions of this section by any American vessel, or any owner or officer thereof, such vessel, owner, or officer shall be fined not more than 850,000 or imprisoned for not more than five years, or both. Should the owner of such vessel be a corporation, organization, or association, each officer or director participating in the violation shall be liable to the penalty hereinabove prescribed. In case of the violation of this section by any citizen traveling as a passenger, such passenger may be fined not more than $10,000 or imprisoned for not more than two years, or both. “(c) The President may from time to time modify or extend any proclamation issued under the authority of this section, and when the conditions which shall have caused him to issue any such proclamation shall have ceased to exist he shall revoke such proclamation and the provisions of this section shall thereupon cease to apply, except as to offenses committed prior to such revocation.” " *Ante*, p. 11.[22 U. S. C., Supp. V, § 245j–12](/us/usc/t22/s245j–12).AND WHEREAS it is further provided by section 13 of the said joint resolution that" “The President may, from time to time, promulgate such rules and regulations, not inconsistent with law as may be necessary and proper to carry out any of the provisions of this joint resolution; and he may exercise any power or authority conferred on him by this joint resolution through such officer or officers, or agency or agencies, as he shall direct.” " NOW, THEREFORE, I, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, President of the United States of America, acting under and by virtue of the authority conferred on me by the said joint resolution, do hereby find that the protection of citizens of the United States requires that there be defined a combat area through or into which it shall be unlawful, except under such rules and regulations as may be prescribed, for any citizen of the United States or any American vessel, whether a surface vessel or an aircraft, to proceed. Definition of combat area.AND I do hereby define such combat area as follows: All the navigable waters within the limits set forth hereafter. Beginning at the intersection of the North Coast of Spain with the meridian of 2°45' longitude west of Greenwich; Thence due north to a point in 43°54' north latitude; Thence by rhumb line to a point in 45°00' north latitude; 20°00' west longitude; Thence due north to 58°00' north latitude; Thence by a rhumb line to latitude 62° north, longitude 2° east; Thence by rhumb line to latitude 60° north, longitude 5° east; Thence due east to the mainland of Norway; Thence along the coastline of Norway, Sweden, the Baltic Sea and dependent waters thereof, Germany, Denmark, the Netherlands, Belgium, France and Spain to the point of beginning. Officers to prevent violations.AND I do hereby enjoin upon all officers of the United States, charged, with the execution of the laws thereof, the utmost diligence in preventing violations of the said joint resolution and in bringing to trial and punishment any offenders against the same. 54 Stat. 2675 AND I do hereby delegate to the Secretary of State the power to Secretary of State empowered to promulgate rules, etc.exercise any power or authority conferred on me by the said joint resolution as made effective by this my proclamation issued thereunder, which is not specifically delegated by Executive order to some other officer or agency of this Government, and the power to promulgate such rules and regulations not inconsistent with law as may be necessary and proper to carry out any of its provisions. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the Seal of the United States of America to be affixed. DONE at the city of Washington this fourth day of November, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-nine, [seal] and of the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-fourth, at 3 p. m. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President Cordell Hull *Secretary of State* 2377 December 12, 1939 Relating to Certain Laws of the Commonwealth of the Philippines Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation Relating to Certain Laws of the Commonwealth of the PhilippinesDecember 12, 1939[No. 2377] by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION WHEREAS section 7(a) of the act of August 7, 1939, 53 Stat. 1226, Preamble.[48 U. S. C., Supp, V, § 1236 (note)](/us/usc/t48/s1236).1233, provides, in part: Sections 1 to 5, inclusive, of this amendatory Act shall become effective on January 1, 1940, if before that date—

(1)Subsection 5 of section 1 of the Ordinance Appended to the Constitution of the Philippines shall have been amended in the manner now provided by law, by changing the final period of said subsection to a comma, and by adding thereto the words: “as amended by the Act of Congress of the United States approved (followed by the date of the approval of this amendatory Act)”, and section 3 of the said ordinance shall have been amended by inserting immediately after the words “approved March 24, 1934” the same amendatory language mentioned above.

(2)The President of the United States shall have found and proclaimed that the Philippine Government has enacted, subsequent to the adoption of the amendments to the Constitution of the Philippines (as provided in subdivision

(1)of this subsection), a law relating to export taxes (as provided in section 1), and bas retained those Philippine laws relating to sinking-fund and currency matters which were in effect on May 20, 1938. WHEREAS amendments to the Constitution of the Philippines Amendments to Constitution of Philippines.have been adopted as provided in the said act of August 7, 1939, which amendments were approved by me on November 10, 1939; WHEREAS the Government of the Commonwealth of the Philippines Law relating to export taxes.on November 14, 1939, enacted a law relating to export taxes, as provided in the said act of August 7, 1939, which law I have approved this date; and WHEREAS the Government of the Commonwealth of the Philippines has retained those laws relating to sinking-fund and currency matters which were in effect on May 20, 1938: 54 Stat. 2676 Conditions declared fulfilled.NOW, THEREFORE, I, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, President of the United States of America, under and by virtue of the authority in me vested by section 7(a) of the said act of August 7, 1939, do hereby find and proclaim that the Government of the Commonwealth of the Philippines has enacted, subsequent to the adoption of the above-mentioned amendments to the Constitution of the Philippines, a law relating to export taxes as provided in the said act of August 7, 1939, and has retained those Philippine laws relating to sinking-fund and currency matters which were in effect on May 20, 1938. DONE at the City of Washington this Twelfth day of December in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-nine, and [seal] of the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-fourth. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President Cordell Hull *Secretary of State* 2378 December 26, 1939 Removing Suspension of Title II of the Sugar Act of 1937 Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation Removing Suspension of Title II of the Sugar Act of 1937December 26, 1939[No. 2378] by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION Preamble.[50 Stat. 916](/us/stat/50/916).[7 U. S. C. Supp. V, § 1179](/us/usc/t7/s1179).WHEREAS section 509 of the Sugar Act of 1937 provides, in part: " “Whenever the President finds and proclaims that a national economic or other emergency exists with respect to sugar or liquid sugar, he shall by proclamation suspend the operation of title II or III above, which he determines, on the basis of such findings, should be suspended, and, thereafter, the operation of any such title shall continue in suspense until the President finds and proclaims that the facts which occasioned such suspension no longer exist. * * * ”; and " *Ante*, p. 2654.WHEREAS by proclamation issued September 11, 1939, I found and proclaimed that a national economic emergency existed with [50 Stat. 904](/us/stat/50/904).[7 U. S. C., Supp. V, §§ 1111–1122](/us/usc/t7/s1111–1122).respect to sugar and suspended the operation of title II of that Act: NOW, THEREFORE, I, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, President of the United States of America, acting under and by virtue of the authority vested in me by the foregoing provision of the Sugar Act of 1937, do hereby find and proclaim that the facts which occasioned such suspension no longer exist and do by this proclamation Suspension removed, for calendar year 1940.remove the suspension of the operation of title II of that Act with respect to the calendar year 1940. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington this 26th day of December in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-nine, and [seal] of the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-fourth. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President Cordell Hull *Secretary of State* 2379 December 29, 1939 Enlarging Olympic National Park—Washington Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation 54 Stat. 2677 Extending the Period for the Establishment of an Adequate Shipping Service for, and Deferring Extension of the Coastwise Laws to, Canton IslandDecember 29, 1939[No. 2379] by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION WHEREAS section 21 of the Merchant Marine Act, 1920 (41 Preamble.[46 U. S. C. § 877; Supp. V, § 877](/us/usc/t46/s877).*Ante*, p. 2627, *post*, p. 2767.Stat. 997), provides: " “That from and after February 1, 1922, the coastwise laws of the United States shall extend to the island Territories and possessions of the United States not now covered thereby, and the board is directed prior to the expiration of such year to have established adequate steamship service at reasonable rates to accommodate the commerce and the passenger travel of said islands and to maintain and operate such service until it can be taken over and operated and maintained upon satisfactory-terms by private capital and enterprise: PROVIDED, That if adequate shipping service is not established by February 1, 1922, the President shall extend the period herein allowed for the establishment of such service in the case of any island Territory or possession for such time as may be necessary for the establishment of adequate shipping facilities therefor * * *”;" WHEREAS an adequate shipping service to accommodate theCanton Island, shipping service. commerce and the passenger travel of Canton Island has not been established as provided in the aforesaid section; WHEREAS the extension of the coastwise laws of the United States to Canton Island, as provided in the aforesaid section, is dependent upon the establishment of such adequate shipping service; and WHEREAS by Proclamation No. 2346 of August 21, 1939, the*Ante*, p. 2627. period for the establishment of an adequate shipping service for Canton Island was extended to January 1, 1940, and the extension of the coastwise laws of the United States to the Island was deferred to that date: NOW, THEREFORE, I, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, PresidentEstablishment of service, time extended. of the United States of America, under and by virtue of the authority vested in me by section 21 of the aforesaid Merchant Marine Act, 1920, do hereby declare and proclaim that the period for the establishment of an adequate shipping service for Canton Island is further extended to January 1, 1941, and that the extension of the coastwise,Deferment of extension of coastwise laws of U. S. laws of the United States to Canton Island is further deferred to January 1, 1941. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington this 29th day of December in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-nine, [seal] and of the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-fourth. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: Cordell Hull *Secretary of State*. 2380 January 2, 1940 Enlarging Olympic National Park—Washington Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation 54 Stat. 2678 Enlarging Olympic National Park—WashingtonJanuary 2, 1940[No. 2380] by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION Preamble.[16 U. S. C., Supp. V, 251–255](/us/usc/t16/s251/255).WHEREAS the act of June 29, 1938, (ch. 812, 52 Stat. 1241), established the Olympic National Park in the State of Washington, and authorizes the enlargement thereof by proclamation under the terms and conditions set forth in said act; and WHEREAS it is deemed advisable to add certain lands as hereinafter described to the said park; and WHEREAS the terms and conditions of section 5 of the said Act [52 Stat. 1242](/us/stat/52/1242).[16 U. S. C., Supp. V, § 255](/us/usc/t16/s255).Lands added to Olympic National Park, Wash.of June 29, 1938 have been fully complied with: NOW, THEREFORE, I, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, President of the United States of America, under and by virtue of the authority vested in me by section 5 of the aforesaid act of June 29, 1938, do proclaim that subject to all valid existing rights, the following described lands, in the State of Washington, are hereby added to and made a part of the Olympic National Park: Description.Willamette Meridian—Washington T. 25 N., R. 4 W. Secs. 2, 3, 4, 9, 10, 11, 15, 16, 21, those parts of Secs. 1, 12 and 13 west of a line between the south peak of The Brothers and Mt. Constance and those parts of Secs. 14, 22, 23, 27, 28 and 33 west of a line connecting the south peak of The Brothers and the southeast corner of Sec. 32 (unsurveyed). T. 26 N., R. 4 W. Secs. 14, 15, 16, 21, 22, 23, 26, 27, 28, 33, 34, 35 and those parts of Secs. 13, 24, 25 and 36 west of a line connecting the south peak of The Brothers and Mt. Constance (unsurveyed). T. 28 N., R. 4 W. Secs. 6 and 7 (unsurveyed). T. 29 N., R. 4 W. Sec. 31 (unsurveyed). T. 23 N., R. 5 W. Sec. 3 W½WJ½, Sec. 4 All (unsurveyed). T. 24 N., R. 5 W. Secs. 4 to 9, 16 to 21, 28 to 33, inclusive (unsurveyed). T. 28 N., R. 5 W. Secs. 1 to 3, inclusive (unsurveyed). T. 29 N., R. 5 W. Secs. 21 to 28, 35 and 36 (unsurveyed). T. 24 N., R. 6 W. Secs. 1, 2, 11 to 14, 23 to 26, 35 and 36 (unsurveyed). T. 28 N., R. 6 W. Secs. 2 to 6, inclusive (unsurveyed). T. 29 N., R. 6 W. Secs. 4 to 9, 16 to 21, 29 to 34, inclusive (partly surveyed). T. 30 N., R. 6 W. Sec. 15 NW¼NE¼, except the following described portions thereof: Beginning at the quarter section post between sections 10 and 15; thence South along the West line of said NW¼ of the NE¼, Section 15, for a distance of 208.7 feet; thence East on a line parallel to the North line of said NW¼ of the NE¼ Section 15 for a distance of 208.7 feet; thence North on a line parallel to the West line of said NW¼ of the NE¼ Section 15, to the South line of Tax No. 260; thence Westerly along the South line of Tax No. 260 to the place of beginning, being one acre, more or less. (Shown on the County Assessor’s Rolls as Tax No. 1058) 54 Stat. 2679 Beginning at the SW corner of the NW¼ of the NE¼, Section 15; thence easterly along the southerly line of said NW¼ of the NE¼, 827 feet; thence at right angles northerly 206 feet; thence at right angles westerly 360 feet ; thence at right angles southerly 194 feet; thence at right angles westerly 467 feet to the westerly line of said NW¼ of the NE¼; thence southerly 10 feet to the point of beginning. Beginning at the quarter section post between Sections 10 and 15; thence in an easterly direction along the section line 1327.2 ft.; thence S. 00°57’25” W. 30 feet; thence west on a line parallel with the section line 734 feet; thence in a straight line to the beginning. T. 23 N., R. 7 W. Secs. 5, 6 and those parts of Secs. 3, 4, 7, 8 and 9 north of the divide between Quinault River and Humptulips and Wynoochee Rivera (unsurveyed). T. 28 N., R. 7 W. Secs. 1 to 4 (unsurveyed). T. 29 N., R. 7 W. All (partly surveyed). T. 23 N., R. 8 W. Secs. 1, 2, 3 and those parts of Secs. 10, 11 and 12 north of the divide between Quinault and Humptulips Rivera (unsurveyed). T. 24 N., R. 8 W. Secs. 19 to 27, 34 to 36 and those parts of Secs. 28, 29, 30 and 33 north of Quinault River (partly surveyed). T. 29 N., R. 8 W. Secs. 1 to 5, 8 to 17, 22 to 27, 34 to 36, inclusive (unsurveyed). T. 23 N., R. 9 W. Secs. 3, 4, 5, E½ and SW ¼ Sec. 6, Secs. 7, 8, 18 and those parts of Secs. 2, 9 and 10 west and north of Quinault River. T. 24 N., R. 9 W. Secs. 22, 23, 24, 26, 27, 34, 35 and those parts of Secs. 25 and 36 north and west of Quinault River. T. 30 N., R. 9 W. Those parts of Secs. 19, 20, 21 and 22 south of the divide between Lyre and Twin Rivera and Lake Crescent, (partly surveyed). T. 23 N., R. 10 W. S½ Secs. 1 and 2, Secs. 11 to 14, and lots 1, 2, 3, 4 in Sec. 23. T. 24 N., R. 10 W. Those parts of Secs. 3, 4, 5 and 6 north of Sams River (unsurveyed). T. 25 N., R. 10 W. Secs. 12, 13, E½ and SW¼ Sec. 14, S½ Sec. 15, S½ Sec. 21, Secs. 22 to 28, Sec. 36 and those parts of Secs. 33, 34 and 35 north of Sams River. T. 27 N., R. 10 W. Secs. 7 to 11, 14 to 18, 20 to 23, Sec. 26 and N½ of Secs. 27, 28 and 29. T. 28 N., R. 10 W. That part of Sec. 1 east of Alckee Creek; those parts of Secs. 4, 5 and of the N½ of Secs. 7, 8, 9 and 10 south of the divides between Soleduck and Calawah Rivers and between Sitkum and South Fork Calawah Rivers, of section 12 (unsurveyed). T. 29 N., R. 10 W. Secs. 1, 2 and 12 except those parts south and west of Soleduck River; those parts of Secs. 32 and 33 south of the divides between Soleduck and Calawah Rivera and between Sitkum and South Fork Calawah Rivers; those parts of Secs. 25 and 36 east of Alckee Creek (partly surveyed). 54 Stat. 2680 T. 30 N., R. 10 W. That part of Sec. 13 south of divide between East Twin River and Lake Crescent, Sections 24, 25, 36; sections 23, 26, 27 and 28 except those parts lying north and west of the Olympic Highway and Soleduck Road and Sections 33, 34 and 35 except those parts south and west of the Soleduck River (partly surveyed). T. 27 N., R. 11 W. Secs. 7 to 13, N½ of Secs. 14 and 15, Sec. 16, N½Sec. 17 (partly surveyed). T. 28 N., R. 11 W, Those parts of Secs. 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17 and 18 south of the divide between Sitkum and South Fork Calawah Rivers, Secs. 19 to 36, inclusive (partly surveyed). T. 27 N., R. 12 W. N½ Sec. 10, N½ and SE¼ Sec. 11 and Sec. 12. T. 28 N., R. 12 W. Those parts of Secs. 10, 11, 12 and 13 south of the divide between Sitkum and South Fork Calawah Rivers; Secs. 14, 15, 22 to 27, 34, 35 and 36, also that part of Section 10 south of the South Fork Calawah River, containing approximately 187,411 acres. Administration, etc.The administration, protection, and development of the lands within this area shall be exercised under the direction of the Secretary of the Interior by the National Park Service, subject to the provisions of the act entitled “An Act To establish a National Park Service, and [16 U. S. C., Supp. V, §§ 1, 1a, 2](/us/usc/t16/s1/1a/2).for other purposes,” approved August 25, 1916 (39 Stat. 535; U. S. C., title 16, secs. 1 and 2), and acts supplementary thereto or amendatory thereof, and to all other laws, rules, and regulations applicable to the said park. Existing rights not affected.Nothing herein contained shall affect any valid existing claim, location, or entry made under the land laws of the United States, whether for homestead, mineral, right-of-way, or any other purpose whatsoever, or shall affect the right of any such claimant, locator, or entryman to the full use and enjoyment of his land, nor the rights reserved by treaty to the Indians of any tribes. IN WITNESS WHEREOF I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington this 2d day of January, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and forty and of the [seal] Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-fourth. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: Cordell Hull *Secretary of State*. 2381 January 11, 1940 Golden Gate International Exposition San Francisco, California Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation Golden Gate International Exposition San Francisco, CaliforniaJanuary 11, 1940[No. 2381] by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION Preamble.WHEREAS there has been in progress at San Francisco, California, during the year 1939, an international exposition which had for its purpose the celebration of the completion of the San Francisco-Oakland Bridge and the Golden Gate Bridge, and which was designed to depict and exhibit the progress and accomplishments of the Pacific 54 Stat. 2681area of the United States in science, industry, business, transportation, and culture, and which, because of its world character, has contributed to cordial relations among the nations of the world; and WHEREAS it has been made evident that through the medium of the Golden Gate International Exposition peaceful intercourse between nations has been promoted and the exchange of ideas, experience, and technical knowledge between many parts of the earth has been encouraged; and WHEREAS, especially at the present time, it is fitting and proper that the ideal of harmonious intercourse be firmly maintained as offering the only hope of progress and peace; and WHEREAS a Joint Resolution of Congress, approved June 15, 1936,[49 Stat. 1518](/us/stat/49/1518). reads in part as follows: " “Resolved by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled, That the President of the United States be, and he is hereby, authorized and respectfully requested by proclamation, or in such manner as he may deem proper, to invite foreign countries and nations to such proposed exposition with a request that they participate therein. ”" AND WHEREAS by proclamation dated the sixteenth day of[50 Stat. 1797](/us/stat/50/1797). November, 1936, in compliance with the aforesaid Joint Resolution, I invited the participation of the nations in the Golden Gate International Exposition and many nations have participated therein: NOW, THEREFORE, I, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, PresidentContinued participation in 1940 invited. of the United States of America, do invite the nations which have participated in the said Golden Gate International Exposition during the year 1939 to continue their participation therein during the calendar year 1940, or such part thereof as may seem appropriate. IN WITNESS WHEREOF I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States of America to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington this 11” day of January in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and forty, and of the [seal] Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-fourth. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: Cordell Hull *Secretary of State*. 2382 January 13, 1940 Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation January 13, 1940[No. 2382] by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION WHEREAS the exigencies of international conflict may be expectedPreamble. to deter travel by American citizens to the areas involved, and WHEREAS no such deterrent to travel exists among the friendly nations of the Western Hemisphere, and WHEREAS it is important that we in the Americas further consolidate our unity by a better knowledge of our own and each others’ countries through the instrumentality of travel, and WHEREAS the facilities of the Government of the United Statesmay well be devoted to the encouragement of so laudable a program NOW, THEREFORE, I, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, President Travel America Year—1940.of the United States of America, do proclaim 1940 as TRAVEL AMERICA YEAR and do invite our own citizens, and friends from other lands, to join in a great travel movement, so that our peoples may be drawn even more closely together in sympathy and understanding. 54 Stat. 2682 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States of America to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington this thirteenth day of January in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and forty, and of the [seal] Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-fourth. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: Cordell Hull *Secretary of State*. 2383 January 24, 1940 Closed Area Under the Migratory Bird Treaty Act Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation Closed Area Under the Migratory Bird Treaty Act January 24, 1940[No. 2383] by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION Preamble.[10 U. S. C. §§ 703–711; Supp. V, 703–700a](/us/usc/t10/s703/711/700a).[5 U. S. C., Supp. V, § 133t (note)](/us/usc/t5/s133t).WHEREAS the Acting Secretary of the Interior has submitted to me for approval the following regulation adopted by him on December 12, 1939, under authority of the Migratory Bird Treaty Act of July 3, 1918 (40 Stat. 755, 16 U. S. C. 704), and Reorganization Plan No. II (53 Stat. 1431): Regulation designating additions to Susquehanna Migratory Waterfowl Closed Area, Md.Regulation Designating Certain Parts of Bush River and of Chesapeake Bay as Additions to the Susquehanna Migratory Waterfowl Closed Area, Maryland By virtue of and pursuant to the authority contained in section 3 of the Migratory Bird Treaty Act of July 3, 1918 (40 Stat. 755, [16 U. S. C., Supp. V, § 704](/us/usc/t16/s704).16 U. S. C. 704), and Reorganization Plan No. II (53 Stat. 1431), there are hereby designated as closed areas, additions to the Susquehanna Migratory Waterfowl Closed Area established by *Ante*, p. 2628.Proclamation No. 2347, of August 24, 1939, in or on which pursuing, hunting, taking, capturing, or killing, or attempting to take, capture, or kill migratory birds is not permitted, two areas of land and water, being a part of Bush River and parts of Chesapeake Bay, in Harford County, Maryland, bounded as follows: Bush River Unit.*Bush Biver Unit* Beginning at the south corner of the United States Army Reservation, Aberdeen, Maryland, in Chesapeake Bay, 105 yards (approximate) from the south end of Pooles Island; Thence northwesterly 280 yards (approximate) in Chesapeake Bay with the southwest boundary of the United States Army Reservation; Thence N. 2½° W., 3,170 yards (approximate) in Chesapeake Bay, to a comer 440 yards distant east of the shore at Robins Pom t, at the south end of Gunpowder Neck; Thence northerly in Chesapeake Bay with a line parallel to and 440 yards distant offshore from the east side of Gun-powder Neck passing Fords Point, to the mouth of Bush River at Lego Point; Thence northerly in Bush River with a line parallel to and 440 yards distant offshore from Gunpowder Neck passing Sandy Point, to a corner which bears N. 46° E. (approximate), 440 yards distant offshore from Briery Point; Thence S. 46° W. (approximate), 440 yards to the shore line at Briery Point, on Gunpowder Neck; 54 Stat. 2683 Thence in a general northerly direction with the shore line of Bush River along the east side of Gunpowder Neck, around Doves Cove, passing Wilson Point and Beach Point, around the cove of Kings Creek, passing Tapler Bar and Eagle Point, and around the cove of Lauderick Creek to a comer in the north boundary of the United States Army Reservation at Fairview Point; Thence N. 56° E. (approximate) crossing Bush River to the mouth of Sod Run; Thence in a general southerly direction with the east shore line of Bush River, passing Chilbury Point, Pond Point, and around Redmon Cove to a point of land 1,060 yards (approximate) north of Bush Point; Thence S. 46° W., 710 yards (approximate) on a line toward Briery Point, to a comer 440 yards from the east shore line of Bush River; Thence southeasterly in Bush River with a line parallel to and 440 yards distant from the east shore line of the river, passing Bush Point to a corner 440 yards south of Abbey Point; Thence northeasterly in Chesapeake Bay, with a line parallel to and 440 yards offshore, passing the mouth of Romney Creek, the mouth of Delph Creek, and Stony Point to a comer in the southeast boundary of the United States Army Reservation 440 yards distant offshore, near Cherry Tree Point, in Chesapeake Bay; Thence southwesterly in Chesapeake Bay with the south-east boundary of the United States Army Reservation, to the place of beginning. *Phosphorous Area Unit* Beginning at a corner on the shore line at the west sidePhosphorous Area Unit. of the south end of Spesutie Narrows about 880 yards south of Mulberry Point, which comer bears S. 46° E., 530 yards (approximate) from the tower located near Mulberry Point; Thence in Chesapeake Bay, S. 26° E., 1,400 yards (approximate); S. 70° W., 400 yards (approximate); N. 26° W., 1,070 yards (approximate), to a comer on the shore line of Chesapeake Bay, about 530 yards north of Black Point; Thence northerly with the shore line of Chesapeake Bay, to the place of beginning. AND WHEREAS upon consideration it appears that the foregoing regulation will tend to effectuate the purposes of the aforesaid Migratory Bird Treaty Act: NOW, THEREFORE, I, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, PresidentRegulation approved and proclaimed. of the United States of America, under and by virtue of the authority vested in me by the aforesaid Migratory Bird Treaty Act, do hereby approve and proclaim the foregoing regulation of the Acting Secretary of the Interior. IN WITNESS WHEREOF I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States of America to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington this 24” day of January in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and forty and of the[seal] Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-fourth. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: Cordell Hull *Secretary of State*. 2384 January 31, 1940 Enlarging the Huron National Forest—Michigan Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation 54 Stat. 2684 Enlarging the Huron National Forest—MichiganJanuary 31, 1940[No. 2384] by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION Preamble.WHEREAS certain lands within or adjacent to the Huron National Forest in the State of Michigan have been acquired or are in process of acquisition by the United States under authority of the act of March 1, 1911, 36 Stat. 962 (U. S. C., title 16, sec. 516), as amendedby the act of June 7, 1924, 43 Stat. 653 (U. S. C., title 16, sec. 515), [16 U. S. C., Supp. V, § 585 (note)](/us/usc/t16/s585).the act of March 31, 1933, 48 Stat. 22 (U. S. C., title 16, sec. 585), the National Industrial Recovery Act, approved June 16, 1933, 48 Stat. 202 (U. S. C., title 40, sec. 403), and the Emergency Relief Appropriation Act of 1935, approved April 8, 1935, 49 Stat. 115; and WHEREAS it appears that the said lands and certain intermingled public lands are suitable for national-forest purposes, and that it would be in the public interest to reserve them as part of the said Huron National Forest: Huron National Forest, Mich., lands added.NOW, THEREFORE, I, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, President of the United States of America, under and by virtue of the power in me vested by section 24 of the act of March 3, 1891, 26 Stat. 1095, 1103 (U. S. C., title 16, sec. 471), the act of June 4, 1897, 30 Stat. 34 (U. S. C., title 16, sec. 473), and the acts above mentioned, do proclaim

(1)that all lands of the United States within the following-described boundaries, as shown on the diagram attached hereto and made a part hereof, are hereby included in and reserved as part Administration of lands acquired.of the Huron National Forest in the State of Michigan; and

(2)that all lands within such boundaries which are now in process of acquisition by the United States under authority of any of the above-mentioned acts shall upon the acquisition of title thereto become and be administered as part of the said Forest: Michigan Meridian T. 22 N., R. 8 E., secs. 4 and 9; secs. 13 to 16 inclusive. T. 22 N., R. 9 E., sec. 18. T. 23 N., R. 7 E., S½ sec. 13; sec. 24; NE¼ sec. 25. T. 23 N., R. 8 E., S½ sec. 16; secs. 21 and 28; E½E)i sec. 29; sec. 33. T. 24 N., R. 3 E., secs. 7, 8, 17 and 18; N½NE¼ sec. 23; N½NW¼sec. 24. T. 24 N., R. 4 E., secs. 19 to 30 inclusive. T. 24 N., R. 5 E., secs. 31 to 35 inclusive. T. 25 N., R. 2 W., all. T. 25 N., R. 8 E., secs. 2 to 11 inclusive; secs. 14 to 18 inclusive. T. 26 N., R. 2 W., all that part lying south of the Middle Branch Au Sable River. T. 26 N., R. 8 E., secs. 3 to 10 inclusive; secs. 14 to 23 inclusive; secs. 26 to 35 inclusive. Tps. 27 N., Rs. 4, 5, 6 and 7 E., all. T. 27 N., R. 8 E., secs. 1 to 22 inclusive; secs. 27 to 34 inclusive. T. 27 N., R. 9 E., secs. 1 to 12 inclusive. T. 28 N., R. 9 E., secs. 19 to 36 inclusive. Existing rights not affected.The reservation made by this proclamation shall, as to all lands to which legal rights have been acquired under any of the public-land laws, be subject to, and shall not interfere with or defeat such legal rights so long as such lights are legally maintained. 54 Stat. 2685 IN WITNESS WHEREOF I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington this 31” day of January in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and forty, and of the [seal] Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-fourth. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: Cordell Hull *Secretary of State*. 2385 February 9, 1940 Sixteenth Decennial Census Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation Sixteenth Decennial CensusFebruary 9, 1940[No. 2385] by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION WHEREAS, pursuant to the act of Congress approved June 18,Preamble. 1929, 46 Stat. 21, the Sixteenth Decennial Census of the United States[2 U. S. C. § 2a](/us/usc/t2/s2a);[5 U. S. C. § 35](/us/usc/t5/s35);[13 U. S. C. §§ 1–8, etc.; Supp. V, § 51, 3, 74](/us/usc/t13/s1/8/51/3/74);[39 U. S. C. § 324](/us/usc/t39/s324). will be taken beginning April first, nineteen hundred and forty; and WHEREAS this Census, which will mark the one hundred and fiftieth anniversary of the first United States Census, is required by the Constitution of the United States to determine the apportionment among the several States of seats in the House of Representatives; and WHEREAS the information obtained from the Census inquiries this year must present a complete and current factual picture of the Nation’s people, homes, farms, factories, and other resources to measure the effects of the difficult decade now closing and to guide us intelligently in the future: NOW, THEREFORE, I, Franklin D. Roosevelt, President of theDuty of persons over 18 to answer census questions. United States of America, do hereby declare and make known that, under the aforesaid act of Congress, it is the duty of every person over eighteen years of age to answer all questions on the Census schedules applying to him and the family to which he belongs, and to the farm or home occupied by him or his family, and all other Census schedules as required by law, and that any person refusing to do so is subject to penalty. The sole purpose of the Census is to secure general statistical informationPurpose of the census. regarding the population, business activities, and resources of the country, and replies are required from individuals only to enable the compilation of such general statistics. No person can be harmed in any way by furnishing the information required. The Census has nothing to do with taxation, with military or hury service, with the compulsion of school attendance, with the regulation of immigration, or with the enforcement of any national, state, or local law, or ordinance. There need be no fear that any disclosure will be made regardingNo disclosures as to individuals to be made. any individual person or his affairs. For the due protection of the rights and interests of the persons furnishing information, every employee of the Census Bureau is prohibited, under heavy penalty, from disclosing any information which may thus come to his knowledge. Life and liberty in a free democracy entail a variety of cooperative actions for the common good. The prompt, complete, and accurate answering of all official inquiries addressed to each person by Census officials should be regarded by him as one of the requirements of good citizenship. 54 Stat. 2686 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States of America to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington this 9th day of February in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and forty, and of the [seal] Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-fourth. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: Cordell Hull *Secretary of State*. 2386 February 12, 1940 Pan American Day and the Fiftieth Anniversary of the Founding of the Pan American Union Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation Pan American Day and the Fiftieth Anniversary of the Founding of the Pan American UnionFebruary 12, 1940[No. 2386] by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION Preamble.WHEREAS in 1930 the Governing Board of the Pan American Union recommended that April 14 be designated as Pan American Day in all the American Republiés, and that it be established as a commemorative symbol of the sovereignty of the American nations and the voluntary union of all in one continental community; and WHEREAS during the past ten years Pan American Day has been annually observed and has increased in significance through its emphasis on the spirit of peace, friendship, and cooperation uniting the nations of the American Continent; and WHEREAS in 1940 Pan American Day will be especially important because it will mark the Fiftieth Anniversary of the founding of the Pan American Union, the international organization of the twenty-one American Republics, which was established in accordance with a resolution adopted on April 14, 1890, by the First International Conference of American states and which, during the last half century, has constantly fostered the development of closer economic, cultural, and juridical relations between the nations of the Western Hemisphere; and WHEREAS it is most appropriate that the people of the United States should commemorate this significant occasion and thereby testify to the close bonds of friendship that unite the Government and people of the United States with those of the other republics of the American Continent; Pan American Day and Fiftieth Anniversary of Pan American Union.Observance on April 14, 1940.NOW, THEREFORE, I, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, President of the United States of America, do hereby order that on April 14, 1940, the flag of the United States be displayed on all Government buildings, and do hereby invite the churches, the educational institutions, the civic associations, and the people of the United States generally to observe with appropriate commemorative ceremonies this Pan American Day and the Fiftieth Anniversary of the founding of the Pan American Union. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States of America to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington this 12” day of February, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and forty, and of[seal] the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-fourth. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: Cordell Hull *Secretary of State*. 2387 March 2, 1940 Enlarging the Wasatch National Forest Utah Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation 54 Stat. 2687 Enlarging the Wasatch National Forest UtahMarch 2, 1940[No. 2387] by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION WHEREAS it appears that all lands of the United States withinPreamble. the hereinafter-described area, adjacent to the Wasatch National Forest in the State of Utah, are suitable for national-forest purposes, and that it would be in the public interest to add such lands of the United States to the said Wasatch National Forest; and WHEREAS it further appears that the extension of the boundaries of the Wasatch National Forest to include the said hereinafter-described area would be in the public interest: NOW, THEREFORE, I, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, PresidentWasatch National Forest, Utah, lands added. of the United States of America, under and by virtue of the power vested in me by section 24 of the act of March 3, 1891, 26 Stat. 1095, 1103, as amended (U. S. C., title 16, sec. 471), and the act of June 4, 1897, 30 Stat. 11, 36 (U. S. C., title 16, sec. 473), and upon recommendation of the Secretaries of Agriculture and of the interior, do proclaim

(1)that the boundaries of the Wasatch National Forest in the State of Utah are hereby extended to include therein the following-described area, and

(2)that all lands of the United States within such area are hereby added to and reserved as part of the Wasatch National Forest, and shall hereafter be subject to the laws, rules, and regulationsAdministration. applicable to national forests. Salt Lake MeridianDescription. T. 4 S., R. 2 E., sec. 7, NE½, E½NW¼, NW¼NW¼, sec. 8, SW¼, sec. 17, W½, sec. 20, W½, sec. 29, W½, sec. 32, E½; T. 5 S., R. 2 E., sec. 5, E ½, sec. 8, NEJÍ, sec. 9, all, sec. 15, SW¼, sec. 16, E½, NW¼; Aggregating 3,506.37 acres. The reservation made by this proclamation shall, as to any of theExisting rights not affected. above-described lands which are at this date legally appropriated under any of the public-land laws or reserved for any public purpose, be subject to, and shall not interfere with or defeat, legal rights under such appropriation, or prevent the use for such public purpose of lands so reserved, so long as such appropriation is legally maintained or such reservation remains in force. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington, this 2d day of March, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and forty, and of the Inde [seal] pendence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-fourth. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: Cordell Hull *Secretary of State*. 2388 March 12, 1940 Army Day—1940 Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation 54 Stat. 2688 Army Day—1940March 12, 1940[No. 2388] by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION Preamble.WHEREAS Senate Concurrent Resolution 5, 75th Congress, 1st session (50 Stat. 1108) provides: " “That April 6 of each year be recognized by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America as Army Day, and that the President of the United States be requested, as Commander in Chief, to order military units throughout the United States to assist civic bodies in appropriate celebration to such extent as he may deem advisable; to issue a proclamation each year declaring April 6 as Army Day, and in such proclamations to invite the Governors of the various States to issue Army Day proclamations: *Provided*, That in the event April 6 falls on Sunday, the following Monday shall be recognized as Army Day.”" April 6, 1940, designated as Army Day.NOW, THEREFORE, I, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, President of the United States of America, pursuant to the aforesaid concurrent resolution, do hereby declare April 6, 1940, as Army Day, and I hereby invite the Governors of the several States to issue Army Day proclamations; and, acting under the authority vested in me as Commander in Chief, I hereby order military units throughout the United States, its Territories and possessions, to assist civic bodies in the appropriate observance of that day. IN WITNESS W HEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States of America to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington this 12” day of March, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and forty, and of the [seal] Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-fourth. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: Cordell Hull *Secretary of State*. 2389 March 18, 1940 Cancer Control Month—1940 Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation Cancer Control Month—1940March 18, 1940[No. 2389] by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION Preamble.WHEREAS the President is authorized and requested by Public [36 U. S. C., Supp. V, § 150](/us/usc/t36/s150).Resolution No. 82, 75th Congress, approved March 28, 1938 (52 Stat. 148), to issue annually a proclamation setting apart the month of April of each year as Cancer Control Month, and to invite the Governors of the several States, Territories, and possessions of the United States to issue proclamations for like purposes; and WHEREAS it is also requested in the said Public Resolution No. 82 that the proclamations issued invite the medical profession, the press, and all agencies and individuals interested in the control of cancer through a national program of education and other cooperative means to unite in dedication to such a purpose and by concerted effort to impress its necessity upon the people of the Nation; and 54 Stat. 2689 WHEREAS by this dedication of the month of April to a voluntary national program for the control of cancer, the people of the entire country will be acquainted with the progress that is being made by the Federal Government through the United States Public Health Service, by certain of the States and by other agencies, as well as by individuals, in the struggle against this dread disease, which is second among the causes of death in the United States: NOW, THEREFORE, I, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, PresidentApril 1940 designated as Cancer Control Month. of the United States of America, do proclaim the month of April 1940 as Cancer Control Month, and do invite the Governors of the several States, Territories, and possessions of the United States to issue similar proclamations; and in order that the people throughout the land may have informed knowledge concerning the prevalence of cancer and of the means which can be taken to control it, I also invite the members of the medical profession, individually and through their associations, other scientific groups, all organs of opinion, including the press, the radio, and the motion picture, and all others who have the interest of the public health at heart, to unite during the month of April 1940 in concerted effort to impress upon the people of the United States the necessity of a national program for the control of cancer to the end that suffering may be relieved and life preserved. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States of America to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington this 18” day of March, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and forty, and of the [seal] Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-fourth. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: Cordell Hull *Secretary of State*. 2390 March 21, 1940 Inventors’ and Patent Day Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation Inventors’ and Patent Day March 21, 1940[No. 2390] by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION Preamble.*Ante*, p. 50.WHEREAS the preamble to Public Resolution 58, Seventy-sixth Congress, approved March 15, 1940, recites: " “Whereas there will occur on April 10, 1940, the one hundred and fiftieth anniversary of President George Washington’s approval of the first Act of Congress authorizing and regmating the grant of patents as contemplated in article I, section 8, of the Constitution; and “Whereas the encouragement and the protection thus afforded to discoverers and inventors have both inspired and rewarded their genius to the benefit of this Nation and the whole world; and “Whereas the American patent system inaugurated by this Act of Congress has promoted countless applications of the arts and sciences to the needs and well-being of our people and thereby contributed notably to a higher standard of living in our country; and “Whereas it is fitting that the anniversary of the institution of a system so beneficial to the people of the United States should be worthily observed "”; 54 Stat. 2690 Commission to make arrangements.AND WHEREAS the said Public Resolution 58 creates a commission consisting of the Chairman of the Senate Committee on Patents, the Chairman of the House of Representatives Committee on Patents, the Secretary of Commerce, the Commissioner of Patents, and five other members to be selected by them to make arrangements for an appropriate observance of the sesquicentennial of the first United States patent law, and provides that the Senate and House of Representatives shall conduct suitable exercises whereby Congress may mark the anniversary; and WHEREAS the said public resolution requests the President of the United States “to set aside April 10, 1940, as Inventors’ and Patent Day to invite a general public commemoration of an event which has proved so important and salutary to this Nation”; April 10, 1940, designated as Inventors’ and Patent Day.NOW, THEREFORE, I, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, President of the United States of America, pursuant to the request contained in the aforesaid public resolution, do hereby designate April 10 of the present year as Inventors’ and Patent Day and do hereby invite the people of the United States to commemorate on that day the sesquicentennial anniversary of the first of the United States patent laws, which, by affording protection and encouragement to inventors as envisaged and authorized by the Constitution, contributed so greatly to the encouragement of inventive genius in the United States. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States of America to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington this 21” day of March, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and forty, and of the [seal] Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-fourth. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: Cordell Hull *Secretary of State*. 2391 March 29, 1940 Enlarging Scotts Bluff National Monument—Nebraska Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation Enlarging Scotts Bluff National Monument—NebraskaMarch 29, 1940[No. 2391] by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION Preamble.WHEREAS by Proclamation No. 1547 of December 12, 1919 (41 Stat. 1779), lots 6 and 7, sec. 27, and lot 4, sec. 28, T. 22 N., R. 55 W., of the 6th P. M., bordering on the North Platte River, were reserved as part of the Scotts Bluff National Monument; and WHEREAS certain islands in the said river and south of the main channel thereof in front of these lands which formed subsequent to the original survey are considered as being appurtenant to the shore lands referred to and as forming a part of the said monument; and WHEREAS a certain public-land island adjacent to the said monument is necessary for the proper care and administration thereof; and WHEREAS it appears that it would be in the public interest to reserve this island as an addition to the said Scotts Bluff National Monument: NOW, THEREFORE, I, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, President of the United States of America, under and by virtue of the authority vested in me by section 2 of the act of June 8, 1906, c. 3060, 34 Stat. 225 (U. S. C., title 16, sec. 431), do proclaim as follows: 54 Stat. 2691 1. The above-mentioned proclamation of December 12, 1919, shallConstruction of previous proclamation. be construed in conformity with the plat of survey approved September 1, 1937, to embrace the following-described land:Sixth Principal Meridian—Nebraska T. 22 N., R. 55 W., sec. 27, lot 9; sec. 28, lots 6 and 7; comprising 7.17 acres. 2. Subject to valid existing rights, the hereinafter-described landsScotts Bluff National Monument, Nebr., lands added. are hereby reserved from all forms of appropriation under the public-land laws and added to and made a part of the Scotts Bluff National Monument: T. 22 N., R. 55 W., sec. 20, lot 7; sec. 21, lot 3; sec. 28, lot 8; comprising 46.17 acres. Warning is hereby expressly given to any unauthorized personsWarning against unauthorized acts. not to appropriate, injure, destroy, or remove any feature of this monument and not to locate or settle upon any of the lands thereof. The Director of the National Park Service, under the direction ofSupervision, etc. the Secretary of the Interior, shall have the supervision, management, and control of this monument as provided in the act of Congress entitled “An Act to establish a National Park Service, and for other purposes,” approved August 25, 1916, 39 Stat. 535 (U. S. C., title 16,[16 U. S. C., Supp. V, §§ 1, 1a, 2](/us/usc/t16/s1/1a/2). secs. 1 and 2), and acts supplementary thereto or amendatory thereof. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington this 29” day of March in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and forty, and of the[seal] Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixth-fourth. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: Cordell Hull *Secretary of State*. 2392 April 3, 1940 Child Health Day—1940 Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation Child Health Day—1940 April 3, 1940[No. 2392] by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION Preamble.[36 U. S. C. § 143](/us/usc/t36/s143).WHEREAS the Congress by joint resolution of May 18, 1928 (45 Stat. 617), has authorized and requested the President of the United States to issue annually a proclamation setting apart May 1 as Child Health Day; NOW, THEREFORE, I, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, PresidentChild Health Day.May 1, 1940 designated as. of the United States of America, do hereby designate the first day of May of this year as Child Health Day, and invite all agencies and organizations interested in child welfare to unite upon that day in the observance of such exercises as will awaken the people of the nation to the fundamental necessity of a year-round program for the protection and development of the health of the nation’s children. 54 Stat. 2692 And I hereby call upon the people of the United States to consider the recommendations for conserving the health of children made by the White House Conference on Children in a Democracy and to take steps needed to strengthen and extend health protection and medical care for mothers and children in every community. I also call upon the boys and girls of the nation to note the gains in health they have made during the past year and to share in efforts to improve the health of children and of our whole population. IN WITNESS WHEREOF I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States of America to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington this 3d day of April in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and forty, and of the Inde [seal] pendence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-fourth. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: Cordell Hull *Secretary of State*. 2393 April 4, 1940 Modifying the Grand Canyon National Monument—Arizona Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation Modifying the Grand Canyon National Monument—ArizonaApril 4, 1940[No. 2393] by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION Preamble.WHEREAS it appears that certain lands within the Grand Canyon National Monument in the State of Arizona, established by Proclamation of December 22, 1932 (47 Stat. 2547) are not necessary for the proper care and management of the objects of scientific interest situated on the lands within the said monument; and WHEREAS it appears that it would be in the public interest to exclude such lands from the said national monument: Grand Canyon National Monument, Ariz.Lands excluded.NOW, THEREFORE, I, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, President of the United States of America, under and by virtue of the authority vested in me by section 2 of the act of June 8, 1906, c. 3060, 34 Stat. 225 U. S. C. title 16, sec. 431), do proclaim that the following-described lands in the State of Arizona, be and they are hereby, excluded from the Grand Canyon National Monument: Description.Gila and Salt River Meridian—Arizona T. 35 N., R. 4 W., secs. 7, 8, 9, W½ sec. 10, W½ sec. 15, secs. 16 to 21, inclusive, and W½sec. 22 (unsurveyed); T. 35 N., R. 5 W., secs. 7 to 24, inclusive (unsurveyed); T. 35 N., R. 6 W., secs. 7 to 24 inclusive; T. 34 N., R. 7 W., secs. 3 to 9, W½ sec. 10, secs. 16 to 21, inclusive, W½ sec. 28, secs. 29 to 32, inclusive, and W½ sec. 33; T. 35 N R. 7 W., secs. 7 to 24, inclusive, W½ NEJÍ, NW¼, N½ SW¼ sec. 27, secs. 28 to 33, inclusive; T. 34 N R 8 W., secs. 1 to 3, inclusive, SE¼ sec. 4, E½ sec. 9, ’ secs. 10 to 16 and 21 to 24, inclusive; T. 35 N., R. 8 W., E½ sec. 11, secs. 12, 13, E½ sec. 14, E½ sec. 23, secs. 24, 25, E½ sec. 26, S½ sec. 34, NE¼ S½ sec. 35 and sec. 36; aggregating approximately 71,854 acres. 54 Stat. 2693 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington this 4” day of April, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and forty, and of the [seal] Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-fourth. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: Cordell Hull *Secretary of State*. 2394 April 10, 1940 Definition of a Combat Area Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation Definition of a Combat AreaApril 10, 1940[No. 2394] by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION WHEREAS section 3 of the joint resolution of Congress approvedPreamble.*Ante*, p. 7.[22 U. S. C., Supp. V, § 245j–2](/us/usc/t22/s245j/2). November 4, 1939, provides as follows: " “(a) Whenever the President shall have issued a proclamation under the authority of section 1 (a), and he shall thereafter find that the protection of citizens of the United States so requires, he shall, by proclamation, define combat areas, and thereafter it shall be unlawful, except under such rules and regulations as may be prescribed, for any citizen of the United States or any American vessel to proceed into or through any such combat area. The combat areas so defined may be made to apply to surface vessels or aircraft, or both. “(b) In case of the violation of any of the provisions of this section by any American vessel, or any owner or officer thereof, such vessel, owner, or officer shall be fined not more than $50,000 or imprisoned for not more than five years, or both. Should the owner of such vessel be a corporation, organization, or association, each officer or director participating in the violation shall be liable to the penalty hereinabove prescribed. In case of the violation of this section by any citizen traveling as a passenger, such passenger may be fined not more than $10,000 or imprisoned for not more than two years, or both. “(c) The President may from time to time modify or extend any proclamation issued under the authority of this section, and when the conditions which shall have caused him to issue any such proclamation shall have ceased to exist he shall revoke such proclamation and the provisions of this section shall thereupon cease to apply, except as to offenses committed prior to such revocation.” " AND WHEREAS it is further provided by section 13 of the said*Ante*, p. 11.[22 U. S. C., Supp. V, § 245j–12](/us/usc/t22/s245j/2). joint resolution that" “The President may, from time to time, promulgate such rules and regulations, not inconsistent with law as may be necessary and proper to carry out any of the provisions of this joint resolution; and he may exercise any power or authority conferred on him by this joint resolution through such officer or officers, or agency or agencies, as he shall direct.”" 54 Stat. 2694 *Ante*, p. 2673.AND WHEREAS on November 4, 1939, I issued a proclamation in accordance with the provision of law quoted above defining a combat area. Combat area extended.NOW, THEREFORE, I, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, President of the United States of America, acting under and by virtue of the authority conferred on me by section 3 of the joint resolution of Congress approved November 4, 1939, do hereby find that the protection of citizens of the United States requires that there be an extension of the combat area defined in my proclamation of November 4, 1939, through or into which extended combat area it shall be unlawful, except under such rules and regulations as may be prescribed, for any citizen of the United States or any American vessel, whether a surface vessel or an aircraft, to proceed. AND I do hereby define the extended combat area as follows: Definition.All the navigable waters within the limits set forth hereafter. Beginning at the intersection of the North Coast of Spain with the meridian of 2°45’ longitude west of Greenwich; Thence due north to a point in 43°54’ north latitude; Thence by a rhumb line to a point in 45° north latitude, 20° west longitude; Thence due north to 58° north latitude; Thence by a rhumb line to a point in 76°30’ north latitude, 16°35’ east longitude; Thence by a rhumb line to a point in 70° north latitude, 44° east longitude; Thence due south to the mainland of the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics; Thence along the coastline of the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics, Finland, Norway, Sweden, the Baltic Sea and dependent waters thereof, Germany, Denmark, the Netherlands, Belgium, France, and Spain to the point of beginning. Officers to prevent violations, etc.AND I do hereby enjoin upon all officers of the United States, charged with the execution of the laws thereof, the utmost diligence in preventing violations of the said joint resolution and in bringing to trial and punishment any offenders against the same. Enforcement.AND I do hereby delegate to the Secretary of State the power to exercise any power or authority conferred on me by the said joint resolution as made effective by this my proclamation issued thereunder, which is not specifically delegated by Executive order to some other officer or agency of this Government, and the power to promulgate such rules and regulations not inconsistent with law as may be necessary and proper to carry out any of its provisions. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the Seal of the United States of America to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington this tenth day of April, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and forty, and of the [seal] Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-fourth. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: Cordell Hull *Secretary of State*. 2395 April 11, 1940 Fiji—Suspension of Tonnage Duties Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation 54 Stat. 2695 Fiji—Suspension of Tonnage DutiesApril 11, 1940[No. 2395] by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION WHEREAS section 4228 of the Revised Statutes of the UnitedPreamble. States, as amended by the act of July 24, 1897, c. 13, 30 Stat. 214 (U. S. C., title 46, sec. 141), provides, in part, as follows: " “Upon satisfactory proof being given to the President, by the government of any foreign nation, that no discriminating duties of tonnage or imposts are imposed or levied in the ports of such nation upon vessels wholly belonging to citizens of the United States, or upon the produce, manufactures, or merchandise imported in the same from the United States or from any foreign country, the President may issue his proclamation, declaring that the foreign discriminating duties of tonnage and impost within the United States are suspended and discontinued, so far as respects the vessels of such foreign nation, and the produce, manufactures, or merchandise imported into the United States from such foreign nation, or from any other foreign country; the suspension to take effect from the time of such notification being given to the President, and to continue so long as the reciprocal exemption of vessels, belonging to citizens of the United States, and their cargoes, shall be continued, and no longer * * *”;" AND WHEREAS satisfactory proof has been received by me from the Government of Fiji that no discriminating duties of tonnage or imposts are imposed or levied in the ports of Fiji upon vessels wholly belonging to citizens of the United States, or upon the produce, manufactures, or merchandise imported in such vessels, from the United States, or from any foreign country: NOW, THEREFORE, I, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, PresidentFiji.Foreign discriminating duties and imposts against, suspended. of the United States of America, under and by virtue of the authority vested in me by the statutory provisions above set out, do hereby declare and proclaim that the foreign discriminating duties of tonnage and imposts within the United States are suspended and discontinued so far as respects the vessels of Fiji and the produce, manufactures, or merchandise imported in said vessels into the United States from Fiji or from any other foreign country; the suspension to take effect from the date of this proclamation, and to continue so long as theEffective date and duration. reciprocal exemption of vessels belonging to citizens of the United States and their cargoes shall be continued, and no longer. IN WITNESS WHEREOF I have hereunto set my band and caused the seal of the United States of America to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington this 11” day of April in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and forty, and of the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty fourth. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: Cordell Hull *Secretary of State*. 2396 April 12, 1940 National Employment Week Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation 54 Stat. 2696 National Employment Week April 12, 1940[No. 2396] by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION Preamble.Both the State and Federal governments have been especially concerned with the problems of older workers, many thousands of whom, despite their persistent efforts, still lack a place in industry. Among these are a considerable number of World War Veterans, who now average forty-seven years of age, and who, I feel, have a particular appeal to our national sense of responsibility. Our public employment service—a nationwide network of sixteen hundred offices now operated jointly by the State and Federal governments—has made special efforts in behalf of workers past forty years of age, including veterans. We know from the facts gathered by this agency that men and women in middle life possess abilities and skills which would fit them for employment in nearly every line of work. We know further that these older workers, when given an opportunity, demonstrate a seasoned experience and a mature application to their tasks which in many callings outweigh the physical advantages of youth. [53 Stat. 2536](/us/stat/53/2536).With these considerations in mind, I issued a proclamation last year designating an Employment Week and requesting that all our citizens give particular and active attention to the problems of older workers lacking employment. During the month in which Employment Week occurred over a third of a million jobs—a third more than during the same month of the previous year—were filled through the public employment offices, and a quarter of a million of these placements were in private industry. Moreover, placements proceeded at an accelerated rate in the month following Employment Week. Because of the concerted efforts of government, of public-spirited groups, and, particularly, of employers throughout the land, thousands of workers over forty years of age, among them veterans, shared beneficially in this fine result. I am grateful for the wholehearted response to my first appeal; and as President, I desire to encourage a continued nationwide interest in this persistent problem. National Employment Week and National Employment Sunday.Designation of.NOW, THEREFORE, I, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, President of the United States of America, do hereby designate the week beginning May 1, 1940, as National Employment Week, and Sunday, May 5, 1940, as National Employment Sunday, and I urge all churches, civic organizations, Chambers of Commerce, Boards of Trade, veterans’ organizations, industry, labor, public-spirited citizens, the radio, and the press throughout the United States to observe that week as National Employment Week, to the end that interest in the welfare of all the unemployed, and especially the workers over forty years of age, may be stimulated and employment be extended to them. IN WITNESS WHEREOF I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States of America to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington this 12” day of April in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and forty, and of the Independence [seal] of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-fourth. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: Cordell Hull *Secretary of State*. 2397 April 18, 1940 Sweden—Suspension of Tonnage Duties Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation 54 Stat. 2697 Sweden—Suspension of Tonnage Duties April 18, 1940[No. 2397] by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION WHEREAS section 4228 of the Revised Statutes of the UnitedPreamble. States, as amended by the act of July 24, 1897, c. 13, 30 Stat. 214 (U. S. C., title 46, sec. 141), provides, in part, as follows: " “Upon satisfactory proof being given to the President, by the government of any foreign nation, that no discriminating duties of tonnage or imposts are imposed or levied in the ports of such nation upon vessels wholly belonging to citizens of the United States, or upon the produce, manufactures, or merchandise imported in the same from the United States or from any foreign country, the President may issue his proclamation, declaring that the foreign discriminating duties of tonnage and impost within the United States are suspended and discontinued, so far as respects the vessels of such foreign nation, and the produce, manufactures, or merchandise imported into the United States from such foreign nation, or from any other foreign country; the suspension to take effect from the time of such notification being given to the President, and to continue so long as the reciprocal exemption of vessels, belonging to citizens of the United States, and their cargoes, shall be continued, and no longer . . .”"; AND WHEREAS satisfactory proof has been received by me from the Government of Sweden that no discriminating duties of tonnage or imposts are imposed or levied in the ports of Sweden upon vessels wholly belonging to citizens of the United States, or upon the produce, manufactures, or merchandise imported in such vessels, from the United States, or from any foreign country: NOW, THEREFORE, I, Franklin D. Roosevelt, President of theSweden.Foreign discriminating duties and imposts against, suspended. United States of America, by virtue of the authority vested in me by the above-quoted statutory provisions, do hereby declare and proclaim that the foreign discriminating duties of tonnage and imposts within the United States are suspended and discontinued so far as respects the vessels of Sweden and the produce, manufactures, or merchandise imported in said vessels into the United States from Sweden or from any other foreign country; the suspension to takeEffective date and duration. effect from the date of this proclamation, and to continue so long as the reciprocal exemption of vessels belonging to citizens of the United States and their cargoes shall be continued, and no longer. IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States of America to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington this 18th day of April in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and forty, and of the [seal] independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-fourth. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: Cordell Hull *Secretary of State*. 2398 April 25, 1940 Proclamation of a State of War Between Germany and Norway Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation

Connections1 cite this · traces to 33

Cited by 1 section

statutes-at-large